Full text of "Alaska"
LIBRARY
OF THE
University of California.
GIF^T OK"
i \k-^h
Class
University of California • Berkeley
Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2008 with funding from
IVIicrosoft Corporation
http://www.archive.org/details/alaskaharriman13harrrich
ALASKA
VOLUME xin
HARRIMAN ALASKA EXPEDITION
WITH COOPERATION OF WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
ALASKA
VOLUME XIII
LAND AND FRESH WATER
MOLLUSKS
BY WILLIAM H. DALL
HYDROIDS
BY C. C. NUTTING
NEW YORK
DOUBLEDAY, PAGE & COMPANY
1905
Copyright, 1905
BY
Edward H. Harriman
^
PREFACE
The present volume comprises two papers : one on the Land
and Fresh Water Mollusks of Alaska, by Dr. Wm. H. Dall ;
the other on the Hydroids of the Expedition, by Prof. C. C.
Nutting. Dr. Dall's paper has not been previously published ;
Professor Nutting's appeared in the Proceedings of the Wash-
ington Academy of Sciences in May, 1901. The number of
new Mollusks here described is twelve ; of new Hydroids twenty.
C. Hart Merriam,
Editor.
Washington, D. C,
June 15, 1905.
(V)
142370
CONTENTS
Paob
Preface •. v
List of Illustrations ix
Land and Fresh Water Mollusks, by William H. Dall.
General discussion and results i
Summary of distribution of fresh water species in Alaska
and adjacent regions i
Table of distribution of fresh water species according to
drainage systems now existing 4
Summary of distribution of land shells of Alaska and ad-
jacent regions 7
Table of distribution of American land shells 8
Summary of the moUusk fauna of northeastern Asia 9
Table of distribution of northeast Asiatic land and fresh
water shells 14
Conclusions in regard to the Alaskan fauna 15
Systematic catalogue of land and fresh water mollusks of
North America north of the forty-ninth parallel 19
Bibliography 147
Index to genera and species 157
Hydroids, by C. C. Nutting.
Introduction 1 75
Geographic distribution 1 76
Systematic discussion 181
Bibliography 207
Volume Index,.,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,, 235
(vu)
ILLUSTRATIONS
PLATES
Pacing pages
I, II. Land and Fresh Water Mollusks 154,156
III-XV. Hydroids 210-234
TEXT FIGURES
Pages
1-118. Land and Fresh Water Mollusks 20-144
(ix)
LAND AND FRESH WATER
MOLLUSKS OF ALASKA
AND ADJOINING REGIONS
NOTE
The following memoir has been prepared to bring together
and modernize the data existing in the literature, and to combine
it with the new material obtained by the Harriman Expedition
and such as was accessible elsewhere from the same region.
In order to accomplish this, and because of the uniformity of
boreal faunas all round the northern hemisphere, it has been
necessary to examine the entire boreal fauna of North America,
Greenland, and the adjacent parts of eastern Siberia.
The material examined has been that collected by the Harri-
man Expedition ; that obtained by the writer during explora-
tions in Alaska from 1865 to 1885, and now in the National
Museum ; collections from various collaborators of the Museum,
members of the Navy, the Revenue Marine, and the Geological
Survey of the United States ; and certain material borrowed for
examination from various sources. On the whole, though the
collection is not remarkably large, it is probably the largest and
most complete, for the region, ever brought together.
The text figures have been generously lent by the Smith-
sonian Institution.
I am indebted to Mr. Bryant Walker, Dr. J. F. Whiteaves of
the Dominion Geological Survey, Dr. H. A. Pilsbry, of the
Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, and numerous
other correspondents, for advice and assistance ; and to the au-
thorities of the U. S. Geological Survey, the Dominion Geolog-
ical Survey, the Smithsonian Institution, and the U. S. National
Museum, for facilities for study and access to collections, for
all of which I am deeply grateful.
Wm. H. Dall.
Smithsonian Institution,
Washington, D. C, Sept. 17, 1904.
LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS OF
ALASKA AND ADJOINING REGIONS
BY WILLIAM HBALET DALL
GENERAL DISCUSSION AND RESULTS
The first object of this work is to sum up the known mollus-
can fauna of the land and fresh waters of Alaska. This has
involved an examination, not only of the species obtained within
the political boundaries of Alaska, but also those of the adjacent
region to the west, east, and south. The result is that, for North
America north of latitude 49° North, the work includes a sum-
mary of our present knowledge of the mollusks, deduced in part
from the literature and in larger part from material actually
examined. To this is added a briefer examination of the mollusk
fauna of the adjacent parts of eastern Siberia which has to some
extent modified that of Alaska. As a whole the work may be
regarded as forming a synoptic manual of the boreal land and
fresh water mollusks of the western hemisphere.
I. SUMMARY OF THE DISTRIBUTION OF FRESH WATER SPECIES
IN ALASKA AND ADJACENT REGIONS.
It was thought best to tabulate the species of rivers and lakes
according to the drainage systems in which they are found.
Of course these systems are not geologically ancient, and it is
even probable that some existing species of the Mississippi
system were trapped by the changes of level which, according
to Gen. G. K. Warren, U.S.A., secured, for the Red River of
(I)
2 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
the North, part of the channels which earlier discharged into
the Gulf of Mexico by way of the Mississippi. It is probable, for
the region under review, that the entire moUuscan population
was exterminated or driven south during the Glacial epoch, and
that we now have to do with immigrants from the south whose
distribution has taken place since that time.
In the following tables all doubtful species are omitted, so
that the fauna tabulated, if not complete, is at least well estab-
lished so far as it goes.
The following areas are represented in the successive columns
of the table :
Ast'a. — This column indicates those species known also to
inhabit the eastern portion of Siberia, Kamchatka, and the
Chukchi Peninsula, together with the Commander Islands,
which are obviously populated from the Asiatic shores.
Tukon. — This system includes the entire drainage basin of
the Yukon and the tundra north of it, as well as the area drained
by the Kuskokwim River, or all of Alaska north, northwest,
and westward of the Alaskan Range, as well as the area behind
the Coast Ranges and between them and the northward exten-
sion of the Rocky Mountains, drained by the Yukon and its
tributaries.
Alaska. — This system includes all of the Aleutian Islands,
the area on the Alaska Peninsula and continent between
the Coast Ranges and the Alaskan Range and the Pacific
north of latitude 54°. This system and the following one are
really continuous, the Alaskan being really only the north-
westward extension of that here designated as the Pacific
system.
Pacific. — This includes the coast drainage of British Colum-
bia, the basins of the Fraser and Columbia rivers, the coastal
part of the State of Washington, and the northern part of Idaho
and Montana west of the Selkirk Range and its more southern
equivalents in the Rocky Mountain region.
Mackenzie. — This vast system includes the basin drained by
the Mackenzie River and its tributaries, covering northwest
Alberta, northeastern British Columbia, the northwestern two
thirds of Athabaska, and the Mackenzie district.
GENERAL DISCUSSION 3
Hudson Bay. — This system, the largest of all, comprises the
entire area draining into Hudson Bay, including Keewatin, the
southeastern corner of the Mackenzie district, eastern Atha-
baska, the whole of Saskatchewan, the southeastern two thirds
of Alberta, Assiniboia and Manitoba, the drainage area of the
Red River of the North in the Dakotas and northeastern Minne-
sota, all of Ontario, Quebec, and Ungava north and west of the
* Height of Land.'
Canada. — This system comprises the drainage of the St.
Lawrence and the Great Lakes south and east from the Height
of Land, including the island of Anticosti.
Labrador. — This comprises the area draining into Ungava
Bay and the Atlantic north of the Straits of Belle Isle and the
Height of Land, being the Labrador coast and the northeastern
part of the Ungava district of the Dominion of Canada.
A few species are noted from Greenland ; when peculiar to
Greenland, or found in Greenland and also on the continent,
the species have been entered in the Labrador column but dis-
tinguished by an asterisk.
The vast territories included in these drainage systems are,
it is true, only partially and imperfectly explored for mollusks.
Yet certain portions of them are tolerably well known, and the
uniformity imposed on the fauna by its high northern position
and unvaried conditions leads to the belief that while much is
yet to be known in tracing out the details of distribution, little
is to be expected in the way of absolutely new species, even
from this immense territory still to be explored. It would be
rash to conclude that nothing new remains to be found ; but it
certainly behooves us to be moderate in our expectations.
It is probable that new additions will be made from among
the ranks of the smaller species, such as Corneocyclas (or Pi-
sidium)^ Vertigo^ and the more minute HelicidcB. Perhaps a
considerable number of the more southern forms which are
known to approach the boundary will eventually be found to
pass beyond it ; and other additions to the list will result from
the more careful discrimination of similar or closely allied
species.
4 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
TABLE I. DISTRIBUTION OF FRESH WATER SHELLS NORTH
OF LATITUDE 49°, ACCORDING TO THE DRAINAGE
SYSTEMS NOW EXISTING.
Name of Spedei.
Lymnaea stagnalis
Lymnaea petersi ,
Lymnaea atkensis
Lymnaea megasoma
Lymnaea emarginata ,
Lymnaea binneyi ,
Lymnaea preblei
Lymnaea columella ,
Lymnaea randolphi ,
Lymnaea kirtlandiana ..,.,
Lymnsea truncatula
Lymnaea humilis
Lymnaea desidiosa
Lymnaea galbana
Lymnaea hSlbolli
Lymnaea vahli
Lymnaea palustris
Lymnaea reflexa
Lymnaea catascopium
Lymnaea adelinae
Lymnaea? perpolita
Lymnaea caperata
Lymnsea anticostiana
Planorbis bicarinatus
Planorbis corpulentus
Planorbis binneyi
Planorbis trivolvis
Planorbis campanulatus ..
Planorbis var. rudentis....
Planorbis exacuous
Planorbis var. megas
Planorbis opercularis
Planorbis var. planulatus ,
Planorbis hirsutus
Planorbis var. deflectus,...
Planorbis parvus
Planorbis vermicularis
Planorbis nathorsti
Planorbis arcticus
Planorbis umbilicatellus ..
Planorbis crista
Segmentina armigera
Segmentina christyi
Physa heterostropha
Physa gyrina
Physa ancillaria
Physa lordi
Physa propinqua
0*
GENERAL DISCUSSION 5
TABLE I. DISTRIBUTION OF FRESH WATER SHELLS NORTH
OF LATITUDE 49°, ACCORDING TO THE DRAINAGE
SYSTEMS NOW EXISTING. — Continued.
Name of Species.
Physa ampullacea
Physa hordacea
Aplexa hypnonim ,
Ancylus rivularis
Ancylus parallelus
Ancylus fragilis
Ancylus kootaniensis
Goniobasis plicifera
Amnicola limosa .,
Amnicola pallida
Amnicola emarginata ,
Amnicola cincinnatiensis . . .
Lyogyrus granum
Pomatiopsis lapidaria
Fluminicola nuttalliana
Fluminicola virens ,
Valvata tricarinata ,
Valvata sincera
Valvata lewisi
Valvata var. helicoidea
Valvata mergella
Valvata virens
Campeloma decisum
Lampsilis ventricosus
Lampsilis luteolus
Lampsilis borealis
Lampsilis radiatus
Lampsilis ligamentinus
Lampsilis rectus
Lampsilis ellipsiformis
Lampsilis alatus
Lampsilis gracilis
Strophitus rugosus
Anodonta beringiana
Anodonta oregonensis
Anodonta nuttalliana ,
Anodonta wahlamatensis ...
Anodonta marginata
Anodonta implicata
Anodonta grandis
Anodonta kennicotti
Anodonta pepiniana
Anodonta kennerlep
Gonidea angulata
Anodontoides ferussacianus
Symphynota costata
Symphynota complanata . . . .
Margaritana margaritifera...
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
6 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
TABLE I. DISTRIBUTION OF FRESH WATER SHELLS NORTH
OF LATITUDE 49°, ACCORDING TO THE DRAINAGE
SYSTEMS NOW EXISTING. — Continued.
Name of Species.
Margaritana var. falcata ,
Unio complanatus ,
Quadrula plicata ,
Quadrula undulata
Quadrula heros
Quadrula lachrymosa .,.,
Quadrula rubiginosa ,
Sphser
Sphaeri
Sphaer
Sphaer
Sphser
Sphaer:
Sphaer
Sphser;
Sphser
Sphser:
Sphaeri
Sphaer:
Sphaer:
Sphaer
Sphaer
Sphaer
Sphser
Sphser
Sphaer
ium simile
ium striatinum
ium solidulum
ium stramineum
ium rhomboideum
ium walkeri
ium fabale
ium occidentale
ium patella
ium emarginatum
ium tumidum
ium spokani
ium raymondi
ium partumeium
ium jayanum ,
ium tenue
ium transversum
ium truncatum ,
ium lenticulum
Corneocyclas virginica
Corneocyclas idahoensis ....
Corneocyclas scutellata ,
Corneocyclas aequi lateralis .
Corneocyclas compressa ....
Corneocyclas variabilis
Corneocyclas abdita
Corneocyclas ventricosa ....
Corneocyclas rotundata
Corneocyclas steenbuchi....
Corneocyclas occidentalis...
Corneocyclas ultramontana.
Corneocyclas arctica
Corneocyclas nivalis
Corneocyclas glacialis
Corneocyclas pulchella
Corneocyclas henslowana ...
o o
o
o o
o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o o
o»
GENERAL DISCUSSION 7
II. SUMMARY OF THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE LAND SHELLS
OF ALASKA AND ADJACENT REGIONS.
I have summarized the distribution of the fresh water shells
by drainage areas, as perhaps the least objectionable method of
connecting the facts of distribution. But the land shells require
a somewhat different treatment, since their distribution has noth-
ing to do with currents of water, though sometimes a snail may
be carried in the spring freshets under the bark of a floating
log, and by rare chance survive to be stranded by the falling
waters somewhere down stream. A certain amount of move-
ment of the minute forms may result from the distribution by
high winds of dead leaves and other light material to which the
smaller land shells are accustomed to adhere. Pieces of ice
from smaller brooks carried by freshets may also convey a cer-
tain distance and deposit, when stranded by falling water, pieces
of bark or leaves containing snails or their eggs. Such chances
are too rare to be made much account of, and doubtless the dis-
tribution of our smaller snails is brought about in the main by
the slow movement of individuals.
The Pulmonate fauna of Alaska is composed of four elements :
contributions from the faunas of Asia, of the Pacific Coast of
America, of the Canadian (or Hudsonian) region, and of the
circumboreal or common subarctic fauna of the whole northern
hemisphere.
In tabulating the distribution of the species a column may be
reserved for each of these elements ; the circumboreal column
being headed ' Europe.' A column may be reserved for Green-
land, and another for the approximate highest north latitude
which the species is known to attain. This means for the snail
not so much differences of temperature corresponding to latitude,
as differences of period in activity, which diminish as one pro-
ceeds northward. Snails at Point Barrow must remain in a
state of hibernation at least nine months in the year, and I sus-
pect that this more probably brings a limiting strain on the
vitality of the organism than would the mere occurrence at times
of a specially low temperature.
LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
TABLE II. DISTRIBUTION OF AMERICAN LAND SHELLS
\0
NORTH OF LATITUDE 49'-
Name of Species.
Helix hortensis
Epiphragmophora fidelis
Zoogenites harpa ,
Vallonia pulchella
Vallonia costata
Vallonia gracilicosta
Vallonia albula
Vallonia asiatica
Polygyra devia
Polygyra columbiana
Polygyra townsendiana .
Polygyra germana
Polygyra monodon
Polygyra albolabris
Strobilops labyrinthica ...
Bifidaria armifera
Bifidaria contracta
Bifidaria holzingeri
Bifidaria pentodon
Pupilla blandi
Pupilla muscorum
Vertigo hoppii
Vertigo modesta
Vertigo columbiana
Vertigo gouldii
Vertigo ventricosa
Vertigo binneyana
Vertigo ovata
Vertigo arctica
Cochlicopa lubrica
Circinaria vancouverensis
Circinaria var. chocolata.
Circinaria sportella
Circinaria var. hybrida...
Vitrina angelicse
Vitrina limpida
Vitrina alaskana
Vitrea radiatula
Vitrea nitidula
Vitrea binneyana
Vitrea indentata
Euconulus trochiformis ..
Zonitoides nitidus
Zonitoides arboreus
Zonitoides randolphi
Zonitoides minusculus....
Zonitoides milium
Zonitoides pugetensis ....
Pristiloma lansingi
Pristiloma stearnsii
4
<
1
<
■5
<2
a
6
•0
a
H
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
54°oc/
57 00
66 00
54 00
51 00
52 20
50 00
59 00
50 00
60 00
50 CO
49 GO
51 20
53 00
51 20
52 10
50 00
52 10
51 20
52 ID
59 00
70 00
63 CX)
57 00
51 00
51 25
50 00
57 35
65 15
71 20
59 00
57 00
59 00
55 00
72 00
54 00
57 30
71 20
61 00
50 CX)
50 00
70 00
61 00
61 00
59 30
59 00
50 00
49 00
49 00
59 30
GENERAL DISCUSSION
TABLE II. DISTRIBUTION OF AMERICAN LAND SHELLS
NORTH OF LATITUDE 49^. — Continued.
Name of Species.
Pristiloma taylori
Pristiloma? arctica
Agriolimax agrestis
Agriolimax hyperboreus,.,
Agriolimax berendti
Prophysaon andersoni
Prophysaon var. pallidum
Prophysaon var. pacificum
Prophysaon humile
Ariolimax columbianus
Pyramidula solitaria
Pyramidula striatella
Pyramidula cronkhitei
Pyramidula asteriscus
Oreohelix strigosa
Oreohelix var. cooperi
Helicodiscus lineatus
Punctum pygmaeum
Punctum clappi
Punctum conspectum
Sphyradium edentulum
Succinea oregonensis ,
Succinea retusa
Succinea hawkinsi
Succinea avara
Succinea gronlandica
Succinea grosvenori
Succinea var. alaskana
Succinea rusricana
Succinea nuttalliana ....,...,
Succinea obliqua
Succinea chrysis
Siphonaria thersites
Onchidium boreale
Carychium exiguum
Carychium exile
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
(?)
(?)
49°oc/
71 25
61 00
65 00
49 00
49 00
54 45
49 00
55 38
58 CX)
52 00
61 00
61 00
49 00
49 30
49 00
50 00
50 00
49 00
60 00
65 20
49 00
67 00
57 00
62 00
65 00
62 00
63 30
49 00
49 00
61 00
65 30
60 30
60 30
50 00
50 00
III. SUMMARY OF THE MOLLUSK FAUNA OF NORTHEAST-
ERN ASIA.
The land shell fauna of the northeast extremity of Asia has
little individuality, but represents a mingling of the depauper-
ated extremes of the faunas of northeast China, and of Europe,
with that series of species which is sometimes called the circum-
polar or circumboreal fauna.
lO LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
Much of the apparent poverty of the fauna may be due to
insufficient collecting, but even when the most generous allow-
ance for this factor is made, it still remains certain that the
molluscan population is far less in variety than might reasonably
be expected.
The Palearctic fauna of Europe appears to extend clear
across northern Asia, losing a large proportion of its species on
the way, until (if the circumboreal species be excluded) only
about thirty species reach the headwaters of the Lena and the
barrier of the Stanovoi Range. A very remarkable local fauna
exists in the great ' relicten-see ' of Siberia, Lake Baikal, but
it does not appear to have tinctured the east Siberian fresh
water fauna outside of that lake, to any appreciable extent.
It is possible that the comparatively recent emergence of a large
part of eastern Siberia from the sea, and the presence of the
vast desert region to the south and west, may enter into the
explanation of this sparse shell fauna, as well as of some of the
peculiarities of the Baikal faunula.
Southeast of the Stanovoi Range we find between the moun-
tains and the sea, the valley of the Amur and several smaller
valleys, such as the drainage basins of the Ud and the Tugar.
To the southwest the sources of the Amur emerge from the
deserts of Gobi and Dauria, and along the line of these water
courses has crept a certain number of molluscan forms inti-
mately related to or identical with those of Mongolia, China,
and the Orient. This forms the second element of the fauna
of northeast Siberia. The number of purely endemic species
is remarkably small, and a portion of those claimed to be of
this character are probably mere local mutations of widespread
Palearctic forms already known. Yet it would seem as if a
more thorough exploration must add largely to the species
now known, and it is almost incredible that the luxuriant
fertile valleys of Kamchatka and the innumerable streams
and lakes of that country should not be well populated with
mollusks.
There are few species which seem to be common to the shores
of Bering Sea, both Asiatic and American, such as Succinea
chrysis^ Punctum consfectum and Anodonta beringiana. There
GENERAL DISCUSSION II
is one local species, Eulota weyrickt, known only from Sak-
halin Island ; ^ and another, Helicigona subper sonata^ from the
valley of the Ud. Three forms of Vtvtpara (of which two are
probably variants of Chinese forms) are the only local species
of the vast Amur valley, or drainage, not known from other
regions. Nine specially Kamchatkan species have been de-
scribed, but about half of them are doubtfully distinct.
The total number of land and fresh water mollusks known
from the Amurland, Sakhalin, Kamchatka, the Chukchi Penin-
sula, and the Asiatic coast north of the Amur and east of the
Stanovoi Range, is only eighty-two.
Of these, thirteen are circumboreal species and twelve are
supposed to be locally peculiar. The remainder are distributed
as follows :
Percent
Europe and west Siberia. 55
Northeast China 22
Common to America 13
Erratic species 10
Of these erratic species a few may be especially mentioned.
Margarttana margaritifera^ as is well known, is absent from
the whole of the great northern central region of North America,
though it appears in the lower Saskatchewan, the sources of
the Missouri, and in eastern Canada, while on the Pacific it
ascends at least to latitude 56° N. In eastern Asia it is known
from Kamchatka, Sakhalin Island, the upper portion of the
Amur basin, and southern Mongolia, but I find no authoritative
record of it thence westward to northern and middle Europe.
Schrenck did not find it on the lower Amur.
Physa fontinalis is reported from the upper Amur and (in a
duck's crop) the desert of Dauria, but is not known from Siberia
proper, though common in Europe. There is an entire absence
of typical Physa throughout east Siberia, so far as reported ;
and only one species of Ancylus or Unto is known from east
of the Yenisei River of Siberia.
* In a recent paper Hugh Fulton describes Eulota Jllexibilis and E. {Eukadra)
fiscina n. sp. as " probably " from Sakhalin Island; but this seems to me very
doubtful when we consider the size of these shells and the fact that the warmest
part of Sakhalin has a mean annual temperature of only 33.4° F. and for six
months of the year the mean is below the freezing point. The shells are more
probably from Yesso.
12 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
Aplexa hypnorum is known from northern Europe, western
Siberia, and the Chukchi Peninsula, but has not been reported
from eastern Siberia, or the Amur, though abundant in Alaska,
and reaching on the Taimyr Peninsula to 73° 30' north latitude.
Zoogenites harfa is known from northern Scandinavia in
Europe ; from northeastern America, the Hudson Bay territory
and Southeastern Alaska, in America ; but in Siberia it is re-
corded only from the easternmost margin, the Chukchi Penin-
sula, Bering Island, Kamchatka and the lower Amur. These
singularities of distribution must await much more extended
knowledge before they can be adequately discussed, but it is
believed that to some extent they are due to the transgression
of the sea, or of glacial ice, over part of the area in which a
species might naturally be expected to occur, thus delaying the
occupation of the entire region by the species concerned.
In the following table the distribution is indicated by the
headings of the six columns. Varieties are not included when
the typical form appears in the table.
Column ' Eur.' includes those forms recorded as found in Eu-
rope, including the whole of European Russia and the Caucasus.
Column ' Lena ' includes the drainage of the Lena and the
whole of Siberia from the Lena westward to the Ural Moun-
tains. It should be noted that a number of species which reach
the Lena from the west do not cross the Stanovoi Range.
Column 'Amur ' includes the Amur drainage basin, the Island
of Sakhalin, and the smaller drainage areas between the Amur
and the Stanovoi Range.
Column 'China' includes those forms which, having their
center of distribution in China or Japan, extend their range to
the drainage basin of the Amur, though often reaching only the
southern and eastern part of it.
Column ' Kam.' indicates species belonging to the area in-
cluded in the Kuril Islands, the Commander Islands, Kamchatka
proper, the Chukchi Peninsula, and northeastern Siberia east of
the Stanovoi Range and north of Aian.
Column 'Am.' includes those forms found in the Aleutian
Islands, northern and northwest America, which also occur on
the Asiatic side.
GENERAL DISCUSSION 1 3
The nomenclature is brought up to date as far as possible.
The absence from the list of certain names which appear in the
memoirs of Schrenck, Middendorff , and others, is only apparent ;
they are really present under their revised names. I have
accepted Simpson's determination of the Naiades, and retain, for"
the variety of Unio ^ictormii which occurs in eastern Siberia, the
early name adopted by Rossmassler from Ziegler's MS., rather
than the very recent one which has been proposed by Wester-
lund. The list of Amurland moUusks in the Vega Expedition
report includes several which belong only to the Lena province
or western Siberia and do not occur on the Amur.
The material examined from which this and the preceding
tables have been prepared, has been derived from several
sources. The collections of the National Museum containing
the boreal shells upon which the work of W. G. Binney was
partly founded, have been of great help. I have also had the
kind cooperation of Dr. J. F. Whiteaves of the Geological and
Natural History Survey of Canada. My own collections from
1865 to 1899 in Kamchatka and Alaska have furnished much
material. I have also had interesting collections from Messrs.
Randolph, McGregor, Stoney, Hepburn, Arnheim, Krause,
Palmer and others who have visited Alaska for pleasure or in
the Government service. The collections actually made during
the Harriman Expedition were more interesting than extensive,
but have helped considerably, especially those due to the
energy of Prof. Trevor Kincaid, of Seattle, while engaged in
his entomological researches.
H
LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
TABLE III. DISTRIBUTION OF NORTHEAST ASIATIC LAND
AND FRESH WATER SHELLS.
Name of Species.
Zoogenites harpa Say
Vallonia adela West
Vallonia pulchella Miiller
Vallonia costata Miiller
Helicigona subpersonata Midd
Hygromia hispida L
Hygromia rufescens Penn
Hygromia stuxbergi West
Eulota arcasiana Crosse
Eulota maackii Gerstf.
Eulota middendorffii Gerstf.
Eulota ravida Benson
Eulota schrenckii Midd
Eulota selskii Gerstf.
Eulota weyrichii Schrenck
Pupilla muscorum L
Vertigo alpestris Alder
Vertigo arctica Wall
Vertigo krauseana Reinh
Vertigo borealis Morel
Cochlicopa lubrica Miiller
Vitrina exilis Morel
Vitrina pellucida Miiller
Vitrea radiatula Alder ,
Euconulus trochiformis Montagu .
Zonitoides arboreus Say
Limax agrestis L
Limax hyperboreus West
Arion hortensis F6r
Arion ater L
Incilaria bilineata Benson
Pyramidula ruderata Studer
Punctum conspectum Bland
Punctum ? floccula Morel
Sphyradium edentulum Drap
Succinea putris L
Succinea chrysis West
Lymnaea stagnalis L
Lymnsea peregra Miiller
Lymnsea auricularia L
Lymnsea ovata Drap
Lymnaea kamchatica Midd ,
Lymnaea palustris Miiller
Lymnsea truncatula Miiller
Planorbis limophilus West
Planorbis nitidus Miiller ,
Planorbis contortus Miiller
Planorbis carinatus Miiller
Planorbis borealis (Lov6n) West.
Planorbis kamchaticus West
Planorbis mSUendorffii Dyb
Planorbis albus Miiller
Physa fontinalis L ! o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
Sak.
o
o
GENERAL DISCUSSION
IS
TABLE III. DISTRIBUTION OF NORTHEAST ASIATIC LAND
AND FRESH WATER SHELLS. — Continued.
Name of Species.
i
J
i
<
a
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
?
?
o
0
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
Apleza hj^norum L
Carychium minimum Muller
Siphonaria thersites Cpr ...
Valvata cristata Muller
Valvata piscinalis Muller
Valvata sibirica Midd
Valvata stelleri Dybowski
Vivipara limnaeoides Schr
Vivipara prserosa Gerstf.
Vivipara ussuriensis Gerstf.
Bythinia troscheli Paasch
Bythinia kickxii Westend
Bythinia striatula Benson
Melania cancellata Benson
Sphaerium corneum L
Sphserium lacustre Miiller
Sphaerium asiaticum Mts
Comeocyclas jimnica Miiller
Comeocyclas abdita Hald
Comeocyclas fontinalis Pfr
Comeocyclas sequilateralis Pr
Comeocyclas sibirica Clessin
Cristaria herculea Midd ,
Cristaria plicata Leach ,
Anodonta beringiana Midd ,
Anodonta woodiana Lea ,
Margaritana margaritifera L
Unio pictorum L. var. longirostris RossmSssler
IV. CONCLUSIONS IN REGARD TO THE ALASKAN FAUNA.
The fauna of Alaska, so far as the land and fresh water shells
considered in this paper enable us to judge, is composite. The
mollusks are characteristic especially of two, and to a much
smaller extent of two other, faunas. The former are limited
by topographic features. Thus the fauna of boreal Canada, in
constantly diminishing number of species, is extended to the
northwest, north of the Alaskan Range to Bering Sea on the
west and the Arctic Coast on the north.
In like manner the fauna of the northern part of the Pacific
States is extended west of the ranges which in the north repre-
sent the Rocky Mountains, and between them and the sea,
northward into British Columbia and thence westward into
Alaska, south of the Alaskan Range, until the last representa-
l6 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
tives of the fauna disappear among the islands of the Aleutian
chain. In British Columbia a few species belong to the valley
region between the Rockies and the Cascade Mountains, and
do not reach the sea coast, but these are too few to modify-
perceptibly the general rule, and as a matter of fact they, like
the valleys themselves, soon disappear after crossing the 49th
parallel.
Very much the same thing is true of the birds, as I was able
to demonstrate some thirty five years ago ; and even the marine
mollusks of the Alaskan coast form a somewhat analogous
assembly.
The other two faunas concerned are those (i) of Asia, or
rather eastern Siberia, that part of Asia nearest to Alaska, and
(2) the Holarctic or circumboreal group of species which are
common to the entire boreal zone and characteristic of it, though
rather few in number.
In referring to the Canadian fauna it will of course be clearly
understood that the fauna of that part of Canada discussed in
this paper and not the entire fauna of the whole Dominion is
meant. With this reservation we may proceed to discuss the
matter from the statistical point of view.
One hundred and forty seven species or strongly marked
varieties are enumerated here from the Canadian region as
above limited, and fifteen other forms are mentioned which
though not known to cross the boundary yet in all proba-
bility will eventually be found to do so. By reference to
the preceding tables the extension of each species will be
found recorded, and the particular localities as far as discov-
erable are enumerated in the following text. Forty one spe-
cies are known from the Alaskan extension of this fauna
north of the Alaskan Mountains, or characteristic of that part
of the territory. Half of these are circumboreal or Holarctic
forms.
The fauna of British Columbia, or the British Columbian
extension of what I many years ago designated the Oregon-
ian fauna, comprises seventy five species, so far as known, to
which in all probability should be added some thirty eight which
are known to approach the parallel of 49^ from the south and
GENERAL DISCUSSION 1 7
whicn probabl}' cross it, making a probable total British Colum-
bian fauna of one hundred and thirteen forms. Considering
the very small area occupied by this assembly, when compared
with the vast expanse populated by the Canadian fauna, the
number is notable. Doubtless in both cases future exploration
will add a reasonable number not now enumerated or still
undescribed by naturalists.
The contributions from the Columbian assembly to the fauna
of Alaska south of the Alaskan and west of the Cascade Ranges
comprise thirty five known and six probable species, a total of
forty one forms probably inhabiting the area referred to. Some
of these, however, are common to northern Alaska also, making
the proper deduction for which we find sixty five species of land
and fresh water mollusks known to inhabit the territory of
Alaska, with six or seven more which are likely with further
exploration to be credited to it in addition to those now known,
even if no undescribed species turn up.
The vast unexplored areas, the uncertainties connected with
lists of obsolete names and doubtful identifications, the doubt
as to what may be considered specific limits in groups of noto-
rious variability, and especially the frequent absence of specimens
from which better deductions might have been drawn than were
possible from the extant literature, have all contributed to the
difficulties under which this memoir has been prepared. Those
who have done work on similar lines will understand, and will
view without undue severity, the imperfections which the author
only too well realizes, and yet which it was out of his power,
in the present state of our knowledge, to avoid. It is hoped,
however, that this summary will make the path somewhat easier
for those who follow him, and contribute a reasonable share to
the better appreciation of the facts of Nature of which it treats.
And if, among the hardy explorers of whom our neighbors of
Canada are justly proud, this paper serves to stimulate an
increased interest in the subject, the author will feel that his
endeavors are amply repaid.
SYSTEMATIC CATALOGUE OF LAND AND FRESH
WATER MOLLUSKS OF NORTH AMERICA
FROM THE REGION NORTH OF THE
FORTY-NINTH PARALLEL.
The following annotated catalogue is intended to contain a
list of all the species known to inhabit the designated region,
with the addition of a few which approach the boundary so closely
that it is highly probable that on further search their range will
be found to cross it. Names of species belonging to the latter
category are preceded by an asterisk.
It is intended that the synonymy which follows the name
shall exhibit references to the original description of the species,
to a good figure, and to the work in which the synonymy, if at
all complicated, may be found most fully set forth. The syn-
onymy of some of the genera mentioned seeming to be in great
need of elucidation, an attempt has been made to clear it up.
In other cases, where the work has elsewhere recently been
done, the generic name and authority alone are cited. For the
HelicidcB and associated forms I have depended upon the ar-
rangement of Dr. H, A. Pilsbry, the acknowledged master of
the subject ; and for the Naiades, in like manner, on the
* Synopsis ' of Mr. Chas. T. Simpson. Some of the other
groups I had previously worked up elsewhere, and have utilized
the results in this catalogue.
After the synonymy it has been attempted to state the range
of the species geographically, in general terms. This state-
ment is followed by a citation of special localities within the
designated region from which the species has been reported, and
in those cases in which the writer has verified the report by the
examination of specimens, the name of the locality is followed
by an exclamation mark.
These data are exemplified or explained by notes following
the details of geographical distribution in a separate paragraph.
The data in many cases have been taken from the literature,
a bibliography of which concludes this paper ; and it follows
that the resent writer assumes no responsibility for the identifi-
(19)
20 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
cation of species so derived. Usually, however, there is no
particular reason for doubting the accuracy of these identifica-
tions. It has not seemed necessary, in most cases, to cite the
authority for the locality, a course which would have unduly
increased the bulk and diminished the clearness of the distribu-
tional statement. The authority, as a rule, can easily be found
by reference to the bibliography. In a few cases, however, it
has seemed desirable to include in parentheses the authority for
the locality cited, especially when the latter seemed unusual or
debatable.
Family HELICID^.
Genus Helix (L.) Pilsbry.
Helix (Cepaea) hortensis MuUer.
Helix hortensis Muller, Verm. Terr, at Fluv., ii, p. 52, 1774. — Binney,
Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 181, figs. 317-320, 1869.
Helix subglobosa Binney, Boston Joum. Nat. Hist., i, p. 485, pi. xvi,
1867.
Range. — Europe from Hungary to the Atlantic between middle
Scandinavia and the Pyrenees, northeastern border of North America.
Labrador; Newfoundland; Anticosti Island! Barachois, Gaspe ;
Cape Breton Island ! ^ Halifax ! Casco Bay, Maine ! shore of Cape Ann
and adjacent islets, Mass. ! Nantucket Island ! Pleistocene deposits
near Portland, Maine !
A single specimen was once found in Greenland, but was doubtless
imported accidentally. The prevalent type is light yellow, without or
with only faint traces of bands. The former is Binney 's H. subglobosa.
The wide distribution of the species, often on un-
inhabitable islets off a coast little frequented, and its
presence, which I have verified, in the glacial Pleis-
tocene of Maine, tend to confirm the view that it is
a prehistoric immigrant if an immigrant at all.
Fig. I. Helix I have seen most of the commoner varieties which
hortensis var. ^j-g prevalent in Europe, but it is obvious to the col-
su go osa m- ig^tor that the brighter colored types with sharply
define ddark bands form an insignificant proportion
of the American specimens ; while the shells as a whole seem smaller
than the average dimensions of European specimens.
> The exclamation point indicates that specimens from this locality have been
seen by me and verified as correctly identified.
FAMILY HEL.ICID-« 21
Helix (^Ariantd) arbustorum L. has been noted as an introduced
species, at St. John, Newfoundland, just outside of our region, by
Whiteaves.
Genus Epiphragmophora Doering.
Epiphragmophora fidelis Gray.
Helix fidelis Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1834, p. 67 ; Conch. Cab., 2d
ed., Mon, Helix, p. 321, pi. LVii, figs. 12, 13.
Helix nuttalliana Lea, Trans. Am. Phil. See, vi, p. 88, pi. xxiii, fig. 74,
1839.
Epiphragmophora fidelis Vws&BX, Class. Cat. N. Am. Landsh., p. 4, 1897.
Range. — Northern California to Sitka, Alaska.
Sumas Prairie, Fraser River valley, B. C. (common to 6,000 ft., J.
K. Lord) ; Chilliwak Lake, B. C. ; Victoria ! Nanaimo ! Comox ! on
Vancouver Island; Growler Cove, Broughton Strait; Union Bay!
False Bay, Lasqueti Id. ; Malaspina Inlet ; N. point Texada Island,
British Columbia ; Sitka, Alaska !
The Sitkan and Columbian specimens are apparently not markedly
different from those collected further south, and pass through the same
color variations. If there is any difference it is that the northern speci-
mens are a little smaller and exhibit no tendency to pilosity. The
two specimens obtained at Sitka were found near the Hot Springs.
There is no evidence in regard to the distribution of the species north
of Sitka, but it would not be surprising if it were eventually found to
extend on the outer islands as far north as Cross Sound.
Genus Zodgenites Morse.
This group has been united with the Acanthinula of Beck, of
which, it would seem, little is known but the shell, while we have,
thanks to Morse, a very satisfactory account of our mollusk. I prefer
therefore to defer any consolidation with Acanthinula until it is shown
to be necessary. The information to be had from Moquin Tandon in
regard to Acanthinula aculeata is unsatisfactory and insufficient.
Westerlund (1902) has proposed a genus Aulaca to contain both
(prior) genera !
Zobgenites harpa Say.
Helix harpa Say, Rep. Long's Exped., 11, p. 256, pi. xv, fig. i, 1824 ; Bin-
ney's Say, p. 29, pi. lxxiv, fig. i.
Pupa costulata Mighels, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist, i, p. 187, 1844.
Bulimus harpa Pfeiffer, Conch. Cat., ed. 11, Bulimus, p. 305, pi. lx, figs.
17-19.
Helix amurensis Gerstfeldt, M6m, des. Sav. €tr., ix, p. 517, pi. i, figs.
26, a-c, 1859.
22 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
Zoogenites harpa MoRSE, Journ. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist., i, p 32, pi. I, figs.
1-14, 1864; Am. Nat., i, p. 608, figs. 50-51, 1868.
Acanthinula harpa Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am. , i , p. 1 56, figs. 267-9,
1869 ; Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 28, p. 185, figs. 181-184, 1885.
Zoogenetes harpa auct. plur.
Range. — Northwestern Scandinavia, northeastern America, British
America near Hudson Bay, Southeastern Alaska, and the easternmost
margin of Siberia.
Konyam Bay, eastern Siberia; Avacha Bay, Kamchatka ! Bering
Island, Commander group ; lower Amur River region. Klehini, Chil-
kat Inlet and valley, Alaska ; English River, Manitoba ! Moose
Factory ! Hudson Bay ; Minnesota ; Gaspd ; New England ; etc.
The peculiarities of the distribution of this curious little mollusk are
referred to in the general discussion of the fauna of northeastern Asia.
Genus Vallonia Risso.
Vallonia Risso, Hist. Eur. Mer., iv, p. 10 1, 1826; V. rosalia Risso, pi. 3,
fig. 30, = Helix costata Miiller.
Zurama Leach, Proofsheets, p. 108, 1819. — Turton, Man., p. 64, 1831 ;
Gray's Turton, p. 141, 1840. — Leach, Syn. Moll. Gt. Brit., p. ^^, 1852 ;
H. pulchella Miiller.
Amplexis Brown, 111. Conch. Gt. Brit, expl. pi. xli, figs. 75-79. 1827; H.
pulchella Miiller.
Ampiextts Brown, op. cit., 2d ed., p. 45, 1844.
CMlostoma (sp.) Fitzinger, Syst. Verz., p. 98, 1833.
Circinaria (sp.) Beck, Index Moll., p. 23, 1837.
Glaphyra Albers, Heliceen, p. 87, 1850.
Lucena MoQUiN Tandon, Hist. Moll. Terr, et Fluv. France, li, pp. 98, 140,
1855 ; not of Oken, 1815, or Hartmann, 1821.
Vallonia pulchella Miiller.
Helix pulchella Muller, Verm. Terr., 11, p. 30, 1774. — Binney, Boston
Journ. Nat. Hist., ill, p. 375, pi. ix, fig. 2, 1840.— W. G. Binney, Land
and Fw. Sh. N. Am., i, p. 157 {ex parte), figs. 270-1, 1869.
Fig. 2. Vallonia pulchella, \.
Helix minuta Say, Journ, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., i, p. 123, 1819. — Morse,
Am. Nat., i, p. 544, fig. 39, 1867.
Helix paludosa DaCosta, Brit. Conch., p. 59, 1778.
Vallonia minuta Morse, Journ. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist., i, p. 21, figs. 54-
56, pi. viii, fig. 57, 1864.
FAMILY HELICID^
23
Range. — Europe; North Africa, southern and western Siberia
to the Amur ; Madeira ; the Azores ; eastern North America from
Manitoba to Florida and Montana to Nova Scotia.
Manitoba, at Winnipeg and Pembina ; north to the Saskatchewan
(Richardson). Introduced? in California.
Although Risso's figure of V. rosalia represents a perfectly smooth
shell, his diagnosis calls for one with elevated lamellae ; it is probable
therefore that he regarded the present species and V. costata as varie-
ties of a single species.
Vallonia costata Muller.
Helix costata Muller, Verm. Terr., 11, p. 31, 1774.
Helix crenella Montagu, Test. Brit., i, p. 441, pi. xili, fig. 3, 1804.
Helix pulchella var. Rossmassler, vii, p. 6, fig. 439, 1838. — Fi:RUSSAC,
Hist., pi. LXix E, figs. 15-17, 1821.
Range. — With V. pulchella in Europe and Asia ; in America in
the northern States and northward from Kansas and Colorado.
Manitoba (Hanham).
This species has been so constantly confused with the other costate
species and with V. pulchella that it is hardly practicable to determine
its true range from the literature.
Vallonia gracilicosta Reinhardt.
Vallonia gracilicosta Reinhardt, Sitz. Ber. der Ges. Naturf. Freunde zu Ber-
lin, 1883, No. 3, p. 42. Little Missouri.
Range. — Rocky Mountain region, westward and northward from
the upper Missouri.
Manitoba, at Winnipeg ; in Alberta at Laggan. Red Deer Olds and
McLeod.
Easily recognized by its very prominent, not crowded, very oblique
lamellae .
Vallonia albula Sterki.
Vallonia albula Sterki, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila,, 1893, p. 263, pi. viii,
figs, D, o; Nautilus, ix, p. 17, May, 1895.
Range. — Eastern Canada to British Columbia.
Quebec ; Manitoba ; Vancouver Island.
Vallonia asiatica Nevill.
Helix costata var. asiatica Nevill, Sci. Results 2d Yarkand Mission, p. 4,
No. 7, 1877.
Vallonia asiatica Reinhardt, Sitz. Ber. der Ges. Naturf. Freunde zu Berlin,
1883, No. 3, p. 42.
Range. — Central Asia, Tibet. Alaska.
24 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
Pyramid Island, Lynn Canal, Alaska, _/?</« Reinhardt.
This form, collected by Dr. Krause, was identified by Dr. Rein-
hardt with Nevill's species and is included here solely on his authority,
as I have not seen specimens.
Genus Polygyra Say.
Polygyra devia Gould.
Helix devta GovLT>, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., ii, p. 165, 1846. — Binney,
Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., i, p. 152, fig. 259, 1869.
Helix baskervillei Pfeiffer, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 130, 1849. — Reeve,
Conch. Icon., Helix ^ fig. 684, 1852.
Polygyra devia Pilsbry, Class. Cat. N. Am. Landsh., p. 11, 1897.
Range. — Washington and Idaho, north into British Columbia.
Sumas Prairie, B. C. ; Esquimalt, Vancouver Island.
Polygyra columbiana Lea.
Helix Columbiana Lea, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, vi, p. 89, pi. xxiii, fig. 75,
1839. — Binney, Terr. Moll., 11, p. 169, pi. v, 185 1.
Helix labiosa Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 11, p. 165, 1846 ; Expl.
Exp. Moll., p. 6"], fig. 35, 1852.
Polygyra columbiana Pilsbry, Class. Cat. N. Am. Landsh., p. 11, 1897.
Range. — Monterey Bay, California, to Yakutat Bay, Alaska, in the
moist wooded region west of the Rocky Mountains.
Mountains of Idaho, western Montana and Washington ; Vancouver
Island at Victoria ! Nanaimo and Nootka ; British Columbia mainland
on banks of Fraser River (Lord) and Skeena River ! (Osgood) ; Har-
bledown and Pender Islands, Johnstone Strait ; Union Bay ! Port
Simpson; and Cumshewa Inlet, Queen Charlotte Islands ! B. C. ; in
Alaska at Cape Fox ! Annette Island, Killisnoo, Sitka ! Lynn Canal ;
Biorka Island ! Chilkat valley ! Lituya Bay ! Yakutat !
There are several varieties of this widespread and familiar species.
First, the type, subconic rather elevated and small, with narrow re-
flexed lip. Lea's specimen was decorticated and showed no signs of the
hairs with which the shell is usually covered, but this was accidental ;
some specimens normally show hardly a trace of the hairs which are
usually so conspicuous. The second variety, P. labiosa Gould, is
larger, more depressed relatively, with a broader, somewhat flexuous
reflected lip. This form is more prevalent in the interior of Washing-
ton, Idaho, etc., and more often has a parietal tooth or trace of a tooth.
The variety santacruzensis is in form more like the type but much
smaller, thin, lighter colored, with a sparser pelage, and about half
the specimens have a trace of a parietal tooth, while in a lot of about
seven hundred columbiana., from Sitka, I found only one specimen
FAMILY HELICID^ 2$
which had any parietal tooth. The mountain forms from California,
if not hybrids, are so verj- different from the hairy coast or lowland
shells that one is tempted to regard them as distinct ; they frequently
are rough, hairless, with heavy lip and well marked parietal tooth. A
young specimen of the typical form, collected near Yakutat Village
by the Harriman Expedition, is reversed.
Some specimens of this and another species, both of which are con-
fined to wooded regions so far as authentically known, were once sent
me as from a point considerably north of Yakutat and from the tree-
less region. I do not believe these shells were correctly labelled, and
hence have not included them in the list of localities. My own im-
pression is that the extension northward of this species and Circinaria
vancouverensis has been prevented by the wide stretch of glacial area
just north and west from Yakutat Bay. I have searched for this
species at Prince William Sound and Cook Inlet, in suitable situa-
tions, but without success.
Polygyra townsendiana Lea.
Helix townsendiana Lea, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, vi, p. 99, pi. xxill, fig. 80,
1839. — BiNNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 164, fig, 285, 1869.
Range. — Puget Sound region and south (to northern Califor-
nia?). Seattle, Wash.; Lake Chilliwak and Sumas Prairie, British
Columbia.
Eastward from the moist coast region the following species oc-
curs and is sometimes regarded as a depauperate form of P. town'
sendiana .
* Polygyra ptychophora Brown.
Helix ptychophora h.. D. Brown, Joum. de Conchyl., 3me Ser., x, p. 392,
Oct., 1870.
Arionta townsendiana var. ptychophora, Binney, Man. Am. Landsh., p. 129,
fig. 102, 1885.
Range. — Western Montana (at Deer Lodge) westward through
northern Idaho to Spokane, Wash., and to The Dalles, in northern
Oregon.
It is possible that this form may hereafter be found on the northern
side of the boundary.
Polygyra germana Gould.
Helix germana Gould, U. S. Expl. Exp., Moll., p. 70, fig. 40, a-c, 1852.
Stenotrema germanum (Gould) Binney, Man. Am. Landsh., p. 114, fig. 82,
1885.
Range. — Northern California, through the Puget Sound region to
British Columbia.
26
LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
Astoria, Oregon! Victoria, Vancouver Island; Chilliwak Lake,
British Columbia.
A variety megasonia^ more than four times the size of the typical
germana^ but otherwise quite similar, is occasionally found ; some
from northern California (Stearns) are in the National Museum.
Polygyra monodon Rackett.
Helix monodon Rackett, Trans. Linnean Soc, xili, p. 42, pi. v, fig. 2, 1822.
— Morse, Am. Nat., i, p. 151, figs. 12, 13, 1867. —
BiNNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., i, p. 120, figs. 200-
205, 1869.
Range. — Eastern United States, east of the plains
iG- 3- oy- region, from Texas to Minnesota and northward.
gyra monodon _ ° _, ^ -r. .
Rackett. Moose Factory, James Bay !
Polygyra albolabris Say.
Helix albolabris Say, Nicholson's Encycl., ist Am. ed., pi. i, fig. i, 1817 ; Am.
Conch., II, pi. XII, 1831. — Morse, Am. Nat., i, p. 6, pi. i, figs, i-ii,
1867. — BiNNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., i, p. 136, figs. 229-232,
1869.
Range. — Eastern United States, from Georgia and Arkansas north-
ward to the Saskatchewan.
Figs. 4-6. Polygyra albolabris Say, \
Lake Superior region ; Lake Winnipeg, Manitoba ; and northward
to the Saskatchewan River (Richardson).
FAMILY PUPID^
27
Fanuly PUPID^.
Genus Strobilops Pilsbry.
7. Animal from above. 8. f . 9. Showing internal lamellae.
Figs. 7-9. Strobilops labyrinthica (magnified).
Strobilops labyrinthica Say.
Helix labyrinthica Say, Joum. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., i, p. 124, 181 7.
— Morse, Am. Nat., i, p. 145, figs. 41-42, 1867. — Binney, Land and
Fw. Sh. N. Am., i, p. 84, figs. 150-154, 1869.
Strobila labyrinthica Morse, Joum. Portland Soc. N. Hist., i, p. 26, figs. 64-
67, pi. II, fig, 12, a-b, pi. VIII, fig. 68, 1864.
Strobilops Pilsbry, 1892, new name for Strobila Morse,
1864, not Sars, 1835.
Range. — Eastern United States, from Texas north-
ward to British America.
Carberry, Manitoba ; Moose Factory, James Bay !
Genus Bifidaria Sterki.
Bifidaria armifera Say.
Pupa armifera Say, Joum. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 11, p.
162, 1821. — Gould, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., iii, p.
400, pi. Ill, fig, 10, 1840. — Binney, Land and Fw, Sh.
N. Am., I, p. 241, fig, 419, 1869,
Range. — The United States east of the Rocky
Mountains, and Canada.
Red Deer, Alberta ; Brandon, Manitoba.
Fig, 10. Bifida-
ria armifera
(magnified).
Fig. II. Bifid-
aria contracta
(magnified).
Bifidaria contracta Say.
Pupa contracta Say, Joum, Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila., 11, p,
374, 1822, — Gould, Boston Joum. Nat, Hist,, iii,
p. 399, pi. Ill, fig. 22, 1840. — Binney, Land and Fw,
Sh, N, Am,, I, p, 242, figs. 420-422, 1869,
Range. — Eastern North America from Mexico
to British America, east of the Rocky Mountains.
Carberry, Manitoba.
28
LAND AND FRKSH WATER MOLLUSKS
Bifidaria holzingeri Sterki.
Pupa holzingeri Sterki, Nautilus, m, No. 4, p. 37, Aug., 1889. — Binney,
Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., xix. No. 4, p. 193, fig., p. 194, 1890.
Bifidaria holzingeri Pilsbry, Class. Cat., p. 19, 1898.
Range. — Illinois and Kansas, northward to British America.
Red River drift, Brandon, Manitoba ; Red Deer, Alberta,
Bifidaria pentodon Say.
Veriigo pentodon Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., li, p. 376, 1822.
Pupa pentodon Gould, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., iv, p. 353, pi. xvi, figs,
lo-ii, 1843. — Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., i, p. 236, figs. 405-
409, 1869.
a b c
Fig. 12. Bifidaria pentodon (magnified), showing variations in aperture.
Range. — Eastern United States from Texas to British America ;
southeastern Nevada, Quebec ; Ontario ; Manitoba (rare) ; Alberta,
at Laggan.
Genus Pupilla (Leach) Turton.
Pupilla blandi Morse.
Pupilla blandi Morse, Ann. N. Y. Lye. Nat. Hist., viii,
p. 211, fig. 8, 1865.
Pupa blandi Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., i, p. 235,
fig. 402, 1869.
f Pupa signata Westerlund, 1885, not of Mousson.
Range. — Upper Missouri, Rocky Mountains ; New
Mexico to Colorado ; Canada ; Red Deer, Alberta.
Pupa signata was described from the Caucasus,
and its inclusion by Westerlund in a list of American
Arctic species is probably an oversight.
Fig. 13. Pu-
pilla blandi
(magnified).
Pupilla musconim Linn6.
Turbo muscorum Linn6, Syst. Nat.,ed, x, p. y6j, 1758; ed. xii, p. 1240,
1767. — Hanley, Shells of Linn., p. 352, pi. iv, fig. 6, 1855.
Pupa muscorum var. bigranata Rossmassler, fide Westerlund.
Pupa badia Adams, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., iii, p. 331, pi. in, fig. 18, 1840.
Pupilla badia Morse, Journ. Portland Soc. N. Hist., i, p. 37, figs. 89-91, pi.
X, fig. 92, 1864.
Pupa muscorum var. lundstromi Westerlund, Ges. Nat. zu Berlin, p. 36,
Mar., 1883.
FAMILY PUPID^
29
Pupa {Pupilla) muscorum Pilsbry, Nautilus, xi, p. 118, Feb., 1898.
Pupa sublubrica Aucey, fide Binney.
Range. — Europe. In America, New England and Canada ; Anti-
costi ; the northern United States as far west as Montana, alpine
H
15
16
Figs. 14-16. Pupilla muscorum, showing variations. Fig. 16 from a Euro-
pean specimen. Fig. 14 from P. badia Adams. Fig. 15 maximum armature of
mouth. (All magnified.)
(8,000-9,000 feet) in Colorado, Utah and Nevada; northward in
British America.
Laggan, Alberta; Anuk, Alaska.
Genus Vertigo Miiller.
Vertigo hoppii Moller.
Pupa hoppi Moller, Ind. Moll. Gronl., p. 4, 1842. — Pfeiffer, Conch. Cat,
ed. 11, Pupa, p. 163, pi. XIX, figs. 29, 30, 1852. — Tryon, Ann. Journ.
Conch., Ill, p. 303, pi. XV, fig. 3, 1867.
Fhipa (^Vertigo) hoppii MoRCH, Am. Journ. Conch., iv, p. 30, pi, in, figs.
6-9, 1869.
Pupa steenbuchi Beck, Verz. Kiel., p. 76, 1847 ; nomen nudum, fide Morch,
op. cit.
Range. — Greenland (Ungava, Labrador.?).
The references to this species as found in Alberta and Anticosti are
doubtless based on a different species, as is Binney 's figure on page
235 of the Land and Fresh Water Shells, part i.
Vertigo modesta Say.
Pupa modesta Say, Rep. Long's Exp., 11, p. 259, pi. xv, fig. 5, 1824.
Pupa decora Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 11, p. 263, fig., 1848.
Vertigo parietalis Ahcev ; P. corpulenta Morse, and V. castanea Sterki, yf<ar<?
Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat, Sci. Phila., for 1900, pp. 597-602, pi. xxiii,
figs. 1-7, 1900.
30
LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
Range. — North America from New England to California and
northward. Loess of Iowa.
Ungava, Labrador ! Lake Superior region ; Laggan, Alberta ; in
British Columbia at Nanaimo and Victoria ; in Alaska at Killisnoo,
Chilkat and Chilkoot valleys, Pyramid Island, Portage Bay, Dyea,
Klukwan, Point Romanof at the Yukon delta ; St. George Island !
St. Paul Island ! Unalaska ! Rooluk Island, Unalga Pass ! Akutan
Island ! Popof Island, Shumagins ! St. Paul, Kadiak Island ! Orca,
Prince William Sound ! Yakutat Bay ! Berg Inlet, Glacier Bay ! Muir
Inlet !
This is the most abundant and widely distributed species in
the north country. I have very little doubt that V. borealis More-
let, from Kamchatka and Bering Island, is merely a variety of this
species.
Vertigo columbiana Sterki.
Vertigo columbiana (Sterki MS.) Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for
1900, p. 602, pi. XXIII, fig. II, Sept., 1900.
Range. — Douglas County, Oregon, and northward to Washington,
Vancouver Island, and St. Paul Island, Bering Sea !
Resembles V. gouldii but wants the basal fold. A variety occurs in
Utah. The St. Paul specimen was identified by Dr. Sterki.
Vertigo gouldii Binney.
Pupa gouldii Binney, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., i, p. 105, 1843 ; Terr.
Moll., II, p. 332, pi. Lxxi, fig. 2, 185 1.
a b
Fig. 17. Fc^/«^o^o«/<f« (magnified). Fig. 18. Verfi£'o bollesiana (magnified) .
Vertigo gouldii MORSB, Am. Nat., i, p. 669, fig. 60, 1868. — Joum. Portland
Soc. N. Hist., I, p. 38, fig. 95, pi. X, fig. 96, 1864.
Vertigo bollesiana Morse, Ann. N. Y. Lye. Nat. Hist., viii, p. 209. figs. 4-6,
1865.
FAMILY PUPID^
31
Vertigo bollesiana var, arthuri von Martens, Sitz-ber. Ges. Naturf. Fr. zu
Berlin, 1882, No, 9, p. 140.
Range. — Northern United States east of the Rocky Mountains and
northward.
Ottawa, Ontario ; Manitoba ; Upper Missouri at Fort Berthold ;
Helena, Montana.
The variety arthuri is catalogued from Arctic America by an over-
sight, in Binncy's Third Supplement, p. 185. It is really from the
Little Missouri in Dakota.
Vertigo ventricosa Morse.
Isthmia ventricosa Morse, Ann. N. Y. Lye. N. Hist., viii, p. i, figs. 1-3, 1865.
Vertigo ventricosa Morse, Am. Nat., 1, p. 966,
figs. 61, 62, 1868.
Vertigo ventricosa elatior Sterki, Nautilus, xi,
p. 120, Feb., 1898.
Vertigo gouldii lagganensis Pilsbry, Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila , for 1899, p. 314,
fig. I.
Vertigo approximans Sterki, fide Pilsbry.
Range. — Quebec and Maine to Illinois
and Alberta , Manitoba ; variety elatior at
Laggan, Alberta.
a b
Fig. 19. Vertigo ventricosa
(magnified).
Vertigo binneyana Sterki.
Vertigo binneyana Sterki, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1890, p. 33 ;
Nautilus, III, p. 125, March, 1890. — Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., for 1899, p. 315, fig. 2 ; Nautilus, iv, p. 39, pi. i, fig. I, Aug.,
1890.
Range. — Rocky Mountain region from Albuquerque, New Mexico,
to Manitoba.
Seattle, Wash. ; Helena, Montana ; Winnipeg, Manitoba.
ao 21 22
Figs. 20-22. Vertigo ovata, showing variations in teeth (see next page).
32
LAND AND FRESH WATER MOL.LUSKS
23a 23^ 23c
Fig. 23. Vertigo ovata, showing variations in teeth of aperture (all figures
magnified).
Vertigo ovata Say.
Vertigo ovata Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 11, p. 375, 1822. — Morse,
Am. Nat., i, p. 668, figs, 57, 58, 1868. — Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N.
Am., I, p. 252, figs. 442-445, 1869 (syn. in part excl.).
Range. — Eastern United States from Maine to Texas, and north-
ward. Mexico.?
Ungava Bay, Labrador! Victoria, British Columbia! St. Paul,
Kadiak Island ! Alaska ; Tigalda Island, Aleutian chain ! Laggan,
Alberta ; Manitoba.
Vertigo arctica Wallenberg.
Pupa arctica Wallenberg, Mai. Blatt, v, pp. 32, 99, pi. i, figs. 3, a-c, 4,
1858. — Reinhardt, Sitz-ber. Ges. Naturf. Fr. zu Berlin, No. 3, 1883,
p. 38.
Range. — Lapland and northern Scandinavia, the mountains of
Germany and the Tyrol ; eastern Siberia at Emma Harbor, Plover
Bay ; Port Clarence on the American side of Bering Strait (Vega
Expd.) .
* Vertigo krauseana Reinhardt.
Vertigo krauseana Reinhardt, Sitz-ber. Ges. Naturf. Fr. zu Berlin, No. 3,
1883, p. 38. — Westerlund, Fauna Pal. Reg., iii, p. 131, 1887.
Range. — Chukchi Peninsula of eastern Siberia; at Poot, St. Law-
rence Bay, and Ratmanof Harbor. Alaska, at Chilkat Inlet !
Specimens of this species labeled Chilkat Inlet were received from
Dr. Krause ; but in the publications on this form only the Siberian
habitats are given. I suspect some error has occurred in labeling,
though it is entirely possible that the species may occur in Arctic
America.
♦Vertigo (Vertilla) milium Gould.
Pupa milium GovLT), Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., ill, p. 402, pi. Ill, fig. 23, 1840.
Vertigo {Angustula) milium Sterki, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XI, pp. 377-S,
pi. XLii, figs. 10, 13, 1888.
FAMILY ACHATINID^ 33
Vertigo {Vertilla)mtlium Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., £011900, p. 597.
Range. — New England to Texas and Florida,
west to Minnesota. Ontario, Canada.
This minute species doubtless exists on the northern
side of the boundary, though not yet reported
there. Fig. 24. Verti-
go milium (mag-
* Vertigo (Isthmia) pygmaea Draparnaud. nified).
Pupa pygmaa Draparnaud, Tableau, p. 57, 1801 ; Hist. Moll. Terr,, p. 60,
pi. Ill, figs. 20-21, 1805.
Vertigo pygmcea Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1900, p. 608.
Vertigo callosa Sterki, not Reuss, and P. superioris Pilsbry, fide Pilsbry, 1. c.
Range. — Europe, Asia Minor, the Caucasus ; America, in the
northeastern States and the Lake Superior region.
Family ACHATINIDJE.
Genus Cochlicopa (F^russac) Risso.
Cochlicopa lubrica Muller.
Helix lubrica Muller, Verm. Hist., i, p. 104, 1774.
Zua lubrica Leach, Syn. Moll. Gt. Brit., p. 114, 1852 ^ Gray's Turton's
Man., p. 188, pi. VI, fig. 65, 1840.
Cionella lubrica Jeffreys, Trans. Linn. Soc, xvi, p. 347, 1830. — Binney,
Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., i, p. 224, figs. 381-385.
Bulimus lubricoides Stimpson, Shells of New England, p. 54, 1851.
Zua lubricoidea Morse, Jour. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist., i, p. 30, figs. 79, 81,
84 ; pi. X, fig. 82, 1864 ; Am. Nat., i,'p. 607, fig. 49, 1868.
Ferussacia subcylindrica auct. non L.
Range. — Europe, North Africa and Asia Minor : Siberia ; Kam-
chatka ; most of North America.
Lake Superior region ; Red River of the North, Lake of the Woods
and Turtle Mountain, Manitoba ; Moose Factory ! English River,
Keewatin ; Laggan and Red Deer in Alberta ; Nanaimo and Victoria,
British Columbia ; Point Barrow ! and Yukon valley, Alaska ; Avacha
Bay ! Kamchatka.
This well known shell is one of the most emphatically circumpolar
species in existence, and considering its immense geographical and
climatic range its resistance to the factors which make for variation is
very remarkable.
Family CIRCINARIID^.
Genus Circinaria Beck.
This is Macrocyclis or Selenites of recent literature, not of Beck
or Hope.
34 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
Circinaria vancouverensis Lea.
Helix vancouverensis Lea, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, vi, p. 87, pi. xxill, fig.
72, 1839.
Helix vellicata Forbes, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1850, p. 75, pi. ix, fig. i.
Macrocyclis vancouverensis Tkyou, Am. Joum. Conch., 11, p. 245, pi. m, fig.
6, 1866. — BiNNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., i, p. 54, figs. 90-93, 1869.
Selenites vancouverensis Binney, Third Suppl. Terr. Moll. pp. 163-6, 1892.
Circinaria vancouverensis Pilsbry, Class. Cat. Am. Landsh., p. 24, 1898.
Range. — In the moist and wooded region of northern California
and northward to the Alexander Archipelago, Alaska, between the
Cascade Range and the sea.
Vancouver Island ! Quatsino Sound, Broughton Strait, Malcolm
Island, Johnstone Strait, Harbledown and Pender Islands, Skidegate,
Graham Island, and Cumshewa Inlet, Moresby Island, Queen Char-
lotte Islands ! Union Bay ! and Comox ! British Columbia. In Alaska
at Annette Island ! Killisnoo, Sitka ! Lynn Canal, throughout the Alex-
ander Archipelago, and northward along the mainland shore to Lituya
Bay.
The typical form of this species is readily recognizable by its ample
whorls, the last nearly smooth, its large size and greenish yellow color.
It grades, however imperceptibly, into the smaller and more strongly
sculptured C. sfortella Gould, from which cause a large number of
varieties have arisen and been named. In the moist mountainous
region of the Columbia drainage some of these forms penetrate to the
eastward nearly to the headwaters of this river in western Montana.
They are all depauperate, however, compared with the typical well
nourished forms of the coast. These animals are carnivorous, voracious
and cannibalistic. It is unsafe to keep them living in the same recep-
tacle with other living snails, as they will rapidly destroy and consume
the soft parts.
A fine sinistral specimen was collected at Sitka.
A variety of a dark chocolate brown color, otherwise like the ordi-
nary form, was found rather commonly at Sitka. For this the varietal
name chocolata would seem appropriate.
Specimens of this species were received with a label indicating that
they had been collected on the Alaska Peninsula opposite Kadiak
Island, but, knowing the habits of this animal, I regard this as an
error of labelling. The collector having died, I was unable to untangle
the confusion, but I have never found it far distant from the wooded
region where Ariolimax and Polygyra Columbiana occur, upon which
it chiefly feeds in Alaska. It does not occur, so far as I was able to
discover, on the shores of Cook Inlet, where there are suitable forests,
FAMILY ZONITID^ 35
and I do not believe it occurs on the treeless grassy slopes of the
peninsula. I suspect that the wide-stretching glacial area to the
north and west of Yakutat Bay, puts an impassable barrier to its north-
western migration, and that it may not exist in the forests beyond that
area.
This is the largest shell-bearing Pulmonate known to live in Alaska,
but is surpassed by the great slug Ariolimax^ which often extends to
the length while preserving the diameter of a large cigar.
Circinaria variety sportella Gould.
Helix sportellaQovXA, Proc. Boston Sec. Nat. Hist., ii, p. 167, 1846; Moll.
U. S. Expl. Exp., p. 37, fig. 42, 1852.
This is a variety of C. vancouverensis of smaller size, and intensified
sculpture, both spiral and incremental. Intermediate forms, to which
several names have been applied, connect it with the typical form. It
accompanies the latter throughout its range, but occurs in some locali-
ties which do not support the larger form. Among northern localities
it has been collected at Saanich, Comox ! Union Bay ! Salt Springs
Island and Chilliwak Lake, British Columbia ; at Annette Island ! (with
variety hybrida Ancey) and Lituya Bay ! Alaska.
Circinaria variety hybrida Ancey, 1888.
This form is reported from Vernon and Comox, British Columbia,
and Annette Island, Alaska.
Circinaria heniphilli Binney and C. voyana Newcomb, have not
been authentically reported north of the boundary, though it is said
both of them have been collected in the Puget Sound region.
Family ZONITIDiE.
Genus Vitrina Draparnaud.
Vitrina Draparnaud, Tabl. Moll. Terr. France, pp. 33, 98, 1801 ; Hist., Nat.
Moll. Terr. France, pp. 23, 30, 119, 1805. Type Helix pellticida Muller,
Verm. Terr., p. 215.
Vitrinus Montfort, Conch. Syst., 11, p. 238, 18 10.
Cobresia Jac. Hubner, Mon. Test. Bairische Landschn. Cobresien, 1810 ;
(pages and plates not numbered).
Hyalina Studer, Syst. Verz. Schweiz. Conch., p. 11, 1820: not of Schu-
macher, 1817.
Limacina Hartmann, Neue Alpina, i, p. 206, 1821 ; Sturm's Deutschl. Fauna,
abth. VI, heft V, pp. 41, 54, 1821 ; not of Cuvier, 1817.
Helicolimax F^russac pere, Mem. Soc. Med. d'EmuL, iv, p. 390, 1802 ; et
fils, Tabl. Syst. des Lim., pp. 19, 21, 1821.
Semilimax Ferussac pere, Der Naturforscher (Halle), pt. 28, 1802, fide Fer-
russac fils, loc. cit., 1821.
36 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
Semilimax Stabile, Revue et Mag. Zool. (Guerin), Aug., 1859, p. 41 ; Moll.
Terr. Viv. Piem., p. 23, 1864. — Kobelt, Cat. der Europ. Faun. leb. Bin-
nenconch., p. 3, 1871 (as a section of Vitrina, group of V. diaphana
Drap.). — Pfeiffer, Nom. Hel. Viv., p. 26, 1878.
Pagana Gistel, Naturg. Thierr., p. 168, 1848 (new name for Vitrina Drap.).
Phenacolimax Stabile, R6v. et Mag. Zool. (Guerin), Aug., 1859, p. 42 ; Moll.,
Terr. Viv. R6m.,p. 24, 1864. — Pfeiffer, Nom. Hel. Viv., p. 27, 1878.
Helicolimax Kobelt, Cat. der Europ. Faun. leb. Binnenconch. , p. 4, 1871,
(Sect, of Vitrina, s.s.).
Trochovitrina Schacko, in Boettger, Jahrb. Deutsch. Mai. Ges., vii, p. 379,
Oct., 1880; type Vitrina lederi^oQtiger .
Gallandia Bourguignat, Descr. Nouv. Genre Gallandia, Aug., 1880, pp. 4-8,
1st sp. Vitrina conoidea Martens.
Oligolimax Fischer, in Paulucci, Faun. Calabria, p. 37, 1880. — Paulucci,
Bull. Soc. Mai. Ital., vii, p. 75, 1881. — Fischer, Man. de Conchyl.,
p. 464, 1883 {V. pauluccicB Fischer).
Partnacellina Sandberger, Land u. Sussw. Conch, d. Vorwelt, p. 232, pi.
XIII, 1 87 1. Sole ex. P. vitrinaformis Sandb., Eocene.
Vitrina Pilsbry, Class. Cat. Landsh. Am., p. 25, 1898.
Chlamydea Westerlund, Fauna d. Pal. Reg., i, p. 19, 1886 ( F. hicolor
Westerlund, 1881).
The shell in this group and its allies is reduced to very simple terms
and the differences between species appear trifling. But there appears
to be quite a wide range of character in the soft parts, from whence
it follows that several sections can be recognized in the genus as re-
stricted, while some species, formerly regarded as belonging to Vitrina,^
are now scattered in widely separated genera.
The true Vitrina seems confined to the northern hemisphere.
The following sections are recognized :
Vitrina Drap. s. s. 1801. Type V. pellucida Miiller. Helicoli-
max Ferussac pere, 1801, is identical, and Semilimax Stabile hardly
separable.
Oligolimax Fischer. Type V. pauluccice Fischer.
Phenacolimax Stabile, 1859. Type V. major F6r.
Gallandia Bourguignat, Aug., 1880. Type V. conoidea von
Martens. Trochovitrina Schacko, Oct., 1880, is synonymous.
The North American and Greenland species are true Vitrina^ the
other forms belong to the Old World only.
The New World groups Vitrinozonites Binney and Velifera Binney
may be regarded as of generic rank, and are extra limital to the region
now under discussion.
Vitrina angelicas Beck.
Vitrina angelica Beck, Index, p. i, 1837 ; name only.— Moller, Index, p. 4,
1842. — Morch, Am. Journ. Conch., iv, p. 27, pi. in, figs, i, 4, 1868. —
MoRCH, in Rink's Danish Greenland, p. 436, 1877.
Helix pellucida Fabricius, Fauna Gronl,, p. 389, 1780, not of Miiller, 1774.
FAMILY ZONITID^ 37
Range. — Greenland.
This species is more like the V. beryllina of Europe than the
American species. The latest data given by Posselt
indicate that it is not found in Iceland. Binney has
given an enlarged illustration of this species (fig. 25)
in his Land and Fresh Water Shells of North America, fig. 25. Vit-
I, p. 28. rina angelica, \.
Vitrina limpida Gould.
Vitrina pellucida De Kay, Zool. N. Y. Moll., p. 25, pi. ill, fig. 42, 1843;
not of Miiller, 1 774.
Viirina limpida GovLQ, in Agassiz, Lake Superior, p. 243, 1850. — Morse,
Journ. Portland Soc. Nat. His., i, p. 11, pi. v, fig. 17, 1864. — Binney,
Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., i, p. 27, figs. 23, 24, 1869.
Vitrina americana Pfeiffer, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., for 1852, p. 156;
Conch. Cab., ed. 11, Vitrina, p. 9, pi. i, figs. 22-25, 1854.
^_^ Range. — Central New^ York and northvsrard, from
'T^ W^^ ^^'^ Brunswick to Alberta and Hudson Bay.
^ — -^ Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. Manitoba at Carberry
Fig. 26. Vit- and Lake of the Woods ; Red Deer and Laggan in
rina limpida ^i^erta ; Moose Factory ! James Bay ; Norway House,
Maine),!. • a A
m damp woods.
This species has been reported from the Rocky Mountain region by
Ingersoll, but I regard his specimens so identified as varieties of V.
alaskana.
Vitrina alaskana Dall, nom. nov.
Vitrina pfeifferi Newcomb, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 11, p. 92, 1861. — Tryon,
Am. Journ. Conch., 11, p. 244, pi. iii, fig. 3, 1866. — Binney, Land and
Fw. Sh. N, Am., i, p. 28, fig. 26, 1869. Not V. pfeifferi Deshayes, in
F6r., Lima9ons, 1822.
Range. — New Mexico, Utah, Colorado, central California, all at
considerable altitudes, and northward.
Nanaimo, Vancouver Island, B. C. ; Muir Inlet, Alaska ! St. Paul,
Kadiak Island ! Popof and Unga Islands, of the Shumagin group !
Akutan ! Unalga ! Rooluk ! and Unalaska ! of the Aleutian chain ; St.
Paul ! and St. George Islands, Bering Sea, Alaska, in tall grass of
bluff fifty feet above the sea !
This species has been referred to as pellucida .^ limpida and exilis^
and when fully grown under favorable conditions the shell may reach
10 mm. in major diameter, though most of the specimens as collected
are considerably smaller. The shell is translucent, with a marked
greenish tinge, and not over three whorls. It is flatter than limpida^
38 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
larger, and of a different tint, and the size of the whorls increases
more rapidly. It is less flat and much larger than V. exi'h's, which is
also of a different hue.
It is the most common land shell on most of the islands of Bering
Sea and on the continent near the sea, where it usually occurs, but as
we move southward we find it occurring at continually greater eleva-
tions and entirely absent from the warm dry plains and valleys. It
attains from 7,500 to 10,800 feet elevation in the Sierra and Rocky
Mountains.
*Vitrina ezilis Morelet.
Vitrina exilis Morelet, Journ. de Conchyl., vii, p. 8, 1858. — Pfeiffer,
Mon. Hel. Viv., iv, p. 799, 1859. — Binney, Bull. U. S. N. Mus., No.
28, p. 178, fig. 172, 1885 ; Terr. Moll., v, pp. 138, 200, pi. 11, fig. B.
Range. — Northeastern Asia and adjacent islands, from Japan
northeastward.
Kamchatka, at Petropavlovsk ! Bering Id. (Vega Expd.).
This is a small species, of a whitish or translucent glassy hue ;
smaller and with a more elevated spire than its American representa-
tive V. alaskana. According to Binney V. exilis has the jaw and
radula as usual in the genus, the transverse rows of teeth numbering
37 • ^ '375 with seven perfect laterals.
I have seen no specimens from east of the Commander Islands ; the
shells thus identified are probably all V. alaskana.
Genus Vitrea Fitzinger.
Vitrea radiatula Alder.
Helix radiatula Alder, Cat. Test. Newcastle upon Tyne, p. 12, No. 50,
1830. — Gray, in Turton's Man., p. 173, pi. xii, fig. 137, 1840.
f Helix hammonis Strom, Trondj., Selsk. Skrift., p. 435, pi. vi, fig. 16, 1765.
? Zonites viridulus Menke, Syn., ed. 11, p. 137, 1830.
Helix electrina Govi^Vi, Inv. Mass., p. 183, fig. m, 1841.
Hyalina viridula Binney, Land and Fw, Sh. N. Am., i, p. 34, figs. 41-43,
1869 ; not of Menke?
Hyalina pellucida Lehnert, Science Record, 11, p. 172, June 16, 1884.
Range. — Holarctic. Northern Europe, Asia and America.
Manitoba, at Lake of the Woods, Carberry and Pembina ; Alberta,
at Laggan and Red Deer ; Fort Resolution, Great Slave Lake ! British
Columbia, at Departure Bay ! Comox ! and Union Bay ! Alaska, at
Killisnoo ! Klukwan ! Portage Bay ! Seduction Tongue ! Anuk ! St.
Paul, Kadiak Island ! Unga Island, Shumagins ! Unalaska, Aleutians !
Nulato, Yukon River! Point Barrow! Bering Island, Bering Sea!
Petropavlovsk, Kamchatka !
FAMILY ZONITID^ 39
The species as described by Strom is unrecognizable and his name
should be rejected. There is some doubt as to whether the Z.
viridula of Menke is identical with the present species or not.
Vitrea nitidula Drapamaud.
Helix nitidula Draparnaud, Hist. Moll., p. 117, pi. viii, figs. 21-22, 1805.
Zonites nitidulus Gray, in Turton, Man., p. 172, pi. xil, fig. 136, 1840.
Range. — Europe, northern and middle ; Italy.
Fort Resolution! Great Slave Lake (Kennicott).
The identification and locality are indubitable.
Vitrea binneyana Morse.
Hyalina binneyana Morse, Joum. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist., i, p. 13, figs. 25,
26, pi. II, fig. 9, pi. IV, fig. 31, 1864. — BiNNEY, Land and F\v. Sh. N.
Am., I, p. 39, figs. 56-8, 1869.
Helix morsei Tkyou, Am. Joum. Conch., i, p. 188,
1865.
Hyalina dinneyi BmtiEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am.,
I, p. 39, footnote.
Vitrea binneyana Pilsbry, Class. Cat., p. 26, 1898.
Fig. 27. Vitrea bin- ^ , ,-»*-• 1 ■» ^r. .
neyana Morse Range. — Quebec and Maine to northern Mich-
igan and British Columbia.
Brandon, Manitoba ; Nanaimo, B. C.
Vitrea indentata Say.
Helix indentata Say, Joum. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 11, p. 372, 1822. —
Gould, Inv. Mass., p. 181, fig. 109, 1841.
Hyalina indentata Morse, Joum. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist., i, p. 12, fig. 21;
pi. II, fig. II, pi. V, fig. 22, 1864. — Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am.,
I. P- 35. figs- 44-46, 1869.
Range. — Mexico to Manitoba, United States and Canada, eastward
from the Rocky Mountains. Pine Creek, Manitoba.
Genus Euconulus Reinhardt.
Helix (sp.) Muller, Gmelin, Montagu, Drapamaud, etal., 1774- 1820.
Trochus (sp.) Da Costa, Brit. Conch., p. 35, 1778.
Teba (sp.) Leach, Proofsheets, 1820, fide Rossmassler Icon. , 11, p. 38, 1838.
Conulus FiTZiNGER, Syst. Verz. Weichth., p. 94, 1833 ; not Conulus Rafi-
nesque, Analyse de la Nature, p. 145, 181 5.
Polita (sp.) Held, Weichth. Bayems, Isis, Dec, 1837, col. 916.
Petasia (sp.) Beck, Index, p. 21, 1837.
Zonites (sp.) Moquin Tandon, Moll, de France, p. 68, 1855.
Hyalina (sp.) von Martens' Albers, p. 73, 1850. — Binney, L. & Fw. Sh.
N. Am., pt. I, p. 46, 1869.
Euconulus (J'ulvus) Reinhardt, Sitzb. Ges. Naturf. Fr. zu Berlin, for 1883,
p. 86. — PiLSBRY, Nautilus, xiv, Nov., 1900, p. 81. — Woodward,
Brit. Nonmarine Moll., p. 353, 1903.
Hyalinia (sp.) Morch, Syn. Moll. Terr. Dan., p. 14, 1864. — Westerlund,
Nachrichtsbl. Mai. Ges., xv, p. 173, Dec., 1883.
40 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
Arnouldia Bourguignat, Bull. Soc. Mai. de France, vii, p. 328, 1890.
Vitrea (sp.) E. A. Smith, Journ. Conch. (Leeds), vi, p. 339, 1891.
Trochulus Westerlund, Fauna Pal. Reg., iii'*beil, p. 16, 1886 ; not of the
Museum Calonnianum, p. 26, 1797, not Trochula Schleuter, Verz., p. 7,
1838.
This genus has had a number of names applied to it, among which
one is proposed by Westerlund as taken from Da Costa (1778) but, as
indicated by Sherborne in the Index Animaliutn^ Da Costa merely
quoted part of a polynomial phrase (^Trochilus terrestris jnortoni)
in his synonymy, from Morton's Northamptonshire (London, 171 2),
and did not use the word Trockilus in a generic sense. Moreover, if
he had, Trockilus had previously been used by Linn^ for a genus of
birds. There seems at present no reason to doubt that the first valid
name for the genus is Euconulus Reinhardt, while the typical species,
as will be evident from the following synonymy, is E. trochiformis
(Montagu) .
Euconulus trochiformis (Montagu).
? Helix fulva, ex parte Muller, Verm. Terr, et Fluv., 11, p. 57, 1774 ; Zool.
Dan. Prodr., p. 240, No. 2905, 1776.
Trochus terrestris (Lister) Da Costa, Brit. Conch., p. 35, 1778 ; not of
Pennant, 1767.
Helix trochiformis Montagu, Test. Brit., 11, p. 427, pi. 11, fig. 9, 1803. Not
of Ferussac, 1819.
Helix trochulus Montagu, op. cit., in syn., not of Muller, 1774. — Dillwyn,
Descr. Cat. Rec. Sh., 11, 916, 181 7.
Helix fulva Draparnaud, Hist. Nat. des Moll. Ten et Fluv. France, p. 81,
pi, VII, figs. 12, 13, 1805. — RossMASSLER, Icon., II, pt. II, p. 38, pi. 39,
fig. 535, 1838.
Helix nitidula von Alten, Syst. abh. Erd. u. Fluss-Conch., p. 53, pi. iv, fig.
8, 1812.
Helix fulva Nilsson, Hist. Moll. Suec, p. 13, 1822.
Helix trochiformis Maton and Rackett, Linn. Trans., viii, p. 200, 1807. —
Fleming, Edin. Encyc, vii, p. 80, 18 13. — Wood, Ind. Test., pi. 32, fig.
68, 1825. — Jeffreys, Linn. Trans., xvi, p. 331, 1830.
Teba fulva Leach, Syn. Brit. MolL Proofsheets, p. 99, 1Z20 \ fide Rossmas-
sler. Icon., 11, p. 38, 1838. — Leach, Syn. Brit. MolL (ed. Gray), p. 72,
1852.
Helix trochilus Fleming, Brit. An., p. 260, 1828.
Helix mandralisci Bivona, Nuovo Moll. Palermo, p. 16, pi. i, fig. 6, 1839.
Helix fulva vzx. mortoni Jeffreys, Linn. Trans., xvi, p. 332, 1830.
Conulus fulvus Fitzinger, Syst. Verz., p. 94, 1833.
Polita fulva Held, Weichth. Bayerns, Isis, Dec, 1837, col. 916.
Helix {Petasia) trochiformis Beck, Index, p. 21, 1837.
Zonites {Conulus) fulvus MoQ. Tandon, Moll. France, p. 68, 1855.
Helix {Conulus) fulva Alweks, Heliceen, p. 73, 1850.
Hyalina {Conulus) fulva voN Martens' Albers, p. 73, i860.
Hyalinia {Petasia) fulva Morch, Syn. Moll. Terr. Dan., p. 14. 1864.
Euconulus fulvus Reinhardt, Sitzb. Ges. Naturf. Freunde zu Berlin, p. 86,
1883.
FAMILY ZONITID^ 4I
Arnouldia fulva Bourguignat, Bull. Soc. Mai. de France., vii, p. 328, 1890.
Vitrea {Conulus) fulva E. A. Smith, Journ. Conch. (Leeds), vi, No. x, p. 339,
1891.
£uconu/us/u/vus Woodward, Brit. Nonmarine Moll., p. 353, 1903.
//e/tx egena Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., v, p. 120, 1825.
Hyalina (^Conulus) fulva Binney, Land and Freshw. Sh. of N. Am. part i, p.
46, fig. 73. 1869.
Hyalinia {Conulus) trochifortnis (Montagu) Westerlund, Nachr. Mai. Ges.,
XV, p. 173, Dec, 1883.
Trochulus trochifortnis Westerlund, Fauna Pal. Reg., iii'* beilage, p. 16,
1886.
Conulus chersinus Morse, Journ. Portland Soc. N. Hist., i, p. 19, figs. 44,
46, pi. II, fig. 4, pi. VII, fig. 45, 1864, not Helix chersina Say, 1821.
Conulus fulvus (MiJLLER), and var. alaskensis Pilsbry, Nautilus, xil, No.
10, pp. 1 1 5-6, 1899.
Euconulus fulvus ViuSBKY , Nautilus, xiv, Nov., 1900, p. 8i.
YdLntiy fabricii (Beck).
Helix nitida Fabricius, Fauna Gronl., p. 389, 1780, not of MuUer.
Helix {Petasia) fabricii Beck, Index, p. 21, 1837, nude name. — Moller,
Index Moll. Grcenl., p. 7, 1842.
Range. — Holarctic, and widely distributed south-
ward.
Canada ; Manitoba at Carberry, Pine Creek, Pem-
bina, and Lake of the Woods ; in Alberta at Laggan, ©
Red Deer, Olds and McLeod ; English River, Kee- ^^g- ^S. Eu-
watin ; California ! Oregon ! Washington ! Victoria, ," . , ""
00 1 formts (magni-
Vancouver Island ! Sitka, Alaska ; Unalaska ! Bering ^^^\
Island, Bering Sea ! Petropavlovsk, Kamchatka !
Pooten, Konyam and St. Lawrence Bays, eastern Siberia.
Variety fabricii Moller. Greenland 1 Ungava !
Labrador.
Variety alaskensis Pilsbry. Yukon drainage, Lake
Fig. 39. Eu- Lindeman to Point Romanof and St. Michael,
conulus trochi- Alaska ; Dyea valley. Southeastern Alaska !
^hrhU^VG ^'^' ^^^^ familiar little shell has had various vicissitudes
land)'. ^" nomenclature. The wamQ fulva MuUer, by which
it is best known, was based, according to Beck, who
was custodian of MuUer's types, upon Helix bidentata Gmelin, while
a shell which MuUer supposed to be the young, but did not figure
or fully describe, was supposed by some of the early naturalists to be
our species. Another unfigured species, Helix trochulus Muller, was
thought by Dillwyn to be identical with our fulva^ but the measure-
ments forbid the identification, and Pfeiffer came to the conclusion
that H. trochulus is identical with the young tip of Buliminus ob-
scurus. Fabricius supposed our shell to be identical with Helix
42 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
hammonis Strom (1765), but Strom's figure is widely umbilicated and
so rude as to be practically unidentifiable.
The first specific name which unmistakably applies to our shell, and
to it alone, is the trochiformis of Montagu, which it seems advisable
to adopt.
Under the name fulva several distinct though very closely allied
forms have been generally included. Reinhardt, Bourguignat and
lastly Pilsbry have thrown additional light on this subject, and a num-
ber of species or marked varieties are now recognized. The Helix
chersina of Say is a southern form, while the H. egena oi Say is
generally admitted to be a synonym of the trochiformis .
The Euconulus fabricii of Greenland seems to be merely a case
(>i an offshoot which by isolation has been enabled to assume distinctive
characters, which have hardly reached a greater than varietal rank.
Genus Zonitoides Lehmann.
Zonitoides nitidus Miiller.
Helix nittdaMxnASEK, Hist. Verm., 11, p. 32, 1774.
Helix lucida Draparnaud, Hist. Moll, de France, p. 103, 1805 ; not of the
Tableau, 1801.
Hyalina nitida Tryon, Am. Joum. Conch., ii, p. 250, pi. iv, fig. 24, 1866.
— BiNNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., i, p. 31, figs. 35, 36, 1869.
Zonitoides nitidus Pilsbry, Class. Cat., p. 27, 1898.
Range. — Holarctic. Europe, northern United States, British
America, Alaska, Japan.
Red River drift, Manitoba ; Peace River, Athabaska ; Fort Resolu-
tion, Great Slave Lake ; Seattle, Wash. ! Klukwan, Alaska (Krause) .
This species has been found so widely spread that it cannot reason-
ably longer be regarded as merely a European emigrant.
Zonitoides arboreus Say.
Helix arboreus Say, Nicholson's Encyl., 1st Am. edition, pi. iv, fig. 4, 181 7.
Helix arborea Gould, Inv. Mass., p. 182, fig. 110, 1841. — Morse, Am. Nat.,
I, p. 542, fig. 30, 1867.
Hyalina arborea Morse, Joum. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist., I, p. 14, fig. 28, pi.
VI, fig. 29, 1864. — BiNNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 33, figs. 38-
40, 1869.
Helix breweri Nkwcomb, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., iil, p. 118, 1864.
Range. — North America generally and Japan.
Labrador ; Ontario ; English River ! Keewatin and Moose Factory ;
Carberry and Lake of the Woods, Manitoba ; Laggan and Red Deer,
in Alberta ; Great Slave Lake ! Oregon, at Weston ! Vancouver Island
at Victoria ! Departure Bay ! Nanaimo ! Comox ! Union Bay ! etc. ;
in Alaska at Unalaska ! Petropavlovsk, Kamchatka! Japan (Hirase).
FAMILY ZONITID^ 43
Zonitoides randolphi Pilsbry.
Zonitoides randolphi Pilsbry, Nautilus, xii, p. 87, 1898. — Randolph, op.
cit., p. no, 1899.
Range. — Lake Lindeman, headwaters of the Yukon, British
America.
I have not seen this species, which is less than 5 mm. in diameter.
It has not been figured.
Zonitoides minusculus Binney.
Helix minuscula Binney, Boston Joum. Nat. Hist., iii, p. 435, pi. xxii, fig.
4, 1840. — Morse, Am. Nat., i, p. 543, fig. 35, 1867.
Pseudohyalina minuscula Morse, Joum. Portland Soc. N. Hist., i, p. 16, fig.
34, pi. VII, fig. 35, 1864.
Range. — North America generally.
Red River of the North, Manitoba ; Victoria and Departure Bay !
Vancouver Island ; Berg Bay, Muir Inlet ! Alaska ; Coal Harbor,
Unga Island, Shumagins ! Rooluk Island ! near Unalga, Aleutians,
Alaska.
Zonitoides milium Morse.
Helix milium Morse, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vii, p. 28, 1859 ; Am.
Nat., I, p. 543, fig. 36, 1867.
Striatura milium Morse, Joum. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist.,
I, p. 18, figs. 41, 42, pi. VII, fig. 43, 1864.
Range. — Eastern United States and Canada. Mani-
toba (rare, Hanham).
The report of this species from Vancouver Island ^}^' 3°- '^''""
,,,, J .^li-ii • r r^ • itoides milium.
was probably based on the following form. Z.. minus- , . ,
^ •' . . rF • • from below
cuius has also been wrongly identified as Z. milium, (magnified).
Zonitoides pugetensis Dall.
Patulastra ? {Punctumf) pugetensis Dall, Nautilus, viii. No. ll, p. 130,
Mar., 1895.
Zonitoides pugetensis Pilsbry, Nautilus, ix, p. 18, 1895.
Zonitoides (^Pseudohyalina) pugetensis Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xxiv,
p. 500, pi. XXVII, figs. 10, 12, 1902.
Range. — Puget Sound region, Oregon, California.
Seattle, Wash. ! Nanaimo, Vancouver Island.
Genus Gastrodonta Albers.
*Gastrodonta gularis Say }
Helix gularis J. de C. Sowerby, in Richardson, Fauna Bor. Am. , iii, p.
315, 1836 (nude name).
Range. — Lake Superior, Winnipeg, and Saskatchewan River
(Sowerby).
44 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
This name is doubtless one given by Sowerby to some unknown
shell, as it is as certain as almost anything can be, that Helix gularis
Say was never collected in the region referred to.
Genus Pristiloma Ancey.
Pristiloma lansingi Bland.
Zonites lansingi Bland, Ann. Lye. Nat, Hist. N. Y., xi, p. 74, figs, i, 2, 1875.
Microphysa lansingi Bi-asKY , Man. Am. Land Sh., p. 90, figs. 55, 56, 1885.
Pristiloma lansingi Pilsbry, Class. Cat., p. 29, 1898.
Range. — Oregon, Washington, British Columbia.
Astoria, Oregon ! Seattle, Wash. ! common at Victoria ! and Nan-
aimo ! Vancouver Island.
Pristiloma steamsii Bland.
Zonites siearnsii'Ri.K^Xi, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y., xi, p. 76, fig. 3, 1875,
(Astoria, Oregon).
Microphysa steamsii Binney, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., xi, No. 8, p. 147, pi.
II, figs. N, o, 1883 ; XIII, No. 2, p. 44, 1886.
Pristiloma stearnsi Binney, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., xxil. No. 4, p. 176,
1892.
Range. — Columbia River to Dyea, Alaska.
Astoria and Portland, Oregon ! Olympia, Wash. ! Comox ! Union
Bay ! and Salt Spring Island, British Columbia ; Killisnoo, Por-
tage Bay, Anuk, Dyea valley, Klehini and Klukwan, Southeastern
Alaska.
Pristiloma taylori Pilsbry.
Pristiloma taylori Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1899, p. 185, pi.
IX, figs. 6, 7, 8 (Nanaimo).
Range. — Oregon, Washington and British Columbia at Nanaimo,
Vancouver Island.
♦Pristiloma pilsbryi Vanatta.
Pristiloma pilsbryi Yx^XTTX, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1899, p. 120,
fig. I (3 views).
Range. — Portland, Oregon.
*Pristiloma idahoense Pilsbry.
Pristiloma idahoense Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1902, p. 593,
(Weiser Canyon).
Range. — Idaho, in Washington and Boise counties at Weiser
Canyon and Big Payette Lake.
This and the preceding species will probably be found within our
area when it is thoroughly explored.
FAMILY LIMACID^ 45
Pristiloma? arctica Lehnert.
Hyalina arctica Lehnert, Science Record, ii, p. 172, June 16, 1884.
f Conulus arcticus Dall, in Pilsbry , Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. , for 1 899, p. 1 87.
? Pnstiloma arctica Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1899, p. 186,
pi. IX, figs. 3, 4, 5.
Range. — Yakutat Bay, Alaska, to Point Barrow.
Point Barrow, Lat. 71° 25' N. ! Unalaska ! Coal Harbor, Unga
Island, Shumagins ! Orca, Prince William Sound ! and Yakutat Bay,
Alaska !
This may prove to be a depressed Euconulus when the animal is
anatomically examined.
The species was formerly confused with P. stearnsii. It occurs
in the moss of the tundra near Point Barrow, where at most it can
have but three months of activity out of the whole year.
Family LXMACID.*;.
Genus Agriolimaz Morch.
Fig. 31. AgrioUmax agrestis L.
Agriolimaz agrestis Linn6.
Limax a£^rgstis LisnK, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 652, 1758. — Forbes and Han-
ley, Brit. Moll., IV, p. 13, pi. DDD, fig. 3, 1853.
Range. — Both coasts of America, introduced from Europe.
Victoria, B. C. ! Manitoba ; Ungava !
Agriolimaz hyperboreus Westerlund.
Umax hyperboreus Westerlund, Land och Sotv. Moll. Sibiriens, p. 21, 1876.
— BiNNEY, Man. Am. Landsh., p. 473, fig. 416, 1885; Bull. Mus.
Comp. Zool., XIII, No. 2, p. 42, 1886 ; xix. No. 4, p. 205, fig., pi. viii,
fig. F, 1890.
Umax {AgrioUmax) hyperboreus Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., for 1886, p.
202, Oct., 1886.
Range. — The Arctic and boreal regions of both hemispheres.
Bering Id. ! Kamchatka ! Chukchi Peninsula ! Alaska at Norton
Sound ! Nushagak ! Unalaska ! Coal Harbor, Shumagins ! St. Paul
Island, Bering Sea ! Kadiak Island ! Sitka ! and Cape Fox ! In Van-
couver Island at Comox ; Seattle, Wash. ; Alberta at Laggan, altitude
5,200 feet; Manitoba; Ungava, Labrador !
This little black slug is the prevalent and almost the only animal of
its kind in the higher latitudes of North America. It has been referred
46 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
to A. campcstris as a variety by some authors, but it is at least the
only form of catnpestris known in the north and seems distinct enough
to be recognized as a species.
Agriolimax berendti Strebel.
Limax berendti Strebel and Pfeffer, Max. 1. u. sussw. Conch., iv, p. 22,
pi. IX, figs. 10, 12 ; pi. XV, fig. 3, 1880.
Limax hemphilli Binney, 3d Suppl. Terr. Moll., v, p. 205, pi. viii, fig. e ;
pi. I, fig. 13, pi. II, fig. 3, 1890; Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., xxil, No. 4,
p. 166, pi. Ill, fig. I, 1892.
Range. — Guatemala to British Columbia.
Genus Amalia Moquin Tandon.
*Amalia hewstoni Cooper.
Limax {Amalia) hewstoni Cooper, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1872, p.
145, pi. Ill, figs. BI-B5.
Amalia kewstoni Fii.sbry, Class. Cat., p. 29, 1898.
Range. — San Diego to Seattle. San Francisco, Calif. !
This form may perhaps be an evolution from imported specimens
of the European A. gagates. It probably extends into British
Columbia.
Family ARIONIDJE.
Genus Prophysaon W. G. Binney.
Prophysaon andersoni Cooper.
Arionf andersoni Coovkr, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1872, p. 148, pi.
Ill, figs. FI-F5. — Pilsbry, op. cit. for 1898, p. 245, pi. x, figs. 18-22 ;
pi. XI, figs. 28, 29 ; pi. XIII, figs. 59-62 ; pi. XVI, figs. 92-93, 1898.
Not P. andersoni. — Binney, in 2d Suppl. Terr. Moll., p. 42.
Prophysaon andersoni '&Vii'ii%\, 3d Suppl. Terr. Moll., v, p. 208, pi. iil, fig.
I, pi. VII, fig. c, pi. I, fig. 3, pi. IX, figs. I, J, 1890.
Prophysaon andersoni vars. marmoratum and suffusum Cockerell, The Con-
chologist, II, pp. 72, 118.
Prophysaon hemphilli Bland and Binney, Ann. Lye. Nat, Hist. N. Y., x,
p. 295, pi. XIII, excluding fig. 5.
Prophysaon pacificum et P. flavum Cockerell, Nautilus, iii, p. iii, Feb.,
1890. — Pilsbry, op. cit., p. 246, 1898.
Prophysaon andersoni Yzx. pallidufn Cockerell, Nautilus, v, p. 31, July, 1891.
Range. — San Francisco north to Alaska and eastward to Idaho.
Variety pallidum Cockerell, Vancouver Island ! British Columbia ;
Cape Fox, Alaska !
Type (^andersoni') Victoria and Nanaimo, British Columbia.
Var, pacificum Cockerell, Victoria, B. C. !
I have followed Dr. Pilsbry's arrangement of the varying forms of
this remarkable self -amputating slug.
FAMILY ARIONID^ 47
* Prophysaon foliolatum Gould.
Avion foliolaius Gould, Moll. U. S. Expl. Exped., p. 2, pi. i, figs, ^a, 2b,
1852 : Puget Sound.
Phenacarion foliolatus Cockerell, Nautilus, iii, p. 127, Mar., 1890.
Phenacarion hemphilli ^ . G. Binney, 3d Suppl. Terr. Moll., v, p. 208, pi.
VIII, fig. c, IX, fig. H ; 4tli Suppl., p. 183 ; not Prophysaon hemphilli
Bland and Binney.
Prophysaon foliolatum (Gould) Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for
1898, p. 248, pi. X, figs. 15, 16, 17; pi. XI, fig. 32; pi. XIII, figs. 55, 56,
57, 58; pi. XIV, fig. 70; pi. XV, fig. 80; pi. XVI, figs. 90, 98.
Range. — Puget Sound region.
Prophysaon humile Cockerell.
Prophysaon humile Cockerell, Nautilus, ill, p. 112, Feb., 1890. — W. G.
Binney, 3d Suppl. Terr. Moll., v, p. 211, pi. vii, figs, e, g, l, m, 1890.
Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1898, p. 251, pi. xvi, fig. 97.
Prophysaon fasciatum Cockerell, in Binney, 3d Suppl. Terr. Moll., v, p.
209, pi. VII, fig. A, 1890. — Pilsbry, op. cti., p. 251, pi. x, figs. 23-27 ;
pi. XI, fig. 34 ; pi. XII, figs, 37-40; pi. XVI, figs. 91, 94-96.
Prophysaon fasciatum WSJ. obscurum Cockerell, The Conchologist, 11, p. 119,
Mar. 1893.
Range. — Northern Idaho to Puget Sound and northw^ard to Alaska.
P. humile Loring, Alaska ! Seattle !
P. fasciatum Old Mission, Idaho; Chehalis and Seattle, Wash.
•Prophysaon coeruleum Cockerell.
Prophysaon coeruleum Cockerell, Nautilus, iii, p. 112, Feb., 1890. — Bin-
ney, 3d Suppl. Terr. Moll., v, p. 209, pi. vii, figs, i, j. May, 1890. —
Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1898, p. 253, pi. ix, figs. 7-1 1;
pi. XI, fig. 30; pi. XIII, figs. 51-53 ; pi. xvi, fig. 86, Nov., 1898.
P. cceruleum var. dubium Cockerell, loc. cit., 1890.
Range. — Portland, Oregon ; Seattle and Olympia, Wash.
Genus Ariolimax Morch.
Ariolimax columbianus Gould.
Limax columbianus GouLD, Terr. Moll., 11, p. 43, pi. lxvi, fig. i, 185 1 ;
Moll. U. S. Expl. Exp., p. 3, fig. I, a, b, 1852.
Ariolimax columbianus Morch, Mai. Bl., vi, p. no, 1859. — Binney, Am.
Joum. Conch., i, p. 48, pi. vi, figs. 11-13, 1865 ; Land and Fw. Shells
N. Am., I, p. 279, fig. 499, 1869 ; Man. Am. Landsh., p. 98, figs. 58-
61, 1885. — Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. for 1896, p. 342;
1898, p. 235, pi. XV, fig. 81; pi. XIV, fig. 66; pi, XV, figs. 73, 74, 1898.
Range. — Santa Barbara, northward to Sitka, Victoria, and Nanaimo.
Malcolm Island and Broughton Strait, British Columbia ; SE. Alaska
(to Cross Sound }) Klawak, Prince of Wales Archipelago ! Sitka,
Alaska ! and probably north to Cross Sound and Icy Strait, or even
Lituya Bay.
48 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
This is the common slug of British Columbia and Alaska, found in
damp places in the wooded region. It varies from dark maculate to
yellowish olive, and when full grown may reach a length of eight or
nine inches, when fully extended. It is very fond of the leaves of the
Alaskan skunk cabbage, a taste shared by bears and the Alaskan deer.
It produces a profuse and most tenacious slime. When the Indians
wish to catch the ruby -throat humming bird they gather two or three
of these slugs and whip them with small bare twigs. Under this
treatment slime is given off in large quantity and adheres to the twigs,
which are afterward placed among the flowers visited by the hummers.
If they alight on one of the twigs they cannot escape from the ad-
hesiveness of this singular birdlime. It is said one of the ancient chiefs
had a cape entirely covered with the resplendent plumage of the male
ruby-throat, and which was regarded as incredibly valuable. The
black spotted form seems to have been named maculatus^ by Cockerell,
and the yellow mutation stramineus^ by Hemphill, but they occur in-
discriminately in Alaska and are probably only individual color-muta-
tions.
♦Ariolimax steindachneri Babor.
Ariolimax steindachneri 'Rabo'R, Ann. K.K. Naturh. Hof-Museum, Wien, xv,
p. 85, 1900.
Range. — Puget Sound.
I am unable to state whether this Is distinct or one of the mutations
of A. columhianus.
Genus Hemphillia Bland and Binney.
Fig. 32. Hemphillia glandulosa Binney.
* Hemphillia glandulosa B. and B.
Hemphillia glandulosa Bland and Binney, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y., x,
p. 209; pi. IX, figs. I, 3, 5, 15, 16, 17, 1872. — PiLSBRY and Vanatta,
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1898, p. 233, pi. ix, figs, i, 2 ; pi. xil,
figs. 49, 50.
Range. — Astoria, Oregon, and Puget Sound region.
* Hemphillia camelus Pilsbry and Vanatta.
Hemphillia camelus Pilsbry and Vanatta, Nautilus, xi, p. 44, Aug., 1897 ;
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1898, p. 234, pi. ix, figs. 3, 4 ; pi. xii,
figs. 41, 42 ; pi. XVI, fig. 85.
FAMILY ENDODONTID^ 49
Range. — Northern Idaho, at Old Mission. Like other species of
northern Idaho this probably extends across the parallel into British
America.
Family ENDODONTID^.
Genus Pyramidula Fitzinger.
Subgenus Patula Held.
Pyramidula solitaria Say.
Helix solitaria Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 11, p. 157, 1821. — BlN-
NEY, Terr. Moll. U. S., i, p. 254, pi. vril, figs. 6-10 ; 11, p. 208, pi.
XXIV, 1851.
Patula solitaria (Say) Binney, Man. Am. Landsh., p. 254, figs. 263, 267,
268, 1885.
Helix limitaris Dawson, Rep. Brit. N. Am. Boundary Survey, Geology, pp.
347-350. 1875.
Pyramidula solitaria limitaris Pilsbry, Class. Cat. Am. Landsh., p. 31, 1898.
Patula solitaria var. occidentalis \o^ Martens, yf</^ Pilsbry, 1. c, p. 31, 1898.
Range. — Arkansas north to Ohio, west to eastern Oregon, and
northward in Alberta.
Var. limiiaris^ Waterton Lake, Rocky Mts. in Alberta ; northern
Idaho.
Var. occidentalism Dalles of the Columbia near Fort Vancouver;
Coeur d'Alene Mts., Idaho.
34
Figs. 33-35. Pyramidula alternata Say.
♦Pyramidula alternata Say.
Helix alternata Say, Nicholson's Encycl., ist Am. ed., 11, pi. i, fig. 2, 1817.
— Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., i, p. 73, figs. 122-129, 1869.
Anguispira alternata Morse, Journ. Portland Soc. N. Hist., I, p. 11, fig. 15,
pi. IV, fig. 16, 1864.
Helix dubia Shepard, Trans. Lit. Sci. Soc. Quebec, i, p. 194, 1829.
Range. — Eastern North America as far north as Nova Scotia,
Lower Canada, and the international boundary.
Lake of the Woods 1 (Kennicott) ; Canso, Nova Scotia (^Jide Bin-
ney).
Binney {of. cit.., pp. 74, 76) gives the northeastern range of this
species as Labrador, but Canso, where his specimens were obtained, is
50 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
in Nova Scotia, not Labrador. I have no authentic record of this
species north of Lake of the Woods.
Subgenus Gonyodiscus Fitzinger.
Pyramidula striatella Anthony.
Helix siriatella AnTHoyiY, Boston Joum. Nat. Hist., iii, p. 278, pi. iii, fig.
2, 1840. — Gould, Inv. Mass., p. 178, fig. 112, 1841.
Patula striatella Binney, Man. Am. Land Shells, p. 69, figs. 28, 29, 1885.
Pyramidula {Gonyodiscus) striatella Pilsbry, Class. Cat. Am. Landsh., p. 32,
1898.
Range. — Kansas northward to Great Slave Lake and from New
England to the Sierra Nevada, and south to Arizona.
Woods of the Winnipeg basin. Turtle Mt., Lake of the Woods!
English River ! Manitoba ; Moose Factory ! James Bay ; Great Slave
Lake at Fort Resolution ! in Alberta at Laggan, Red Deer, Olds,
and McLeod, west to the Selkirk Range.
It is difficult to distinguish immature specimens of this species from
P. cronkhitei Newc. , but when full grown perfect specimens are com-
pared it is seen that striatella is a smaller shell with a proportionately
larger umbilicus, it is of a richer brown color, more regularly and
elegantly ribbed and more polished or glistening on the surface. The
animal of striatella shows no red maculations through the translucent
shell when living, such as are seen in P. ruderata.
Pyramidula cronkhitei Newcomb.
Helix cronkhitei ^Y.\NCOU'&, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., ill, p. 180, 1865.
Patula cronkhitei Tryon, Am. Joum. Conch., 11, p. 263, 1866. — Binney,
Man. Am. Landsh., p. 70, fig. 30, 1885.
Pyramidula striatella cronkhitei 'Pii.sbky, Class. Cat. Am. Landsh., p. 32, 1898.
Patula pauper BiaviKY {ex parte), Man. Am. Landsh., p. 187, 1885.
Range. — Nevada and California in the wooded mountain region to
6,000 feet ; Klamath Lake and valley, Oregon, and northward.
British Columbia at Nanaimo ; Lake Lindeman, Yukon Territory ;
in Alaska at Sitka ! Chilkat Inlet ! and valley ; Chilkoot Inlet ! and
valley ! shores of Yakutat Bay ! English Bay (Merriam) ! and St.
Paul, Kadiak Island ! Popof and Unga Islands ! Shumagins ; Chika
Rocks ! and Akutan Island ! Akutan Pass ; Unalaska (Dall, Elliott,
Kincaid, Turner) !
Mr. Binney observes that this species is larger, of a lighter color, is
more coarsely (and I may add more irregularly) striated than P.
striatella. It also has when full grown a larger shell and relatively
smaller and deeper umbilicus. I am obliged to confess that I am not
able to distinguish shells long dead from those of P. ruderata^ which
FAMILY ENDODONTID^ 5 1
replaces this species on Bering Island and in Kamchatka. But when
the animals are living P. ruderata shows through the translucent shell
deep red or red-brown radiating maculations, which are situated on
the mantle. After the shells have been dead some time this macula-
tion disappears. Now the living 7^. cronkhitei do not show any such
color-markings. The presence of the latter led Mo relet to name an
immature ruderata^ Helix Jloccata. The shell figured by von Martens
in the Conchologische Mittheilungen under the name of Jloccata does
not agree with Morelet's original diagnosis, and was not found by me
during much energetic collecting at his locality, Petropavlovsk, Kam-
chatka, in 1865. If, as stated by von Martens, it really comes from
the original lot collected by Morelet it is evident that his diagnosis
(which calls for a shell with an angular periphery like young ruderata^
was founded on a mixture, of which young ruderata probably formed
a part. But I am inclined to believe that von Martens was misled in
regarding the shell he figured to be a native of Kamchatka.
Pyramidula pauper Gould was described from the same locality
as Morelet's Jloccata^ and is undoubtedly the same as the shell I have
called ruderata^ following Morelet, Middendorff and others. But the
P. cronkhitei from Unalaska and other places in Alaska which has
been called pauper by Dr. Cooper and others, is our American shell.
Mr. Binney thought it different from P. cronkhitei^ but after much
study and consideration I cannot confirm this opinion.
Subgenus Planogyra Morse.
♦Pyramidula asteriscus Morse.
Helix asteriscus Morse, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vi, p. 128, 1857 ; Am.
Nat., I, p. 546, fig. 43, 1867.
Planogyra asteriscus Morse, Journ. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist., i, p. 24, figs.
51, 52 ; pi. II, fig. 5 ; pi. VIII, fig. 53, 1864.
Patula asteriscus ^\H^E\ , Man. Am. Landsh., p. 186, figs. 185, 186, 1885.
Pyramidula (^Planogyra) asteriscus Pilsbry, Class. Cat. Am. Landsh., p. 33,
1898.
Range. — Maine ; Provinces of Quebec and Ontario, Canada; Van-
couver Island } Tacoma, Wash. }
This species has been reported from British Columbia and Wash-
ington, but it seems the identification is somewhat doubtful, and the
shells were probably Punctum clappi Pilsbry.
Genus Oreohelix Pilsbry.
Oreohelix strigosa Gould.
Helix strigosa Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., il, p. 166, 1846 : Moll. U.
S. Expl. Exped., p. 36, fig. 41, 1852. — Binney, L. and Fw. Sh. N. Am.,
I, p. 72, 1869.
52 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
Helix cooperi Binney, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1858, p. 118; Land
and Fw. Sh. N. Am., i, p. 78, figs. 132-137, 1869.
Helix haydeni GhBB, Am. Joum. Conch., v, p. 24, pi. viii, fig. i, 1869.
Anguispira bruneri A^c^Y , La Nature, in, p. 468, Sept., 1881.
Oreohelix strigosa Pilsbry, Nautilus, xvii, No. 11, p. 131, footnote, 1904.
Range. — Type at Spokane, Wash., also in the Rocky Mountain
region from northern Mexico to and somewhat beyond the 49th parallel
westward from the Lake of the Woods.
Var. cooperi., Lake of the Woods, and westward to the Rockieis
near the 49th parallel.
\ 2iX . stantoni V>^ (1905). Thirty-three miles southeast of Medi-
cine Hat, Assiniboia, near top of Cypress Hills, altitude 4,700 feet;
latitude about 49° 30', west longitude 1 10° 10'.
The variety stantoni is dwarfed, measuring in maximum diameter
lO.o, minimum 8.5, and height 8.0 mm., with about five whorls, a
peripheral brown band with a narrower one above and sometimes
others on the base, the remainder ashy, rudely incrementally striate,
with rounded periphery and deep narrow (i mm.) umbilicus. It is
very similar to some varieties of the European H. virgata Da Costa.
Eight specimens were collected by Dr. T. W. Stanton in 1903.
A large number of names, varietal and other, have been given to the
mutations of this species, which barely enters the region covered by
this memoir, at its southern border near the Rocky Mountains. The
group is viviparous, and the young attain a large size before extrusion.
Genus Helicodiscus Morse.
Helicodiscus lineatus Say.
Helix lineata^Kx, Joum. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., i, p. 18, 1819. — Gould, Inv.
Mass., p. 179, fig. 103, 1 84 1. — Morse, Am. Nat., i, p. 546, fig. 44,
1867.
Planorbis parallelus Say, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., li, p. 164, 1821.
Helicodiscus lineatus yiOKSK, Joum. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist., i, p, 25, figs.
61, 62, pi. II, fig. 3; pi. VII, fig. 63, 1864. — Binney, Man. Am. Landsh.,
p. 75, figs. 34-37 A, 1885.
Range. — New Mexico to Manitoba, New England to California.
Reported as rare in Manitoba by Hanham.
-^^t
Fig. 36. Helicodiscus lineatus, shell and animal (magnified).
FAMILY ENDODONTID.<E 53
Genus Punctum Morse.
Punctum pygmaeum Draparnaud.
Helix pygmaa Draparnaud, Hist. Moll., p 114, pi. viii, figs. 8, 9, 10,
1805.
Helix minutissima Lea, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, ix, p. 17 ; Proc, li, p. 82,
1841. — BiNNEY, Terr. Moll., iv, p. 100, pi. Lxxvii, figs. 6, 7, 1859. —
Morse, Am. Nat., i, p. 546, fig. 46, 1867.
Punctum minutissimum Morse, Journ. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist., i, p. 27,
figs. 69, 70, pi. VIII, fig. 71, 1864.
Microphysapygmcea Binney, Man. Am. Landsh., p. 71, figs. 31-33, 1885.
Punctum PygmcEum Pilsbry, Class. Cat. Am. Landsh , p. 33, 1898.
Range, — United States generally; Quebec; Manitoba; Victoria,
Vancouver Island. Europe.
♦Punctum randolphi Dall.
Pyramidulaf randolphi TiKiA., Nautilus, viil, p. 130, Mar., 1895.
Punctum randolphi YivSKKY, Nautilus, ix, p. 18, June, 1895. — Dall, Proc.
U. S. Nat. Mus., xxiv, p. 500, pi. xxvii, figs. 7, 8, 9, 1902.
Range. — Seattle, Wash.
Probably exists throughout the Puget Sound region and adjacent
British Columbia.
Punctum clappi Pilsbry.
Punctum clappi Vii.SBK\, Nautilus, xi, p. 133, Apr., 1898 ; Class. Cat. Am.
Landsh., p. 33, 1898.
Range. — Oregon, Washington, Vancouver Island.
Salem, Wash. ; Tacoma, Wash. ; Seattle, Wash. ; Nanaimo and
• Comox, Vancouver Island.
This is probably the shell which has been reported as P. asteriscus
Morse, from Vancouver Island and Tacoma. It has not been figured.
Punctum conspectum Bland.
Helix conspecta Bland, Ann. N. Y. Lye. Nat. Hist., vii, p. 163, fig. 7,
1865.
Zonites conspectus Binney, Terr. Moll., v, p. 121, 1873 ; Man. Am. Landsh.,
p. 86, fig. 51, 1885.
Punctum conspectum Pilsbry, Nautilus, xi, p. 133, Apr., 1898 ; Class. Cat.
Am. Landsh., p. 32, 1898.
Range. — West America from middle California northward, and
east to the west slope of the Rocky Mountains. Kamchatka.
California ! Oregon ; Washington ; Puget Sound region generally ;
Victoria, British Columbia ! Departure Bay, Vancouver Island !
Sitka ! Chilkoot Inlet and valley ; Chilkat Inlet i^nd valley ; Coal
Harbor ! Unga Island, Shumagins ; Unalaska ! Alaska. Petropav-
lovsk ! Kamchatka (Dall).
54 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
The most common of the minute species in Alaska ; often found in
numbers under bits of cast-off leather and chips near the tops of
beaches. The Kamchatkan specimens are beyond suspicion.
Genus Sphyradium Charpentier.
Sphyradium edentulum Draparnaud.
Pupa edentula Draparnaud, Hist. Moll., p. 59, pi. in, figs. 28, 29, 1805.
Pupa simplex Goui^u, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., in, p. 403, pi. in, fig. 21,
1840; Inv. Mass., p. 190, fig. 121, 1841.
Vertigo simp/ex SriUFSOii, Shells of N. Engl., p. 53, 1854. — Morse, Am.
Nat., I, p. 670, figs. 67, 68, 1868. — BiNNEY, Man. Am. Landsh., p. 191,
fig. 195, 1885.
J^pa alticola Ingersoll, Bull. U. S. Geol. Geogr. Survey of the Terr., No.
2, p. 128, 1875 ; ed. II, p. 391, fig., 1876. — BiNNEY, Man. Am. Landsh.,
p. 174, fig. 166, 1885.
Pupa columella "Benson," var. gredleri Clessin, from Alaska, is probably
S. edentulum.
Range. — Northern Europe, Asia and America.
Canada ; heights of 8,000 to 9,000 feet
in the Rocky Mountains, Colorado ! Un-
gava Bay, Labrador ! Laggan, Alberta ;
Vancouver Island at Comox, Nanaimo and
Victoria ; Kukak Bay, Peninsula of Alaska !
Popof Island ! Shumagin Islands ; Rooluk
Island near Unalga Pass, Aleutians ! Port
I -S/- J' y*'"' """^ ^"' Clarence, Alaska! Petropavlovsk ! Kam-
tulum { magnified). ' ^
chatka (Dall).
This species has a wide distribution and considerable synonymy.
Unidentified Species.
The following Helicidce are incertce sedis.
Helix rudis J. de C. Sowerby in Richardson, Fauna Bor. Am.,
Ill, app., p. 315, 1836. Nude name.
" Lake Superior, Winnipeg and Saskatchewan River."
Helix attenuata J. de C. Sowerby, op. cit.^ p. 315, 1836. Nude
name.
" Lake Superior, Winnipeg, and Saskatchewan River."
Helix belcheri Pfeiffer, P. Z. S. London, for 1845, p. 128; Mon.
Helic. Viv., i, p. 104; Reeve, Conch. Icon., Mon. Hehx.^ pi. 190,
fig. 1328.
This species, supposed to have been collected by Capt. Belcher,
during his voyage to the Northwest Coast of America, has not been
recognized from that quarter since ; and probably, like many other
FAMILY SUCCINEID^ $5
species brought home by Belcher from time to time, had got wrongly
labelled.
FamUy SUCCINEIDiE.
Genus Succinea Draparnaud.
Succinea Draparnaud, Tabl. Moll., pp. 32, 55, 1801 ; Hist, des Moll. Terr.,
pp. 24, 29, 58, 1805. Helix putris Linne and S. oblonga Drap. ;
Blainville, Man., i, p. 455, 1825.
<^Amphibulima Lamarck, Ann. du Museum, vi, p. 304, 1805; ist sp.
A. cuculata Lam. =^ patula Brug. Froriep, Lam. Syst. Conch., p. 19,
1807.
< Amphibulimtts Montfort, Conch. Syst., 11, p. 90, 18 10.
Lucena Oken, Lehrb. d. Naturg., iii, pp. x, 311, 312, 181 5 ; Succinea
putris (L.) Draparnaud. — Hartmann, in Sturm, Fauna Deutschl., vi,
pp. 27, 40, 54, 1 82 1, L. pulchella Hartmann, sole ex. Not of Hart-
mann Neue Alpina, i, p. 208. — Morch, Vidensk. Medd., p. 296,1864.
Amphibulina Hartmann, in Sturm, Fauna Deutschl., vi, pp. 42, 55, 1821 ;
1st sp. Helix putris L.
Atnphibina Hartmann, Neue Alpina, i, p. 208,- 1821. — Morch, Syn. MolL
Dan., p. 33, 1864; Vidensk. Meddel. Kjob., p. 295, 1864; ist sp. S.
pfeifferi Rossm.
< Cochlohydra Ferussac, Tabl. Syst., pp. xxxii, 26, 1821.
Succinia Gray, in Turton, Man., 2nd ed., p. no, 1840.
Tapada Studer, Syst. Verz., p. 11, 1820.
Succincea Deshayes, Encyc. Meth., 11, p. 18, 1830, /a55/m.
> Helisiga Lesson, Voy. Coquille, p. 316, 1829, H sanctahelence Lesson,
H. and A. Adams, Gen. Rec. Moll., 11, p. 130, 1855.
~^ Helisigna Mrs. Gray, Fig. Moll. An., iv, pp. 55, 113, 1859.
Neritostoma Morch, Vidensk. MeddeL Kjob., for 1863, p. 294, 1864, ist sp.
S. putris L.
Tapada Albers, Heliceen, p. 55, 1850. — Pfeiffer, Men. Hd. Viv., iv, pp.
803, 808, 1859.
y Brachyspira Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. Viv., iv, pp. 803, 804, 1859. Not of
Ehrenberg, 1858.
< Truella Pease, P. Z. S., 1871, pp. 459, 472 ; type T. elongata Pease.
Neritostoma Westerlund, Fauaa d. Pal. Reg., 11, v, pp. i, 2, 1885 ; S.
putris L.
Oxyloma Westerlund, op. cit., pp. i, 7, 1885 ; S. dunkeri (Zelebor).
Atnphibina Westerlund, op. cit., pp. i, 8, ist sp. S. elegans Risso.
Lucena Westerlund, op. cit., pp. i, 14, ist sp. S. oblonga Draparnaud.
This genus has been divided into sections on the basis of the den-
ticulation of the jav^^, as follows :
Jawr without denticulations. Oxyloma {hungaricd).
Jaw with a single median denticle. Amphibina (^Pfeifferi) .
Jaw with a minute median denticle. Lucena {oblonga').
Jaw with three denticles Neritostoma. = Succinea s. s.
According to this scheme S. avara is an Amphibina.^ S. totteniana
a typical Succinea^ while S. ovalis (Say) Morse has seven denticles
and is unprovided for. The differences among the few species which
56 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
have been examined are so great that it is probably better to await a
more thorough knowledge of all the species, in the light of which we
can judge better whether this character has any systematic value or
not. Our American species resemble one another so closely that it
seems hardly likely that there are any fundamental differences between
them.
Succinea oregonensis Lea.
Succinea oregonensis Lea, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc, p. 32, 1841 ; Trans. Am.
Phil. Soc, IX, p. 5, 1844. — BiNNEY, Terr. Moll., 11, p. ^T, pi. lxvii,
fig. 2, 1851. — Tryon, Am. Journ. Conch., 11, p. 235, pi. (11) xvii,
fig. 18, 1866. — BiNNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., i, p. 270, fig. 485,
1869.
Range. — California (to 6,500 feet alt .) , Oregon, Washington, and
British Columbia.
Victoria, B. C. ! Wallawalla, Wash. !
This species on the Pacific Coast takes the place in the fauna
occupied in the East by S. avara Say, which it much resembles.
The S. ' oregonensis ' reported from Winnipeg by Hanham was
probably a variety of avara. The surface has a silky unpolished
appearance, from the very fine close wrinkles with which it is covered,
and which are characteristic.
Succinea retusa Lea.
Succinea retusa Lea, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, v, p. 117, pi. xix, fig. 86, 1837.
— W. G. BiNNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., i, p. 256, fig. 454, 1869.
Succinea ovalis Gould, Inv. Mass., p. 194, fig. 125, 1841, not of Say, 1817.
Succinea haydeni var. minor W. G. Binney, Land and Fw.
Sh. N. Am., I, p. 256, 1869. — Tryon, Am. Journ.
Conch., II, p. 236, 1866.
Succinea decampi Tryon, Am. Journ. Conch., 11, p. 237,
pi. XVII, fig. 23, 1869. — Binney, /. c, p. 257.
Range. — Northern United States, from Kentucky
Fig. -^S Sue- northward to Canada and British America.
ctnea retusa'Lta.. In Manitoba at Carberry, Lake of the Woods and
Pembina Mountain; in Alberta at Laggan and Red
Deer. Ungava, Labrador ! James Bay at Moose Factory ! Lower Sas-
katchewan near Lake Winnipeg ! Norway House ; York Factory ;
Fort Resolution, Great Slave Lake! Yukon River near old Fort
Yukon, Alaska ! Stewart River, Yukon district ! Dall River, north of
the Yukon ! Duncan Bay, Discovery Passage, British Columbia.
A widespread and abundant species identified by comparison of the
typical specimens or cotypes furnished by the author to the National
Museum.
FAMILY SUCCINEID^ 57
Succinea hawkinsi Baird.
Succinea Aaie/kinsz BxiKV), Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 68, 1863. — Binney,
Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., i, p. 268, fig. 481, 1869.
Range. — British Columbia and eastward to Manitoba.
Lake Osoyoos, B. C. ; Sitka, Alaska ! Carberry, Manitoba ! not
common.
A large species with a produced oblique aperture and acute spire.
Quite close to S. sillimani Bland.
Succinea avara Say.
Succinea avara Say, Rep. Long's Exped., 11, p. 260, pi. xv, fig. 6, 1824.
Succinea vermeta Say, New Harmony Diss., 11, No. 15, 1829. — Tryon, Am.
Journ. Conch., 11, p. 233, pi. (11) xvii, fig. 10, 1866.
Succinea wardiana Lea, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc, 11, p. 31, 184 1 ; A
Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, ix, p. 3, 1844. — Tryon, Am. |^A
Journ. Conch., 11, p. 233, pi. (11) xvii, fig. 12, i866. W^
Succinea avara Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., i, p. 262, ^^
fig. 468, 1869. Fig. 39. Suc-
Range. — North America east of the Rocky Moun- cine a avara
tains from Texas to N. Lat. 62".^ ^^-J"-
Lac des Mille Lacs to Lake of the Woods ; lower Saskatchewan
near Lake Winnipeg ! Two Creeks, Manitoba ; Laggan, Red Deer,
Olds, and McLeod, Alberta; Fort Simpson, Mackenzie River in N.
Lat. 62° !
Succinea gronlandica Beck.
Succinea grbnlandica Beck, Index, p. 99, 1837 ; nude name. — Moller, Ind.
Moll. Gronl., p. 4, 1842.— Morch, Am. Journ. Conch., iv, p. 31, pi. m,
fig. 10, 1868. — Bikney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., i, p. 265, fig. 474,
1869. — PossELT, Consp. Faunae Gronl., p. 263, 1898.
Range. — Iceland and Greenland.
This species is rather close to retusa Lea but seems sufficiently dis-
tinct to be retained.
Succinea grosvenori Lea.
Succinea grosvenori Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila,, for 1864, p, 109 ;
Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., n. s., vi, p. 179, pi.
^L XXIV, fig. 108, 1866. — Binney, Land and Fw. Sh.
^^L N. Am., I, p. 260, fig. 462, 1869.
^^B Range. — North America, east of the Rocky Mts.
^^ from Louisiana to British America but not far east of
Fig. 40. Sue ^^^ Mississippi.
cinea grosvenori -kit ' ^ -r-. -r^ i-rkii-v
r WoodMt., Manitoba; Egg Lake and Red Deer, in
Alberta ; upper Mackenzie River at Fort Simpson !
^Succinea verrilli Bland (1865, Binney, L. and Fw. Sh. N. Am., i, p. 264,
fig. 472) is probably either the young or a dwarf form of this species. It is from
Anticosti Id.
58
LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
The distribution indicated by the literature is rather odd for a shell
ranging so far south, but there is no way of clearing up the doubt at
present.
Succinea rusticana Gould.
Succinea rusticana Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. Hist., ii, p. 187, 1846 ; Moll.
U. S. Expl. Exp., p. 28, fig. 29, 1852. — Tryon, Am. Journ. Conch., 11,
p. 236, pi. (11) XVII, fig. 19, 1866. — BiNNEY, Land and Fw, Sh, N. Am.,
I, p. 269, fig. 483, 1869.
Range. — Tulare valley, Calif., northward to British Columbia;
the variety alas k ana to Alaska.
Comox, Vancouver Island, B. C. ! Sumas Prairie, Fraser River
valley, B. C. !
Yaxieiy alas kana Dall, nov. Flats near St. Michael, Alaska ! Point
Romanof ! Unalaska ! St. Paul, Kadiak Id. 1
The Alaskan form is polished, of an olive greenish tinge, with rather
inconspicuous lines of growth ; with 3 tumid whorls, the general form
of rusticana as figured by Binney, but shorter and more tumid ; length
10, max. diam. 8, length of aperture 6.5 mm. This may prove, with
more material, to be a distinct species.
Succinea nuttalliana Lea.
Succinea nutiallia7ia Lea, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc, 11, p. 32, 1841. — Binney,
Terr. Moll., 11, p. 81, pi. lxvii, a, fig. 4, 1851. — W. G. Binney,
Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., i, p. 269, fig. 484, 1869,
Range. — Oregon, California, Washington and British Columbia.
Victoria, Vancouver Island, B. C.
This species was also reported by Randolph from the Lewes River,
Yukon Territory, but in this case the shell was probably the quite
similar S. retusa Lea.
Succinea obliqua Say.
Succinea obliqua Say, Rep. Long's Exp., 11, p. 260, pi. xv, fig. 7, 1824. —
Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., i, p. 265, fig. 475, 1869.
? Succinea ovalis SAY, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci, Phila., i, p.
15, 1817. Not 5. tfz/a/zj Gould.
Succinea campestris Gould, Inv. Mass., p. 195, fig. 126,
1841.— De Kay, Nat. Hist. N. Y., Moll., p. 53, pi.
IV, fig. 54, 1843.
Succinea greeri Tryon, Am. Journ. Conch., 11, p. 232,
pi. (11) XVII, fig. 8, 1866.
Range. — From Louisiana to Hudson Bay and
Fig. 41. Sue- eastward to New England and Gasp6, but not west
cinea obliqua. of the Mississippi Valley.
FAMILY L.YMNJE1T>^ 59
Lac des Mille Lacs to Lake of the Woods ! Halifax, N. S. ; Duf-
ferin, Manitoba ; Lake Winnipeg ! Moose Factory, James Bay ;
Peace River, Athabaska ! Great Slave Lake at Fort Resolution !
Balaena Bay, Newfoundland !
If the identification writh Say's unfigured ovalis w^ere beyond dispute,
the latter name is prior and would have to be adopted.
Succinea chrysis Westerlund.
Succinea chrysis Westerlund, Nachrbl, d. D, Mai. Ges., 1883, p. 51 ; Vega
Expd. Vetensk. lakttag., iv, p. 198, pi. iii, fig. 10, 1885.
Succinea annexa Westerlund, Vega Expd., p. 199, pi. m, fig. li, 1885.
Succinea chrysis var. aurelia voN Martens, Conch. Mitth., ll, p. 184, pi.
XXXIII, figs. 21-22, 1885.
Succinea lineata W. G. Binney, Man. Am. Landsh., app., p. 473, fig. 515,
1885, not 5. lineata W. G. B., 1857.
Range. — Boreal America from Greenland to Bering Strait, and on
the opposite shore of the Strait.
Greenland (Posselt) ; Fort Simpson, Mackenzie River; water-
shed of the Yukon, near Dawson, Yukon Territory ! 30 miles below
the Xanana River mouth on the Yukon, Alaska ! the Koyukuk River,
north of the Yukon ! Nulato ! Andreafski ! and the Yukon delta ! Point
Romanof ! shores of Norton Sound at Egg Island ! Besboro Island !
Cape Denbigh ! Norton Bay ! Golofnin Bay ! Port Clarence ! Konyam
Bay on the Asiatic shore of Bering Strait ; St. Michael ! St.
Mathew ! St. Paul ! and St. George ! Islands, Bering Sea ; north end
of Nunivak Island ! the Aleutian chain ! Unalaska ! Kadiak Island !
Sitka ! At Chilkat Inlet, Alaska, Krause obtained the variety aurelia
von Martens.
This is the commonest and largest land shell of the boreal American
region, passing through many mutations, but easily recognizable in all
of them ; often with a rich coloration varying from olive brown to
orange and usually lineated with more opaque lighter axial streaks. I
do not regard it as identical with the S. lineata of W. G. Binney,
though the species have some characters in common.
Family LYMN^IDiE.
Genus Lymnaea Lamarck.
Limnea cochlea Linn6, Fauna Svecica, ed. i, pp. 374, 376, 1746 (not
binomial).
Vesica {ex parte) Anonymous, Mus. Calon., p. 58, 1797 ; Helix stagnalis
(and amarula) Linn6.
Helix (sp.) LiNNi:, Gmelin, Bolten in Mus. Bolt., p. 109, 1798.
6o LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
Lymncea Lamarck, Prodr, Nouv. Clas. Coq., p. 75, 1799 ; Syst. des An. s.
Vert., p. 91, 1 80 1, Helix stagnalis Linne.
Litnneus Draparnaud, Tableau, pp. 30, 47, 1801, no type cited ; Hist., pp.
25, 28, 48, 1805. — GossE, Nat. Hist. Moll., p. 86, 1854. — Turton,
Man., p. 127, 1 83 1, type L. stagnalis L.
> Galba Schrank, Fauna Boica, in, pt. 2, pp. 262, 285, 1803 ; sole ex. L.
truncatula Miiller.
Lytnncea RoissY, Hist. Nat. Moll., v, p. 345, 1805. — Lamarck, Encycl.
Meth., pi. 459, 1816. — Schumacher, Essai, p. 199, 1817. — Lamarck,
An. s. Vert., vi, 2, p. 157, 1822.
Lymnaus Cuvier, Regne An., 11, p. 412, 1817.
Lymnus Montfort, Conch. Syst, 11, p. 262, 18 10, Z. stagnalis L.
Lyinnea Risso, Hist. Nat. Eur. Mer., iv, p. 94, 1826 ; ist sp. Z. pereger
(Miiller). Not Zjw«^a Rafinesque, Pw^i?^, 18 15.
'^ Radix Montfort, Conch. Syst., 11, p. 266, 1810. Helix auricularia
Linne, sole ex.— Morch, Vidensk. Meddel. Kjob., p. 302, 1864.
Limnea Fleming, Hist. Brit. An., p. 273, 1828.
Limnaa Desmarest, Rapp., Soc. Philom. Paris, 1812. — Blainville, Malac,
I, p. 448, 1825. — Beck, Index, p. no, 1838. — Moquin Tandon, Hist.,
Nat. Moll. France, 11, p. 458, 1855.
Lymneus Brard, Hist, des Coq. Terr, et Fluv. Paris, p. 133, pi. 5, 181 5. —
Say, Joum. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,-ii, p. 167, 1821.
^ Lymnula Rafinesque, Joum. de Phys., Lxxxviii, p. 423, 1819 ; = Lym-
nea of Authors, fide Rafinesque, 1. c.
> Omphiscola Rafinesque, op. cit., p. 423, 1819. No species cited, but the
only Ohio shell corresponding even moderately to the diagnosis is Z.
reflex a Say.
>• Gulnaria Leach, Proofsheets, pp. 146, 148, 18 19 \ fide Turton, Man., p.
117, 1831.— Gray's Turton, p. 232, 1840.— Gray, P. Z. S., 1847, p. 180 ;
type Z. auricularia (Linne).
Stagnicola Leach, Proofsheets, pp. 141, 145, 1819. — Jeffreys, Linn. Trans.
XVI, II, p. 376, May 29, 1830, Z. /a/«j/'m Miiller. — Turton, Man., pp.
121-124, Oct., 1831. — Gray's Turton, pp. 237-242, 1840. — Gray, P. Z.
S., 1847, p. 180; no type cited. — Leach, Synops. Moll. Gt. Brit., p.
loi, 1852, 1st sp. Z.^/a^(fr (Miiller). Not Stagnicola Brehm, Aves, Dec,
1830.
Auricularia Fabricius, Fortegnelse, p. 94, 1823 (nude name), not of Blain-
ville, 18 16.
> Omphiscola Beck, Index, p. no, 1838, Z. glabra (Miiller). — H. and A.
Adams, Gen. Rec. Moll., 11, p. 255, 1855 ; not Omphiscola Raf., 18 19.
>Z/w«£»//^/^a FiTziNGER, Syst. Verz., p. 112, 1833; type Z. /a/«5/m (Miiller).
— Beck, Index, p. no, 1838. — Morch, Vidensk. Medd.,p. 298, 1864.
"^ Leptolitnnea Swainson, Malac, p. 338, 1840; Z. elongata Sowerby, =
Z. ^/a^,?r (Miiller). — Morch, Vidensk. Meddel. Kjob., p. 298, 1864.
Adelina Cantraine, Mai. Med., i, p. 155, 1841 ; type 4^. elegans Cantraine,
not Adelina Chevrolat, Coleopt., 1833.
Leachia Jeffreys, Linn. Trans., xvi, in, p. 519, 1833, not of Risso, 1829,
or Lesueur, 1821, Z. stagnalis (Linne).
";;> Bulimnea Haldeman, Mon. Limn., part 3, p. 6, July, 1841 ; ^y^^^ Limnea
megasoma (Say) Haldeman. Not of H. and A. Adams.
'^ Acella Haldeman. Mon. Limn., part 3, p. 6, July, 1841 ; type Limnea
gracilis (Say) Haldeman.
"^ Pleurolimncea Meek, Checkl. N. Am. Fos. Eocene, pp. 9, 34. 1866 ; Rep.
Inv. Foss. Upper Missouri, p. 533, 1876 ; type P. tenuicostata Meek and
Hayden (Eocene).
FAMILY LYMN^ID/E 6l
~^ Polyrhytis Meek, Rep. Inv. Fos. Upper Missouri, p. 532, 1876; type
Limnaa kingi Meek (Pliocene).
> Omphtscola Meek, Rep. Inv. Fos. Upper Missouri, p. 533, 1876 ; type
Limnaa glabra (Miiller) ; not of Rafinesque.
Omphalia " Raf.," Meek, op. cit., p. 532, in syn. ; err. pro Omphtscola
Rafinesque.
? Erinna H. and A. Adams, Gen. Rec. Moll., 11, p. 644, 1858; type E.
newcombi Adams.
~y Neritostoma H. and A. Adams, Gen. Rec. Moll., n, p. 253, 1855, ist sp.
Z. auricularia (Linne). Not of Morch, 1864.
? Vehitinopsis Sandberger, Land u. siissw. Conch, d. Vorvvelt, p. 700, 1875,
type Limncea velutina Desh. (Lower Pliocene).
> Leptolimnaus Sandberger, Land u. siissw. Conch, d. Vorwelt, p. 787,
1875 ; sole ex. cited L. glaber (Miiller).
Eulimneus Sandberger, Land u. sussw. Conch, d. Vorwelt, pp. 787, 844,
1875 ; sole ex. cited L. stagna/is (L).
> i^t;5^arza Westerlund, Fauna, Pal. Reg., v, p. 49, 1885 ; L. truncatula
(Miiller) ; Acta Soc. Sci. Slav, Merid., CLi, p. 118, 1902.
> Tanousta Bourguignat, in Servain, Hist. Mai. du Lac Balaton, 1881.^
Type L. zrmanjce Brusina ; Westerlund, op. cit., p. 53, 1885, p. 118,
1902.
'^ Lymnophysa (Fitzinger) Hazay, MaL Blatt., 2d ser., iii, p. 163, 1 881.
^ Limnus Dybowski, Bull. Imp. Acad. Sci. St. Petersburg, xviii, p. 113,
March, 1903, not of Agassiz, nom., 1847.
> Otnphalolimnus Dybowski, Nachrichtsbl. d. d. Mai. Ges., Sept.-Oct.,
1903, XXXV, p. 143, 1903. Type L. lagorii Dybowski ; Bull. Acad. St.
Petersb., xviii, p. 113, 1903.
'^ Physastra Tapparone Canefri, Ann. Mus. Genov., xix, p. 245, 1883.
Type P. vestita T.-C, op. cit., p. 246. New Guinea.
^ Zagrabica Brusina, Beitr. Pal. Oest.-Ung., 1884, Z. naticoides Brus. —
Westerlund, Acta Acad. Sci. Slav. Merid., cli., p. 119, 1902.
Not Limncea PoU, Test. Utr. Sicil., i, p. 31, 1791, 11, p. 253, 1795 (not
binomial).
The genus Lymncea as now understood is due to Lamarck, though
several authors, including Westerlund as late as 1885, have given
credit for it to Bruguiere. This has probably arisen from a failure to
observe the dates of the different livraisons which contained the plates
of the Encyclopedie Methodique. The plate containing the name
Lymncea was not issued until 1816 (though often cited as 1791), and
then it was under the supervision of Lamarck, Bruguiere having
nothing to do with it. The name Lymncea had already been used
by Poli, in 1791? for the animal of various unrelated bivalves, but
his ingenious quadrinominal system takes the work of Poli out of
the category of those which can be cited in nomenclature, except
historically.
1 The multitude of group names used for mutations of Lymncea stagnalis and
other species by Servain in his ' Lake Balaton ' paper, can hardly be regarded as
having entered into systematic nomenclature, as thej are groups of less value
than species, and physiological rather than hereditary, according to Hazay.
63 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
The name Lymncea has been spelled in many different ways, the
most correct being Litnncea^ but there seems to be no good reason for
changing the original form, especially as no derivation was given by
Lamarck. The Helix stagnalis of Linne, being the only species
mentioned, necessarily becomes the type.
Four years after Lamarck, Schrank gave the name Galba to a
species which was without doubt the Buccinum truncatulum of
Miiller. It has been referred to B. palustre Miiller, but a scrutiny of
the very careful description of both shell and animal reveals that it
agrees with no local species of the group except a young iruncatula.
A little later Montfort separated the L. auricularia group under the
name of Radix^ and in 1819 Rafinesque, in a summary of the forms
collected on the Ohio River, proposed Omphiscola for species which
have the peristome reflected over the pillar and body with an umbilical
chink between the reflection and the body of the shell. He cites no
species, but of the Ohio species only L. reflexa Say can be said to
agree with the diagnosis. This character is however of minor impor-
tance. Rafinesque's name has been applied to several European
species but without adequate grounds, since there is no species of the
Radix group known in any part of the Ohio system.
The name Stagnicola Leach was cited in synonymy by Jeffreys in
1830, in connection with L. palustris (Miiller) , thus antedating JLim-
nophysa Fitzinger, 1833, based on the same type. Stagnicola was
used by Brehm for a bird in December, 1830, but Jeffreys' paper was
issued May 29. Both these names have been loosely vised in the lit-
erature, but must be restricted to the typical and original forms. If
the columnar species like L. glaber be separated in a section by them-
selves, Leptolimnea Swainson appears to be the first available name.
Erinna Adams is a Limnseid modified for existence on rocks in rapid
streams and waterfalls, the peristome being continued over the body
and behind the broad excavated pillar, and the spire shortened, so that
the animal may cling tightly to its situs. The descriptions of this
form are rather misleading, the so-called ' lamina ' being merely the
pillar. The fossil Velutinopsis is more like Choanomphalus than
Lymncea^ judging by the figures. The description of Tanousia reads
as if it was founded upon an abnormal or monstrous specimen. The
reversed physiform Lymncea of the South Sea Islands will be included
under Physastra Tapparone-Canefri ; a species from Hawaii which
is dextral but may be otherwise similar, has recently been shown by
Pilsbry to have a somewhat different radula from the ordinary Lym-
ncea of north Europe and America.
FAMILY LYMN^ID.« 63
Dybowski has recently applied the name Omphalolimnus to a
species of Lyinncea from the Crimea, which in outline resembles L.
stagnalis var. arenaria Colbeau, but which instead of having the
axis pervious and the pillar gyrate, as in most species of this type, has
the subumbilicate base and raised inner lip of the Radix section, to
which his L. lagorii probably belongs, although it has a more ele-
vated spire than most of the species of this section, being in this re-
spect intermediate between the latter and Lytnncea proper.
The existence of fresh water shells in lakes or ponds where the
water, through evaporation, is gradually becoming more alkaline, has
been shown to be accompanied, in the lake-beds of the Great Basin of
the western United States, by a tendency to solidification, thickening
and corrugation or ribbing of the shells, regardless of their systematic
relations. This goes on until the alkalinity becomes so great that mol-
luscan life is no longer possible. We find in the fresh water Pliocene
beds of Utah, Lymncea^ Pompkolyx, Carinifex^ Physa and Planorbis
exhibiting these changes as we ascend in the beds, until the latter be-
come barren of life. To these modifications we probably owe such
forms as Polyrhytis^ Pleurolimncea^ Vorticifex^ etc. I have shown
in another place^ how such factors may be supposed to act in the case
of land shells exposed to alkaline dust on tropical islands such as the
Galapagos. While such changes are the result of the direct action of
the environment on the individual, and not hereditary or evolutionary,
it is nevertheless convenient to recognize the results in the systematic
arrangement of the species.
Disregarding synonyms, which can be deduced from the preceding
data, the general arrangement of the groups of the genus Lymncea
would be about as follows :
Subgenus Lymnaea s. s.
Section Lymncea s. s. Shell thin, with an acute and slender spire
and expanded last whorl ; the axis twisted, forming a (usually per-
vious) spiral coil without a true umbilicus ; the callus on the body
closely appressed ; the outer lip flaring more or less, simple, sharp,
normally without any varical thickening. Type L . stagnalis (Linn6) .
Holarctic.
Section Bulimnea Haldeman. Shell large and solid, bulimiform,
with an impervious axis, a twisted or subplicate pillar, the callus on
the body and pillar closely appressed, and the outer lip not thickened
or expanded. Type Lymncea megasoma Say. Nearctic.
* Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences Phila., for 1896, pp. 406-426.
64 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
Section Radix Montfort. Shell thin, usually with a short spire and
ample last whorl ; the axis twisted but not gyrate, the outer lip often
expanded, the inner one more or less elevated and continuous across
the body, forming a more or less conspicuous umbilicus ; the outer lip
thin. Type Lymncea auricularia (Linn^) . Holarctic.
The umbilicus in this group varies from a mere chink to a rather
large orifice through which a bristle may be passed nearly to the apex
of the shell.
Section Cyclolimncea Dall, nov. Shell thin, involute, the last whorl
as long as the shell, the outer lip thin, simple, not expanded, the inner
lip appressed, the axis not plicate, but with a small umbilical chink.
Type LymtK^a involuta Harvey. British. The mantle is said to be
extended partly over the shell.
Section Polyrhytis Meek. Shell like Radix^ but axially strongly
ribbed. Type Z. i^/«^/ Meek. Pliocene, N. Am.
Section Acella Haldeman. Shell thin, smooth, acute, extremely
slender; the aperture expanded at the margin, the inner lip not
appressed, a moderate chink behind it, the axis gyrate, pervious,
not plicate; the outer lip simple, sharp. Type L. gracilis Jay.
Nearctic.
Section Pleurolimncea Meek. Shell like Acella^ but axially promi-
nently ribbed. Type L. tenuicostata Meek and Hayden. Eocene,
N. Am.
Section Galba Schrank. Shell turrited, the whorls gradually in-
creasing, smooth ; the last whorl not inflated ; the aperture moderate ;
the outer lip not expanded or thickened ; the inner lip not appressed ;
the pillar not twisted or plicate, the axis minutely umbilicate. Type
L. truncatula (Miiller). Holarctic.
Subgenus Stagnicola Leach.
Section Stagnicola s. s. Shell elongate, smooth, the whorls gradu-
ally increasing, the last whorl moderate ; the outer lip sharp, not ex-
panded, with a varical thickening within, in the adult ; the pillar dis-
tinctly plicate, the inner lip appressed, the axis slightly or not at all
perforate. Type Z.. /a/^^/r/^ (Miiller). Holarctic.
Section Leptolimnea Swainson. Shell like Stagnicola but more
cylindrical, with numerous whorls and a small aperture. Type L.
glaber (Muller). Palearctic.
? Section Physastra Tapparone-Canefri. Shell like Stagnicola but
with a coarse dehiscent periostracum and coiled sinistrally. Type P.
vestita T.-C. Polynesian.
FAMILY LYMN^ID^ 65
Genus Erinna Adams.
Shell small, with a short spire, a large final whorl ; the aperture
with a continuous peristome wliich passes behind a broad somewhat
excavated pillar ; axis imperforate and the pillar not plicate. Type
E. newcotnbi Adams. Hawaiian.
IncertcB sedis.
Velutinofsis Sandberger. Shell almost planorboid, with few,
rounded, rapidly increasing whorls ; the aperture simple, suborbicular,
the peristome sharp, simple, not reflected ; the pillar lip broad, not
appressed ; the axis umbilicate. Type Z. velutina Deshayes. Plio-
cene of the Crimea.
Tanousia Bourguignat. Shell small ovate conic, closely and almost
involutely coiled ; the last whorl inflated, subcarinate behind, the aper-
ture contracted. Type Z^. zrmanjceBrusma.. Pleistocene of Dal matia.
The group was named Sandria by Brusina in 1S8 5 ^Jide Westerlund.
Zagrabica Brusina. Shell ventricose, with a short acute spire and
few rounded whorls, rugose, umbilicate, the last whorl ample, with a
rotund transverse aperture, and continuous peristome appressed on the
columellar margin ; the outer lip simple. The type is a Pleistocene
fossil. A recent form from the Caspian has been referred to this group
by Dybowski, under the name of Z. brusiniana.
I have not seen specimens, but the description reads as if the shell
might be a member of the Radix group which has been modified by
life in brackish water.
Lymnaea stagnalis Linn6.
Helix stagnalis LiNi*6, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 774, 1758; ed. xii, p. 1249,
1767.
Lymncea stagnalis Lamarck, Prodr., p. 75, 1799.
Lytnncea jugularis Say, Art. Conchology, Nicholson's Encyc, i (no pagina-
tion), 1817 ; 3d ed. (p. 6), 1819. — Haldeman, Men. limn., p. 16, pi. iv,
1841.
LymncEa appressa Say, Joum. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., ll, p. 168, 1818. —
Haldeman, Mon. Limn., p. 18, pi. v, 1842.
IJmncea stagnalis W. G. Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., 11, p. 25, figs.
28-32, 1865.
Range. — Europe, the Caucasus, western and northern Asia, the
northern United States, Canada and British America.
Lake Superior, Lake Winnipeg ! the Saskatchewan River ! Carberry,
Manitoba ; Moose Factory, James Bay ! Knee Lake, Keewatin ! Slave
River, 25 miles below Peace River ! Great Slave Lake at Fort Rae !
and Fort Resolution ! Fort Simpson ! and Fort Smith ! on the Mac-
66
LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
Fig. 42. Lymncea
stagnalis.
kenzie River ; Fort Anderson, Lat. 68° N. ! and Lake Harrison, Lat.
70° N ! Shawnigan Lake, Vancouver Island ! and Dall River, Lat.
66° N. ! of the Yukon drainage in Alaska. The
following additional localities are cited from the
literature : York Factory, Keewatin, and the Nel-
son River ; Egg Lake, Alberta ; Red Deer, McLeod,
and Olds ; Lake Isle Lacrosse and Vermilion Lake ;
Lake Osoyoos, B. C. (but replaced west of the
Cascades by L. sumassii^ according to J. K.
Lord) ; Syniakwateen Lake, B.C.; lakes in the
Kenai Peninsula, Alaska (Wossnessenski) ; Stewart
River, Yukon district (Canadian Geol. Survey).
It seems unnecessary to cite the multitudinous
varietal names bestowed on the mutations of this
species in Europe. In a wide sense it is one of the
most easily recognizable of fresh water shells, as
it is one of the most conspicuous of circumboreal
species.
Lymnaea petersi n. sp. Plate 11, fig. 3.
Shell extremely thin, of five or more tumid rapidly enlarging whorls ;
spire acute, the suture deep ; whorls rounded, the periphery nearer
the preceding suture ; shell of a blackish brown, polished, finely
sharply spirally striate ; periostracum brownish, darker at resting
stages ; aperture oval, a thin wash of callus on the body ; pillar very
thin, gyrate, the gyrations pervious ; the outer lip not thickened.
Height 16; max. diam. 8; height of aperture 8.5 ; width 5.2 mm.
Range. — Koyukuk River, north of the Yukon in Alaska ; W. J.
Peters of the U. S. Geological Survey.
This very delicate and pretty species appears to belong to the typical
Lymncea in spite of its small size ; it has much the aspect of a minute
L. randolfhi^ but has more whorls in less than half the height, and is
of quite a different color and without angularity to the whorls.
Lymnaea atkaensis Dall. Plate 11, figs. 8, 10.
Umncea atkaensis Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vii, p. 343, 1884.
Range. — Lake on the island of Atka, Aleutian chain, near Korovin
Bay.
Shell with about four ovate whorls rapidly increasing, of a dark
olive sometimes purplish tint, very thin, malleated, microscopically
reticulated, with obscure revolving ridges ; the aperture ovate, not
expanded, the margins thin, that on the pillar narrowly reflected;
( UNIVERSITY
FAMILY LYMN^ID^
67
pillar gyrate, pervious, in the early whorls widely so, a condition
concealed in the adult.
This form grows in a region containing little lime, and the shells
are extremely thin and often eroded into holes, which exhibit the
peculiarities of the axis by which the species is relegated to the typical
Lymnaeas, though externally it has much the appearance of a small
Radix. The species has been figured in the newer portion of the
Conchylien Cabinet, but I have not the reference at hand.
Adults measure :
Height.
Max. Diam.
Height of Aperture.
Width.
Whorls,
26.5
16.S
16.5
10.S
4
24.0
13.0
14.0
9.a
?>y^
17.0
11.5
11.2
7-S
^%
*Lymnaea lepida Gould.
Limncea lepida Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 11, p. 211, 1847 ; Moll.
U. S. Expl. Exp., p. 121, figs. 141, \\\a, 1852. —
BiNNEV, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., 11, p. 29, fig. 33,
1865.
Range. — Lake Vancouver, Oregon (Wilkes) ; near
Cliallis, Idaho (Merriam) !
A species existing near the boundary and doubtless
to be found in southern British Columbia.
Fig. 43. Lym-
ntea lepida
Gould.
♦Lymnaea (Bulimnea) megasoma Say.
Lymnaus megasomusSw , Rep. Long's Exp., 11, p. 263, pi. xv, fig. 10, 1824. —
KiJSTER, Conchy Cab., ed. 11, Limncea, p. 36, pi. vi, figs. 20, 21.
Ldmnea megasoma Haldeman, Mon. Limn., p. 13, pi.
Ill, figs. 1-3, 1841. — Whitfield, Bull. Am.
Mus. Nat. Hist. N. Y., i. No. 2, p. 29, pi. v, 1882.
Limncea megastoma Sowerby, Conch. Icon., xviii, pi.
II, fig. 12, 1872.
Limncea megalosoma Sandberger, Conch, d. Urw., p.
581, 1873-
Range.— '^or^Q.m New England, Canada and
British America to Lat. 57° N.
Lake Superior! Vermilion Lake, H. B. T. ; to
Etchimamish Lake, in Lat. 57° between the Nel-
FiG. 44. Lymncea son River and the Height of Land, Keewatin;
megasoma Say. Bois Blanc Lake, Manitoba !
The British American localities are cited from the literature, and
except the last I have been unable to verify them by an examination
of authentic specimens.
68 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
Lymnaea (Radix) mighelsi Binney.
JUmncea decollata Mighels, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., i, p. 49, 1841.
MiGHELS and Adams, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., iv, p. 336, pi. iv, fig. 13
(four views), 1842.
Limnea catascopium. Haldeman, Mon. Limn., p. 52, 1842 ; not of Say.
UmncEus decollatus Kuster, Conch. Cab., ed. 11, Mon. Limn., p. 45, pL
VIII, figs. 11-14, 1862.
LimncBa ampla Mighels, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., iv, p. 347, pi. xvi, figs.
\a-\c, April, 1843 ; not of Hartmann, 1842. — Binney, Land and Fw.
Sh. N. Am., II, p. 30, figs. 34-35, 1865.
IJmncca mighelsi, W. G. Binney, Land aijd Fw. Sh. N. Am., 11, p. 31, foot-
note, 1865.
Limncea angulata Sowerby, Conch. Icon. , xviii, Mon. LimncBa, pi. vii, fig.
47, Dec, 1872.
Limnaa emarginata Say, var. mighelsi Binney, Nylander, Distr. of Limncea,
etc., pis. i-iv, 1 90 1.
Range. — Aroostook Co., Maine; Province of Quebec; northern
Michigan .?
Aroostook Co., Maine ! Brome Lake, Province of Quebec ! Lake
Namakan, north of Lake Superior, western Ontario ; Lake of the
Woods, Manitoba.
The earliest name of this species is decollata., which was applied to
a stunted variety living in acidulous water which destroyed the early
whorls. This name, however, being quite inapplicable to the normal
shell, would best be kept for the shells to which it was
applied, and retained in a varietal sense. After an
examination of Say's types of Z. emarginata I am
quite confident, as species go in Lymncea., that it is
distinct from the present form, which I have never
seen from the Western region. This species, L.
' 7 ■ , . J mighelsi., is apparently a representative of Radix ^
while the thickening of the outer lip internally in
X. emarginata var. canadensis leads to the suspicion that it is
related to Stagnicola. Owing to the manner in which various forms
of emarginata have been summarily united with Z.. mighelsi by rep-
utable students, I shall on the present occasion waive this doubt and
proceed to its immediate consideration. It may, however, be pointed
out that W. G. Binney seems to have been of the same opinion when,
in 1865, he placed L. emarginata in the same group as L. palustris.
Lymnaea (Stagnicola.?) emarginata Say.
Lymneus emarginatus Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 11, p. 170, 1821 ;
Long's Exp. Rep., 11, p. 263, 1824 (Maine).
t Limneus emarginattcs Say, Am. Conch., vi, pi. 55, fig. i, 1834.
Limnetts ontariensis Muhlfeldt in Kuster, \%(i2, fide W. G. Binney, op. ch.,
p. 52, 1865.
FAMILY LYMN^ID^ 69
Limnea etnarginata Haldeman, Mon. Limn., p. 10, pi. 11, figs. 4-5, 1841.
f Limnea serrata Haldeman, Mon. Limn., p. 12, pi. 11, fig. 7, 1841 (path-
ologic specimen, figure copied by Binney, op. cit., p. 52, fig. 78).
Umncsa sca/art's WESTERhVUD, Vega Exp. Vet. lakt., iv, p. 201, pi. iv, fig.
13, 1885. Not Z. scalaris A. Braun, 1853, or Sowerby, 1872.
Umnaa canadensis SowEKhY, Conch. Icon., xviii, Mon. IdmncBa, pi. vii, figs.
45, a-b, 1872.
Range. — Northern United States east of the Mississippi, Canada,
and northwestward.
Lakes in northern Maine (Say) ! Lake Champlain and Ontario;
Crooked Lake, Emmet Co., Michigan! English River, Keewatin,
Hudson Bay! Port Clarence, Alaska (Vega Expd.).
After considerable study I have been forced to the
conclusion that several species were identified under
this name by Say himself, as well as others. Say's
figure is wretched and does not represent the typical
form from Maine, as at first described. The latter is
apparently represented by specimens labelled by Say
himself, still preserved in the Academy at Philadel-
phia, and which must be regarded as typical. The F^°- 46- Lym-
shell is small, with an acute spire ; one of the specimens *^°' ^'"^''^"^ *
has the suture deeply impressed, but not the others,
which seem more normal. Westerlund's figure fairly represents the
species; Sowerby's L. canadensis^ judging from specimens com-
pared with the types by Mr. E. A. Smith of the British Museum, is
probably the same, though the shells are heavier and larger, with the
lip thickened internally, and a marked umbilicus. I should not, in
default of this comparison and if obliged to depend on Sowerby's
figures, have felt justified in uniting them.
Lymnaea (Radix) binneyi Tryon.
Linincea binneyi Tryon, Am. Journ. Conch., I, p. 229, pi. xxiil, fig. 3, 1865
(Hellgate River, Oregon).
Limnaa ampia Trvon, Mon, Freshw. Univ. Moll., part ll, p. 91, 1872, ex
parte, not of Mighels.
Range. — Northern United States west of Lake Huron and the
adjacent British possessions.
Lake Higgins, southern Michigan ! Lake Houghton, northern Mich-
igan ! east of Fort Colville, Wash. ! Fort Vancouver, Columbia River !
Sumas Prairie, B. C. ! Vancouver Island ; Clear Lake, Athabaska,
N. Lat. 56° ! Lake Isle Lacrosse, Athabaska ! English River, Manitoba !
This species appears to be quite recognizable but has been frequently
distributed under the name of Z. sumassi or ampla^ with the latter of
70 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
which Tryon himself at one time confounded it. It has a short spire
with appressed or moderately conspicuous suture, ovate form, tumid
whorls, pale color, well marked umbilicus, and fine spiral striation.
The largest specimen I have seen measured 27 mm. high and 18 mm.
in maximum diameter ; but the average adult is about 24 x 15 mm. I
have not seen any specimens angulated at the shoulder.
Lymnaea (binneyi var. ?) preblei Dall, nov. Plate i, figs, i, 2.
A shell which when young is almost identical with L. binneyi^ and
which may prove merely a giant growth of it, occurs in the Hudson
Bay drainage. When full grown it has six whorls, with much the
same contour as Bulimnea megasoma^ the last whorl being much the
largest, moderately expanded, and somewhat produced in front. The
umbilicus is deep and partly hidden by the reflected pillar lip, which
is continuous and more or less raised across the body. There is no
fold on the pillar. The surface, when in perfect condition, is minutely
but sharply sagrinate by the intersection of axial and spiral striae, and
is often malleate besides. The shell is nearly white or pale straw
color.
Adults measure :
Whorls.
Height.
Max. Diam.
Height of aperture.
Diam.
6
37
23
22.5
13 mm.
5.5
38
26
26
19 "
Range. — English River, Manitoba (Kennicott) ! Knee Lake, Kee-
watin (E. A. Preble) !
This form is remarkable for its size, its surface, and its deep umbil-
icus. The resemblance of its profile to that of L. megasoma is so
marked that one wonders whether some of the records of the latter spe-
cies from high northern localities may not have been
based on specimens of this form. They are easily
separated, however, if one pays attention to the other
characters, and the present form probably never at-
tains the solidity and rich coloration so characteristic
of megasoma.
Fig. 47. Lym- Lymnaea (Radix?) colttmella Say.
ncBu columella. Ly^^cea columella Say. Joum. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., I, p.
14, 1817.
Lymnaus columellus Sa.\, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila,, 11, p. 167, 1821.
JUmnea columella Haldeman, Mon. Limn., p. 38, pi. xii, figs. 13-15, 1842.
— BiNNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., n, p. 32 {ex parte), fig. 38, 1865,
FAMILY LYMN^ID^ 7 1
Range. — Manitoba to New England, New Mexico, and Georgia.
Lake Superior ! Lake Winnipeg (Rich) !
This attractive species is readily recognized by its Succinea-Viik& form
and fine spiral sculpture. The synonymy as given by Binney and others
seems to need revision. I am not of the opinion that this form belongs
properly in the Radix group, as it has several features in common
with Stagnicola^ notwithstanding the form of the shell. An anatomi-
cal examination will decide the question.
Lymnaea (Radix) randolphi F. C. Baker, Plate i, figs. 3, 4.
Lymnaa randolphi Baker, Nautilus, xviii. No. 6, p. 63, Oct., 1904.
Shell large, thin, angulate or subangulate at the shoulder ; constricted
strongly at the suture, narrowly and deeply umbilicate, whorls about
four, rapidly increasing in size but frequently decollate ; when entire
the spire is less in length than the aperture but the proportion is vari-
able ; in conformity with the sutural constriction the posterior angle of
the aperture is usually somewhat narrow, the apertural margin con-
tinuous over the body, with a narrow deep umbilicus over which the
pillar lip may be reflected. The pillar is sometimes slightly sinuous
but not plicate, the surface may be smooth and polished, malleated,
spirally threaded or minutely reticulated by axial and spiral lines.
The periostracum is pale, but usually has a dark line at resting stages ;
the outer lip is hardly expanded though often a little patulous in front ;
it is never internally thickened. Measurements :
l^borls.
Height.
Max. Diam.
Height of aperture.
Width.
3-5
31
19
18
ii.o mm,
4
41
23
34
15-5 "
4
35
27
24
15-6 "
Range. — Lake near Cosmos River, north of the Kowak River,
Alaska, about N. Lat. 68° (Lieutenant Stoney) ! Kowak River, Alaska
(Stoney) ! Nushagak River, Alaska ! Lake Marsh! and Lake Linde-
man, Yukon Territory ! Lake La Hoclie, British Columbia ! East of
Fort Colville, Wash. !
This form is very recognizable, with its angular whorls and deeply
constricted suture. A specimen from near Fort Colville, figured by
Binney as a possible variety of L. sumassi Baird {op. cit.., p. 43, fig.
58) , may prove a feebly angulated and unusually short spired specimen
of this species. I have received it under the names ampla., sumassi., etc.,
from several Pacific Coast correspondents, and a large number of mostly
defective specimens were obtained by the expedition into northwestern
72 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
Alaska commanded by Lieutenant Stoney, U. S. N. The true Z.
sumassi Baird is apparently a Stagnicola^ but the present species
belongs to Radix. It is not in the least like Z. mighelsi {ampla
Mighels) though often given that name.
Lymnaea (Acella?) kirtlandiana Lea.
f JJmnaa exilis Lea, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, v, p. 114, pi, xix, fig. 82, 1837.
Ohio.
Limncea kirtlandiana Lea, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc, 11, p. 33, 1841 ; Trans.
Am. Phil. Soc, ix, p. 12, 1842. — Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am.,
11, p. 67, 1865.
Limncea lanceaia Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. N. Hist, in, p. 64, 1848. —
Agassiz, Lake Superior, p. 244, pi. vii, figs. 8, 9, 1850. — Tryon, Mon.
Limn., pt, 2, pp. 112-113, pi. xviii, figs, 10, 11, 1872.
Range. — Ohio to Nebraska, and northward.
Poland, Ohio ! Iowa River, Iowa ! Apple Creek, Nebraska ! Pic
Lake, north of Lake Superior, in western Ontario !
The original types of Lea's Limncea exilis are in
the National Museum, and after a careful examina-
tion of them I am inclined to believe that they are
somewhat abnormal dead specimens of this species
rather than a mutation of Z. rejlexa^ as supposed by
Binney; unless we extend Z. rejlexa to cover the
'{..'., ,. whole group, which seems to me unwarranted. Z.
ncBa ktrtlandt- . .
ana Lea. lanceata is an immature specimen of what was earlier
called kirtlandiana by Lea. The figures of both
these forms in Binney 's work are uncharacteristic, especially that of
lanceata., which shows nothing of the " flatness of its whorls " re-
ferred to by Gould in his remarks.
These shells have all the characteristics of Acella except that they
are less fragile, larger, and darker colored. They have the gyrate
pillar of Lymncea and not the plicate columella of Stagnicola., which
in other respects they recall. Until an exhaustive anatomical and
experimental study of these animals is made, all group-references must
be merely tentative.
Lymnaea (Galba) truncatula Muller.
Buccinum truncatulum Muller, Verm. Terr, at Fluv., 11, p. 130. ^774
(Europe).
Limneus minutus Draparnaud, Tableau, p. 51, 1801 ; Hist., p. 53> pl- i^^
figs. 5-6, 1805 (France).
Limnaa ferruginea Haldeman, Mon. Limn., pt. 3, third page of cover, Mar.
13, 1 841 ; pt. 4, p. 49, pi. 13, figs. 19, 20, 1842 (Oregon).
Range. — Europe, northern Asia and America.
FAMILY LYMN^ID^ 73
Bering Id., Commander Islands, Bering Sea! Kadiak Island,
Alaska ! ponds near Yakutat Bay, Alaska (Kincaid) ! Fort Simpson,
Mackenzie River (Kennicott) ! near Brandon, Manitoba (Christy) !
Oregon (Nuttall) ; Hannah Bay (out of James Bay)
near Moose Factory ! A
Specimens absolutely identical with those from Eu- «^
rope have been collected from the indicated localities. ^
It is quite likely that some of the specimens reported ^^°' 49- Lym-
by collectors under the name of humilis or desidiosa "J^^,, '^"f^
1 11 1 1 • • r^, , ,, , Miiller. (Euro-
may have belonged to this species. The form called pean specimen. )
ferruginea by Haldeman seems to differ only by
having the pillar lip more closely appressed, a character w^hich any
large series will show to be inconstant in individuals among them-
selves as well as in the same individual in different stages.
Lymnaea (Galba) humilis Say.
Lymneus hionilis Say, Joum. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., ii, p. 378, 1822 (South
Carolina).
Limnea humilis (Sxy) Haldeman, Mon. Limn., p, 41, pi. 13, fig. i, 1842
(syn. exclus.). — Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N, Am.,
II, p. 63, fig. 99, 1865.
Range. — From Georgia and Kansas northward.
Lake Superior ; Lake Winnipeg ; Brandon ; and Pem-
bina Mt., Manitoba.
*,'.,. I have been unable to examine any authentic speci-
ncea hu milts ^ i^
Say. (Typical.) ^nens from north of Lat. 49**, and the above localities
are cited from the literature.
Lymnaea (Galba) desidiosa Say.
Lymneus desidiosus Say, Joum. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 11, p. 169, 1821
(Cayuga Lake, N. Y.).
Limneus desidiosus Say, Am. Conch., vi, pi, 55, fig. 3, a
1834. /(ft
Limnea desidiosa Haldeman, Mon. Limn., p. 31, pi. x, \n\
1842 {ex parte). — Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., \_y
II, p. 49, fig. 68, 1865. Fig. 51. Lym-
Range — Northern United States and northward, naea desidiosa
Red Deer and McLeod, Alberta. Lower Saskatch- '^o^^^^^a) Say.
ewan near Lake Winnipeg ; Brandon ; Manitoba. Osoyoos Lake,
British Columbia (J. K. Lord fide P. P. Carpenter) .
The above localities are cited from the literature.
Lymnaea (Galba) galbana Say.
Lymneus galbanus Say, Joum. Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila., v, p. 123, 1825 (New
Jersey Pleistocene).
74 LAND AND FRESH WATKR MOLLUSKS
Umnea galbana Haldeman, Mon. Limn., p. 51, pi. xiii, figs. 22, 23,
1842.
Limncea philadelphica Lea, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc, 11, p. 32, 1841 ; Trans.
Am. Phil. Soc, ix, p. 8, 1844. — Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am.,
II, p. 50, fig. 71, 1865. (Philadelphia, Pa.)
LimncEa traskiTKYO'H, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1863, p. 149, pi. i,
fig. 13, 1863. — Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., 11, p. 60, fig. 94,
1865. — Tryon, Mon. Limn., p. 119, pi. 17, fig. 3 (not p. 96, nor fig. 2),
1872. (Mountain Lake, near San Francisco, Calif.) Not L. iraskii hea.,
1864, nor L. proxima Lea, 1856.
Range. — Pleistocene marls of Franklin, New Jer-
sey ; of Anticosti Island ! of Ottawa, Canada ! and of
the left bank of the Yukon River, Alaska, below old
Fort Yukon ! Recent, at the Grand Rapids of the
Saskatchewan River, near Lake Winnipeg ! Grind-
* stone Creek, Nebraska! Centre City, Pennsylvania!
naa galbana ' _ •' ' •'
Say var. phila- Vancouver, Columbia River ! and near Monterey,
delphica Lea. California ! Alaska (von Martens) ; Attawapiskat
River, S. E. Keewatin ! (Mclnnes).
This small species has the spire acute and short, the last whorl dis-
proportionately swollen and usually shouldered. It appears to have
flourished during the melting of the glacial ice, and to the muddy
waters of the period its peculiarities may be due. The recent form
seems less abnormal on the average.
There are two species which have been called traskii — the pres-
ent one, with which Tryon afterward mistakenly united L. proxima
Lea, a much larger species ; and L. traskii Lea, later
called tryoni and tryoniana by Dr. Lea, which is a
Stagnicola.
Lymnaea (Galba) holboUi (Beck) Moller. y\g. 53. Lym-
Limnaa {Limnophysa) holbolli Beck, Index, p. 1 11, 1838 ; ncea holbolli.
nude name. Greenland.
Lymncea holbolli MoiA.'E.v., Index, Moll. Gronl., p. 5, 1842.
Limncea holbolli Morch, Am. Journ. Conch., iv, p. 36, pi. iv, fig. 8, 1868.
Range. — Godhaab, Greenland.
This has the appearance of a large Z. truncatula^ but may be merely
a depauperate variety of the next species.
Lymnaea (Galba) vahlii (Beck) Moller.
Limncea {Umnophysa) vahlii Beck, Index, p. iii, 1838; nude name.
Greenland.
Limncea vahlii MohL.'EK, Index, Moll. Gronl., p. 4, 1842.
Limncea {Limnophysa) vahlii MoRCH, Am. Journ. Conch., iv, p. 34, pi. iv,
figs. 1-7, 1868.
FAMILY L,YMN-«ID^ 75
Umncsa {Limnopkysa) senegalensts 'Rkc^, Index, p. ill, 1838 (nude name),
Jide MoRCH, op. cit., p. 35, footnote.
Liynncea gronlandica (Beck, MS.) Jay, Cat. Coll., 1850, p. 269, No. 6298.
— MoRCH, op. cit., p. 33.
Limncea molleri Beck, Naturf. Vers. Kiel, p. 123, No. 4, nude name. — Gerst-
FELDT, Land and Sussw. Conch. Sibiriens, p. 37, 1859.
Lytnnaa pingelii {^y.cyC) Moller, Index Moll. Gr6nl.,p. 5, 1842. — Morch,
Am. Joum. Conch., iv, o. 35, 1868, et vars. nitida et solidula et malleata
Morch, /. c.
LymncEa worftiskioldi Beck, Naturf, Vers., Kiel, p. 123, No. 7, nude name.
— Morch, Am. Joum. Conch., iv, p. 35, pi. iv, fig. 6, 1868.
Limnaa vahlii var. leucostoma Morch, Prod. MoU. Gronl., p. 4, No. 11 /3;
also var. »/z«tfr Morch, Am, Joum. Conch., iv, p. 34, 1868.
UmncEa vahlii var. elongata Moller (MS.), in Morch, Am. Joum. Conch.,
IV, p. 40, pi. IV, fig. I, 1868.
Limncea arctica Lea, Joum. Acad, Nat, Sci. Phila., vi, p. 160, pi. xxiv, fig.
75, 1866. Hudson Bay,
Range. — Greenland to Alaska and south to Minnesota and British
Columbia.
Ft. Resolution ! and Ft. Rae, Great Slave Lake ! Moose River, at
Moose Factory, Hudson Bay ! Greenland (many localities) ! Ungava,
Labrador! Weatoga, Canada! Minnesota (Lapham) ! Stewart and
Fig. 54. Lymnesa vaklii'i/lbVLer. Fig. 55, Lymncea vahlii v^x. pingelii
(Typical.) Moller.
Dall Rivers, north of the Yukon, Alaska ! St. Michaels, Norton
Sound, Alaska I headwaters of the Yukon in Lakes Bennett, Marsh,
and Lindeman ! Loring, Southeastern Alaska, on Behm Canal !
Shawnigan Lake, British Columbia ! Headwaters of the Liard
River in Lakes Finlayson and Frances ! Hannah Bay near Moose
Factory !
Making the usual allowances for variation, this is a fairly well dis-
criminated species, which frequently has been identified as L. desidi-
osa^ palusirts^ etc. The largest are more fragile, smaller and paler
than L. palustris., and not especially similar to it. I have had the
advantage of being able to consult a very large series of authentically
named Greenland shells, received from Morch and others, as well as
the fine Arctic series in the National Museum. Most of the specimens
are microscopically wrinkled on the surface, like Z. palustris., but
this character is not absolutely constant.
76
LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
Lymnaea (Stagnicola) palustris Muller.
Buccinum palusire yiviA.K¥i,YGxva.. Terr., li, p. 131, 1774.
Limneus palustris Drap., Hist., p. 52, pi. 11, figs. 40-42, iii, figs. 1-2, 1805.
Stagnicola communis Leach, in Jeffreys, Linn. Trans., xvi, 11, p. 376, 1830.
RossMASSLER, Icon., I, p. 96, figs. 51, 52, 1835. — TuRTON, Man., p.
121, 1831. — Gray's Turton, p. 237, 1840.— Leach, Syn. Moll, Gt.
Brit., p. 103, 1852.
Umnceus elodes Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 11, p. 169, 1821 ; Am.
Conch., IV, pi. XXXI, fig. 3, 1832.
JJmncea elodes GovLV>, Inv. Mass., p. 221, figs. 146-7, 1841.
Fig. 56, a-f. Lytnncea palustris Muller vars. Fig. 56,^. var. rozvelli hea
from Pacific Coast.
Limnea fragilis Haldeman, Mon. Limn., p. 20, pi. vi, pi. xv, fig. i, 1842 ;
not of Linne.
Umncea nuttalliana Lea, Proc. Am. Phil, Soc, 11, p. 33, 1841. — Binney,
Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., 11, p. 45, fig. 6, 1865.
Limnea ^^/a«^a Haldeman, Mon. Limn., p. 29, pi. ix, figs. 6-8, 1842 (patho-
logic mutation).
Limncea hay deni 'Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 166, 1858. — Binney,
op. cit., p. 44, fig. 59, 1865 (pathologic mutation).
Limncea plebeia Gould (nude name), in Adams, Am. Journ.
Sci., XL, p. 268.
Limncea proxima Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., viii, p.
80, 1856. — Binney, op. cit., p. 48, fig. 67, 1865.
Range. — Circumboreal. Northern United States
and Canada.
Manitoba : Lake Winnipeg ; Saskatchewan River !
Lake of the Woods ; Red River of the North ! Pem-
bina ; Turtle Mt. ; Carberry. York Factory ! Kee-
v^ratin. Ungava ! Labrador. Alberta : Laggan ; Egg
Lake; Red Deer; McLeod; Olds. English River,
Keewatin ! Moose Factory, Keew^atin ; Slave River,
25 miles belowr Peace River ! Great Slave Lake at
Fort Resolution ! Fort Smith, Mackenzie River I Upper Mackenzie
River ! Great Bear Lake ; Anticosti Island ; Cypress Hills ! Assiniboia.
Fig, 57. Lynt-
itcea palustris
var. nuttalliana .
FAMILY LYMN^ID^ 77
California ! Oregon ! Seattle, Wash. ! Sumas Lake, British Colum-
bia ; Vancouver Island ! headwaters of the Yukon ! Lake Marsh !
Lake Lindeman ! Old Fort Yukon, Alaska ! Saccatalontan and Nu-
lato ! Lower Yukon, and in the Yukon delta ! Dall River ! north of the
Yukon in Alaska. Point Romanof , Norton Sound, Alaska ! Avacha
Bay, Kamchatka ! etc.
This well known species is almost universally distributed in the
quiet waters of boreal America, and in the Pleistocene marls. The
distinctions which have been relied on to separate L. hay dent Lea,
and L. expansa Haldeman, are due to pathologic mutations. L.
nuttalliana and proxima Lea, are trivial varieties.
Lymnaea (Stagnicola) refleza Say.
Lytnneus reflexus Say, Joum. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., li, p. 167, 1821 ; Am.
Conch., IV, pi. XXXI, fig. 2, 1832 (Lakes Erie and Superior).
Limneus elongatus Say, Joum. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., ll,
p. 167, 1821 ; not of Draparnaud, 1805.
Umneus umbrosus Say, Am. Conch., iv, pi. 31, fig. 1,
1832 (new name for elongatus Say).
Limncsa exilis Lea, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, v, p. 114, pi.
XIX, fig. 82, 1837 (pathologic mutation).
Range. — Northern United States and Canada.
Prairie Lake, near Red River of the North ; and
Beaver Creek, Manitoba.
This species barely crosses the boundary and may
be one of those captured by the northward drainage ' I . ^
'^ •' , . . " ntea rejtexa Say.
when the headwaters of the Mississippi were inter-
rupted and turned northward by the changes in the land levels of this
region which have been elucidated by the late General G. K.
Warren.
Lymnaea (Stagnicola) catascopium Say.
Lyfnncea catascopium Say, Nicholson's Encycl., Am. ed., 11 (no pagination),
pi. 2, fig 3, 181 7 (Delaware River).
Lymnceus catascopium Say , Am. Conch., vi, pi. 55, fig. 2, 1832.
Lymnea cornea Valenciennes, in Humboldt and Bonpland, Rec. d'obs. de
Zool., II, p. 251, 1832.
Limncea sumassi Baird, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1863, p. 68. — Binney,
Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., 11, p. 43, fig. 57 (not fig. 56), 1865 (British
Columbia).
Range. — Z. catascopium • Northern United States to the Rocky
Mountains, Canada and northward; var. sumassi: Idaho, Washing-
ton and British Columbia.
Ottawa, Canada ! Ungava, Labrador ! Lake Winnipeg, Manitoba !
Hudson Bay drainage of Keewatin ! Moose River at Moose Factory,
78 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
Hudson Bay ! Fort Resolution, Great Slave Lake ! Winisk, Kawino-
gans, and Attawapiskat Rivers, S. E. Keewatin ! (Mclnnes).
Fig. 59. Lymncea catascopium Say, var. Fig. 60. Lymncea catascopium Say
5«»»aj«Bd. (British Columbia). (Delaware).
Var. sumassi: Snake River, Idaho! Lake Washington, Seattle!
Sumas Prairie, British Columbia.
Quite variable and frequently confounded with L. adelince^ L. buli-
moides^ L. solida^ etc. The Pacific Coast form is quite close to the
typical form of the species, but is thinner, less uniform, and some-
times larger. Binney's figure 57 is made from a specimen probably
of a rather sw^ollen variety of palustris.
♦Lymnaea (Stagnicola) adelinae Try on.
Limnaa adelincE Tryon, Mon. Limn., p. 82 (108), pi. xvill, fig. 6, 1872
(San Francisco, Calif.).
Range. — California to Vancouver Island, B. C.
A small species, recalling Z. bulimoides rather than catascopium.,
and perhaps identical w^ith Lea's original bulimoides^
as indicated by his types, but not with L. techella
Haldeman, which is very generally labelled buli-
moides.
Fig. 61. Lym- Lymnaea (Stagnicola?) perpolita n. sp. Plate 11,
neea adelincB. r- £ o
figs. 6, 5.
Shell small, translucent, dark amber color, with a darker line at
resting stages ; smooth, except for fine lines of growth, brilliantly
polished ; whorls four, tumid, rapidly increasing, separated by a pro-
nounced suture ; spire short, rather obtuse ; aperture ovate, longer
than the spire, with a very thin wash of callus on the spire, the pillar
lip slightly reflected, with a small perforate umbilicus behind it ; pillar
straight, with no twist or fold, outer lip thin, sharp. Length of
shell 1 1 ; of aperture 7 ; breadth of shell 8.5 ; of aperture 4.5 mm.
Range. — Nushagak, Bristol Bay, Alaska.
This shell is so elegantly polished that it may be an Amphipeplea.
It has the rich dark amber color of some Succineas. I have seen but
%
FAMILY LYMN^ID^ 79
one specimen, but some young shells from Sonoma Co., Calif., col-
lected by Hemphill, may belong to it. The latter are proportionally
stouter and are of a pale straw color. The polish of the surface and
the straight pillar are alike in both, yet I hesitate to unite them. No
other American species has an equally polished surface so far as I
have observed.
Lymnaea (Stagnicola) bulimoides Lea.
LimncEa bulimoides Lea, Proc. Am. Phil. See, ii, p. 33, 1841 ; Trans. Am.
Phil. Soc, IX, p. 9, 1844. — Haldeman, Mon. Limn., p. 44, pi. xiii,
figs. 9, 10, 1842. — BiNNEY, op. cit., p. 61, fig. 96, 1865 (Oregon).
Range. — Oregon, California, Texas, Nevs^ Mexico,
Dakota, the United States west of the Mississippi
(and northward.?)
Oregon ! (Nuttall) Columbia River near Fort Van-
couver, Wash. ! Moose Rivei at Moose Factory, Hud- ^°* ^*. ^"^
'"^<* ouhmotdes
son Bay (Drexler) ? Lea. (Typical. )
This species has been generally confounded with L.
techella Haldeman, which seems to be distinct, having a more stumpy
form and larger umbilicus, recalling, as Binney observes, his Buli-
tnulus pilula. According to Lea's types, very few of the localities
cited for this species, away from the Pacific Coast, are reliable. I sus-
pect the shell from Hudson Bay, collected by Drexler, is a young cata-
scopium or caper ata and not the true bulimoides.
Lymnsea (Stagnicola) caperata Say.
Lymneus caperattis Say, New Harmony Disseminator, 11, p. 230, 1829.
Hntnea caperata Haldeman, Mon. Limn., p. 34, pi. xi, figs. 1-9, 1842.
JJmncea umbilicata Anxus, Am. Journ. Sci., xxxix, p. 374, 1840; Boston
Joum. N. Hist., in, p. 325, pi. iii, fig. 14, 1840. — Gould, Inv. Mass.,
p. 218, fig. 149, 1841.
Range. — Northern United States, west to the
Rocky Mountains and northward.
Manitoba ; at Pine Creek, Pembina, and Lake Win-
nipeg. Alberta ; at Red Deer and McLeod. The
lower Saskatchewan near Lake Winnipeg. Hudson
Fig. 63. Lym- ^^7 drainage at Moose Factory. I feel strong doubts
ntea caperata. as to the validity of this species, which may prove
entirely heterogeneous.
Lymnsea (Stagnicola) anticostiana n. sp. Plate ii, figs. 4, 5.
Shell acute, slender, with a blunt reddish nucleus and seven well-
rounded whorls ; suture deep, the whorls slowly enlarging ; the last
8o LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
whorl subcompressed laterally ; aperture elongate-ovate, about 2f times
its length being equal to the length of the shell ; margin thickened, and
continuous over the body, reflected over an umbilical chink behind the
pillar but not quite closing it ; pillar with a marked fold ; surface with
close-set fine axial elevated lines in harmony with the lines of growth,
and crossed by microscopic revolving striae which sagrinate the surface ;
there are also malleations, obscure sparse revolving ridges, etc., on in-
dividual specimens. Length of shell 19; aperture 7.0; max. diam.
7.0, of aperture 4.5 mm.
Range. — Pleistocene marl of Marl Lake, Anticosti Island (Sir
William Logan and Dr. J. Schmitt). Recent?
This interesting species resembles somewhat L. desidiosa^ to which
it has usually been referred, but it has two more whorls and a more
slender and elevated spire, and in most specimens a more parallel -sided
aperture. I am unable to say whether it occurs in the recent state, but
the numerous specimens I have seen are all fossils. Dr. Lea had
labelled his specimens 'Z.. acuta Lea,' doubtless forgetting his own
species of the same name, which is a very different shell.
Uncertain Species.
There are several nude names in the literature which cannot be iden-
tified and yet may puzzle the student who is unaware that they have
not been described. Of such are L.fossaria J. de C. Sowerby (1836) ,
in Richardson's Fauna Boreali Americana ; L. petitii'Be^ck (1838),
listed from Newfoundland in his ' Index ' ; and X. opacina Bell (1858) ,
listed in the Annual Report of the Canadian Geological Survey.
Genus Planorbis Muller.
Planorbis Petiver, Gazophyl. Nat. et Artis Dec, p. 16, tab. 10, fig. 11, 1702
(not binomial). The species figured is Helix planorbis Linne, Fauna
Suecica, p. 527, 1761. — Guettard, Mem. Acad. Roy. des. Sci. (1756),
p. 151, 1 762 (not binomial), first sp. Plan, brun., after Lister, Anim. Angl.,
p. 143, pi. II, fig. 26 (= Helix comeus Linne). — Geoffroy, Traite Som.
des Coq. Fluv. Paris, pp. 81, 84, 1767 (not binomial), § i, Helix cornea
Linne ; Ibid., translation by Martini, Niirnberg, pp. 10, 75, 1767.
G7r^/'«^ Adanson, Hist. Senegal, p. 7, 1757 (not binomial), sp. figured re-
sembles P. parvus Say.
< Planorbis Muller, Verm. Terr., 11, p. 152, 1774, no type selected ; Prodr.
Zool. Dan., pp. xxx, 238, 1775. — Brugui^re, Enc. Meth., i, p. xvi,
1789, nude name. — Bolten, Mus. Bolt., p. 51, 1798. — Lamarck, Pro-
drome, p. 76, 1799 ; Syst. des An. s. Vert., p. 93, 1801. — Draparnaud,
Tabl. Coq. Terr, et Fluv., pp. 30, 42, 1 801.— Schumacher, Essai, p.
255, 1817; not of Perry, 181 1.
=Planorbis Montfort, Conch. Syst., ll, p. 270, 1810, selects as type P.
comeus L.
FAMILY LYMN^ID^ 8l
Orbis ScHROTER, Journ. Steinr. u. Konch., iii, p. lo, 1776, an error of cita-
tion for Planorbis Argenville.
f^/<r^ Anonymous in Mus. Calonn., p. 58, 1797, Helix cornea Linn6. Not
Vortex Oken, 181 5.
< Anisus Studer, Syst. Verz., p. 23, 1820 (= Planorbis -\- Physa).
^ Anisus FiTZiNGER, Verz., p. m, 1833; not of Dujardin, 1821.
f Corfiu Schumacher, Essai, p. 255, 1817, not of Born, 1778.
^ Spiralina Hartmann, Syst. Uebers., tab. 1840. (Nude name.) No type
cited.
Planorbarius Dumeril, Zool. Anal., p. 164, 1806.
Coretus Gray (not Adanson), P. Z. S., 1847, p. 180, P. corneus L. — Mrs.
Gray, Figs. Moll. An., iv, p. 119, 1850. — Moquin Tandon, Moll. Terr,
et Fluv., II, p. 423, 1855. — Gray's Turton's Man., ed. 11, p. 233,
1857.
Spirodiscus Stein, Schn. u. Muschein Berlins, p. 73, 1850. — Morch, Vidensk.
Meddels. Kjobn., 1864, p. 309. — Westerlund, Acta Soc. Fauna Fen-
nica, XIII, No. 7, p. 112, 1897 ; Acta Acad. Sci. Slav. Merid., Zagrabiae,
CLI, p. 120, 1902 ; S. corneus (Linne).
Tropidiscus Westerlund, Fauna Pal. Reg.,v, p. 65, 1885, not of Stein;
Acta. Acad. Sci. Slav. Merid., Zagrabiae, CLi, p. 120, 1902; Helix plan-
orbis Linn6.
t Caillaudia Bourguignat, Hist. Mai. de I'Abyssinie, p. 128, 1883; ist sp.
C. angulata Bourg., pi. viii, figs. 49-52, op. cit, — Westerlund, Acta
Acad. Sci. Slav. Merid., Zagrabiae, cli, p. 139, 1902 (a deformed or
monstrous form of Planorbis).
Subgenus Planorbis s.s.
T3^e Planorbis corneus Miiller.
(Synonymy of the group given under the generic name.)
Section Planorbina Haldeman.
Planorbina Haldeman, Mon. Limn., Physada, p. 14, 1842, no type cited.
Menetus Fischer, Man., p. 509, 1883; P. guadeloupensis Sowerby ; not
Menetus Adams, 1855.
Anisus Gray, P. Z. S., 1847, p. 181 ; P. olivaceus Spix ; not Anisus Studer,
1820.
Subgenus Helisoma Swainson.
Helisoma Swainson, Malac, p. 337, 1840 ; P. bicarinatus Sowerby.
Taphius H. and A. Adams, Gen. Rec. Moll., 11, p. 262, 1855 ; P. andecolus
Orbigny.
? Anisopsis Sandberger, Land u. Siissw, Conch, d. Vorwelt, p. 958, 1875 ; P.
loryi Co({., and P. calculus Sandb., Jurassic.
Section Pierosoma Dall, nov.
Helisoma (sp.) Auct., not of Swainson ; P. trivolvis Say.
Section Planorbella Haldeman.
Planorbella Haldeman, Mon. Limn., Physadce, p. 14, 1842 ; P. campanula's
Say.
82 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
Adula H. Adams, P. Z. S., i86i, p. 145 ; P. muUivolvis Case, not Adula
H. and A. Adams, 1857.
Anccrus H. Adams, P. Z. S., 1869, p. 275 ; not Ancaus Fauvel, 1863.
Subgenus Tropidiscus Stein.
Tropidiscus Stein, Schn. u. Muscheln Berlins, p. 76, 1850 ; P. complanatus
Stein ( = marginatus Drap. + umbilicatus Miiller).
Trophidiscus H. and A. Adams, Gen. Rec. Moll,, n, p, 263, 1855, in
synonymy.
Anisus FiTZiNGER, Verz, p. in, 1833, ex parte, not of Studer, 1820, nor
Dujardin, 1821.
Gyrorbis Moquin Tandon, Hist. Moll. Terr, et Fluv. de France, pp. 423, 428,
1885 (not of Fitzinger, 1833); P. carinatus Miiller; Gray's Turton,
new ed., p. 237, 1857.
Tropodiscus Surbeck, Moll. Faun. Vierwaldstattensis, Rev. Suisse de Zool.,
VI. p. 435, 1899.
'^Tropidiscus Westerlund, Act. Soc. Fauna Fennica, xiii, p. 113, 1897, ist
sp. P. umbilicatus Miiller.
';^ Dip/odisctis WESTEKhutiD, op. cit., p. 115, 1897, I St sp, P. vortex Linn£.
Section Paraspira Dall, nov.
Spirorbis Swainson, Malac, p. 337, 1840; P. rotundatus Poiret ( + /*.
vulgaris Swains.), not Spirorbis Daudin, Vermes, 1800.
Gyrorbis Morch, Vidensk. Meddel. Kjob., for 1863, p. 313, 1864, not of
Fitzinger, 1833.
Planorbis (sp.) Agassiz, in Charpentier, Fauna Helv., p. 21, 1837.
Anisus (sp.) Fitzinger, Verz, p. iii, 1833 ; not of Studer, 1820.
Subgenus Hippeutis Agassiz.
Hippeutis Agassiz, in Charpentier, Fauna Helv., p. 22, 1837 ; P. complanatus
Drap. ( = /*. fontanus Lightfoot). — Hartmann, Syst. Uebers,, table,
1840 ; Erd. u. Sussw. Gast., pp. 51, 87, 1844. — Gray, in Turton' s Man.,
ed. II, p. 243, 1857. — Morch, Vidensk. Meddel., 1863, p. 316, 1864.
Hippeutes Mrs. Gray, Figs. Moll. An., iv., p. 119, 1859.
Section Menetus H. and A. Adams.
Menetus H. and A. Adams, Gen. Rec. Moll., 11, p. 262, 1855 ; no type
selected (not of Chenu, 1869, or Fischer, 1883). — Binney, Land and
Fw. Sh. N. Am., 11, p. 125, 1865.
Menetus Dall, Ann. Lye. N. Hist. N. Y., ix, p. 351, 1870; P. opercularis
Gould. — Clessin, Conch. Cab., ed. 11, xvii, p. 33, 1886. — Wester-
lund, Act. Acad. Sci. Slav. Merid., Zagrabiae, CLi, p. 120, 1902, P.
boissyi Pot. et Mich.
Heterodiscus Westerlund, op. cit., 1902, not of Sharp, 1886, Insecta. P.
libanicus Westerlund,
Section Drepanotrema Crosse and Fischer.
Drepanotrema C. and F., Miss. Sci. Mexique, 11, pp. 59, 75, pi. xxxiii, fig.
2, 1880; P. yzabalensis C. & F, ; Fischer, Man., p. 509, 1883.
FAMILY LYMN^EID^ 83
Section Bathyomphalus Agassiz.
Baihyomphalus Agkssiz, in Charpentier, Fauna Helv., p. 20, 1837 ; P. contortus
Drap. — Hartmann, Syst. Uebers. Gast, table, 1840. — Westerlund
Acta Acad. Sci. Slav. Merid., Zagrabiae, cli, p. 120, 1902.
Polygyrus Gray, P. Z. S., 1847, p. 181 ; P. contortus Muller ; not of Beck,
1837, nor Polygyra Say, 1818.
Bathyomphalus Gray, in Turton, Man., 2d ed., p. 244, 1857.
Discoidina Stein, Schn. u. Muscheln Berlins, p. 82, 1850 ; P. contortus
Muller.
Subgenus Gyxaulus Agassiz.
Gyraulus Agassiz, in Charpentier, Fauna Helvetica, p. 21, 1837 ; ist sp. P.
hispidus Drap. {= albus MiiUer). — Hartmann, Syst. Uebers., table,
1840; Gast., V, pp. 89, 95, 1844. — MoQUiN Tandon, Hist. Moll. Terr,
et Fluv., II, p. 438, 1855.
Planaria Brown, 111. Conch. Gt. Brit., expl. pi. 51, figs. 48, 49^^, 1827 ;
not Planaria Muller, 1776.
Trochlea Haldeman, Am. Joum. Sci., xlii, p. 216, 1841.
Giraulus MoQUiN Tandon, Hist. Moll. Terr, et Fluv. de France, 11, p. 423,
1855.
Nautilina (pars) Stein, Schn. u. Muscheln Berlins, p. 80, 1850.
Gyrulus Gray, in Turton, Man., 2d ed., p. 234, 1857, in syn.
Gyraulus Gray, op. cit., p. 234, 1857, P. albus Muller. — Westerlund,
Acta Acad. Sd. Slav, Merid., Zagrabiae, cli, p. 121, 1902.
Section Armiger Hartmann.
.<4/7«/^<?r Hartmann, Syst. Uebers., table, 1840; Gast., v, p. 172, 1842 ; P.
crista (L.). — Westerlund, Acta Acad. Sci. Slav. Merid., cli, p. I2i,
1902.
Nautilina (sp.) Stein, Schn. u. Muscheln Berlins, p. 81, 1850.
Section Torquis Dall, nov.
Type P. parvus Say.
{Incerte sedisJ)
? Section Heterodiscus Westerlund.
Heterodiscus Westerlund, Rad. Jugoslav. Akad. (Acta Acad. Sci. Slav.
Merid.), en, p. 120, Zool. Rec, XL, 1903, Moll., p, 63. Type Planorbis
libanicus Westerlund, Not Heterodiscus Sharp, Insecta, 1 886,
.? = Planorbina Haldeman, 1842, q. v.
The genus Planorbis is frequently ascribed to Guettard or Geoff roy,
neither of whom accepted (in the papers where this name appears) the
Linnean nomenclature. If we are to cite non-Linnean authors we
must go back much further, for Petiver used the name in 1 702 for a
species which Linn6 afterward named Helix spirorbis. Another
non-Linnean name is Coretus of Adanson, which he applied to a
minute species an eighth of an inch in greatest diameter. Gray in
1847, ^y some error cites Planorbis corneus as Adanson's type, which
84 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
is, of course, absurd. The first author to introduce Planorbis to
binomial literature was O. F. Miiller, but as he used it, it was applicable
to all aquatic Pulmonates with filiform tentacles, thus including Physa.
Cuvier in 1798 cited three species, of which P. corneus was the first
and P. cornu-arietis the second. In 1799 Lamarck cited the second
species, and repeated this citation in 1801. But P. cornu-arietis^ of
which the soft parts and operculum were then unknown, does not
agree with Lamarck's diagnosis and cannot be accepted as a type of
the genus Planorbis. Draparnaud names no types, and only in 18 10
does Montfort establish definitely the type of the genus as P. corneus.
Subsequent selection of other types by later authors is, of course, of
no effect. Anisus Studer was an exact synonym of Planorbis Miil-
ler, not Montfort, but Fitzinger, in 1833, made an effort to retain the
name for a section of the true Planorbes. It is probable, however, that
the name, which was intended to comprise two older genera already
named, should be entirely eliminated from accepted nomenclature, as
a gross violation of the rules. At any rate the name was used for
a beetle by Dujardin in 182 1, and no subsequent use of it is advisable
for Mollusks.
Little is known of the anatomical characteristics of the various
species, but much similarity is noted among those for which data are
available. As to the shells, a wide variation is observable in form and
sculpture, though as usual the peripheral species grade toward each
other in the several groups. The great majority of the species present
the peculiarity of the whorls rising above the original apex, which
becomes basal, the shell (apparently sinistral) thus becoming what has
been called ultra-dextral. The most obvious characters of the latter
may be contrasted as follows :
Subgenus Planorbis s. s. Shell discoid, ultra-dextral, large, with a
moderate number of gradually enlarging whorls rounded above and
below ; the aperture slightly and gradually expanded, with its margin
simple and sharp. Type P. corneus Miiller.
Section Planorbina Haldemann. Shell like Planorbis s. s. but verti-
cally compressed, with smaller and more numerous whorls and a
very oblique aperture. Type P. olivaceus Spix.
Subgenus Helisoma Swainson. Shell of moderate size, few whorled,
the whorls carinate above and below and rapidly enlarging ; spire
and base funicular, aperture suddenly expanded, with a thickened
peritreme. Type P. bicarinatus (Say) Sowerby.
There is no doubt that Sowerby's and Say's species are identical. I
am unable to find distinctive characters in figures or diagnoses which
FAMILY LYMN^ID^E 85
would differentiate Taphius Adams from Hells oma ; and Anlsopsls
Sandberger, from the Jura, is very similar, though the aperture is not
preserved in the fossils and may have been simple.
Section Plerosoma Dall Shell large, high, with few transversely
sculptured whorls ; the early whorls carinate and flattened above,
funicular below ; in the adult the flattened apex is usually depressed
below the upper level of the ultimate whorl ; the aperture is suddenly
expanded and thickened. Type P. trivolvls Say.
Section Planorbella Haldeman. Like Hellsoma but smaller, with more
numerous whorls, with the last whorl strongly constricted behind a
campanulate aperture ; a fiattish or even slightly convex upper sur-
face ; the base funicular. Type P. campanulatus Say.
The P. multlvolvls Case differs from the type of Planorbella chiefly
by its more numerous and closely coiled early whorls. In both a
second year's growth shows a varix due to the retention of the aper-
ture of the preceding year. Two preoccupied names were applied to
P. multivolvis by Adams, but a study of specimens leads to the con-
clusion that its separation is unwarranted.
Subgenus Tropidiscus Stein. Shell depressed, the adult periphery
angular or carinate, the aperture oblique, slightly expanded, simple.
Type P. umbilicatus MuUer {^■\- P. complanatus Stein) .
Section Tropidiscus s. s. Shell moderately large and with compara-
tively few rapidly increasing whorls of which the junior portions
are not keeled. Type P. umbilicatus Miiller.
This subgenus was called ' Gyrorbis Agassiz,' by Moquin Tan-
don, but Agassiz never proposed any such genus or group, the name
Gyrorbis having been applied to a subdivision of Valvata by Fitz-
inger. Moquin Tandon's error was copied by Gray, and later by
Westerlund, who, still later, having become aware that Fitzinger's
name existed, proposed for the group already named by Stein, the
name Diplodiscus ; which naturally becomes a synonym of Tropi-
discus Stein. Nevertheless, since Westerlund arranged his really
typical ' Gyrorbis ' under Tropidiscus.^ and grouped under his new
name the species of which P. vortex is an example (though without
mentioning any type) and gave a suitable diagnosis, it may not be
stretching the rules of nomenclature too far to retain his name for the
following section.
Section Diplodiscus Westerlund (restricted). Shell small, with
numerous slowly enlarging whorls keeled or angulate from the
beginning. Type P. vortex Linn^.
86 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
Section Paraspira Dall, nov. Shell resembling Diplodiscus^ but
with the whorls rounded throughout, and the aperture simple,
hardly expanded. Type P. rotundatus Poiret.
Subgenus Hzppeutis Agassiz. Shell small, lenticular, with a small
number of rapidly increasing whorls, the last enveloping a large
part of the preceding whorl ; apex slightly depressed, base with a
narrow umbilicus, aperture oblique, with a thin sharp margin. Type
P.fontanus Lightfoot, European.
Section Drepanotrema Crosse and Fischer. Shell resembling Hip-
peutis^ but less depressed, the whorls with a rounded periphery
widest at the base, giving a domelike profile, umbilicus variable,
from narrow to very wide. Type P. yzabalensis C. and F.
This group occurs in the Antilles, Mexico, Central and South
America, where it represents the Palearctic Hippeutis.
Section Menetus H. and A. Adams. Like Hippeutis^ but the last
whorl not enveloping the preceding whorls to any marked extent.
Type Planorbis opercularis Gould.
Section Bathyomphalus Agassiz. Shell like Drepanotrema^ but with
numerous closely coiled whorls, a flattish summit with the periphery
nearer to it than to the base, the umbilicus moderate, exposing less
of the coil than the summit shows. Type P. contortus Drap.
Subgenus Gyraulus Agassiz. Shell small, flattish, with few, rapidly
increasing whorls, fully exposed above and below, with a nearly
median periphery, spirally striate and hispid ; aperture simple,
sharp-edged, oblique. Type Planorbis albus Miiller.
Section Torquis Dall, nov. sect. Like Gyraulus s. s. but with more
rounded, less rapidly increasing whorls, not hispid or spirally striate,
the aperture expanded and slightly thickened in the adult. Type
P. parvus Say.
Section Armiger Hartmann. Shell small, with few, rapidly increas-
ing, costate whorls, the costae projecting at the periphery ; the form
in a general way like Gyraulus.
A discussion of the species follows.
* Planorbis (Planorbina) glabratus Say.
Planorbis glabratus Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci., I, p. 280, 1818 (South
Carolina).
Planorbis lentus Say, Am. Conch., vi, pi. iv, fig. i, 1834 (New Orleans).
This species is by no means always polished, and on a dull speci-
men of it I believe the later P. lentus Say to have been founded,
though the latter name has been widely misapplied to senile specimens
FAMILY LYMN^ID^
87
l-.^.L-,. Plan-
orbis bicarina-
tus Say.
of trivolvis such as occur in the north and east, if not throughout the
range of the latter.
Planorbis (Helisoma) bicarinatus Say.
Planorbis bicarinatus Say, Nicholson's EncycL, ist ed., vol. 11 (no pagina-
tion), No. 2, pi. I, fig. 4, 1817 (Lake Erie) ; not of Lamarck, 1822. —
BiNNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., 11, p. 123, fig. 205, 1865.
Helix engonata Rackett, 1822 ; + Planorbis engonatus Conrad, 1834.
Range. — The United States east of the Rocky Mountains ; east-
ern Canada.
Lake Superior to Lake Winnipeg ! Lake Manitoba ; Moose Fac-
tory, Hudson Bay ! the lower Saskatchewan River at Grand Rapids !
Knee Lake, Keewatin ! Portland, Oregon ! Yaqui
River, W. Mexico !
This well defined species has probably been carried
down stream from the sources of the Columbia River,
in the same manner as some other east American spe-
cies. It cannot be regarded as permanently estab-
lished on the Pacific slope, as yet. It varies consider-
ably in size, and for exceptionally developed specimens
from Benzie Co., Mich., Walker has proposed the
varietal name major.
Planorbis (Pierosoma) corpulentus Say.
Planorbis corpulentus Say, Long's Exp., 11, p. 262, pi. xv, fig. 9, 1824 (not
of Binney et ai.) — Bryant Walker, Nautilus, xiii, No. 12, April,
1900, pp. 133-138.
Range. — Northern Ontario from Lake Simcoe to
Rainy Lake, Lake of the Woods, Winnipeg River
and Lake ! to Vermilion Lake, Lat. 56° 30', in
Athabaska.
Knee Lake, Keewatin ! Isle h. Lacrosse Lake ! and
English River ! Rat Portage ; northern Michigan and
Minnesota.
This well marked species was unknown to Binney,
and has been united mistakenly with trivolvis and
others. It belongs to the colder northeastern portion
of the continent and its complete range is yet un-
known. It has not been identified from the region west of the Rockies.
Mr. Walker's note on this species may be consulted with profit.
Planorbis (Pierosoma) binneyi Tryon.
Planorbis binneyi Tkyo's, Am. Joum. Conch., iii, p. 197, 1867. — Halde-
MAN, Mon. Limn., 19, pi. iii, figs. 7-9, 1844.-
Sh. N. Am., II, p. 103, fig. 175, 1865.
Fig. 65. Plan-
orbis corpulen-
tus Say. \.
-Binney, Land and Fw,
08 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
Range. — West of the Rockies and east of the Cascade Mountains
on the Pacific slope.
Oregon (Nuttall) ; Lewis or Snake River, Oregon ! Clear Lake,
Calif. ! In British Columbia in eastern Kootenai Lake, Lake Siniak-
wateen, and Osoyoos Lake !
As pointed out by Binney, this is quite distinguishable from any
form of trivolvis ; it differs from the true corpulentus^ with which it
was long confounded, in its sparser and less regular axial sculpture,
larger and less campanulate aperture, and in the greater distance of the
carina from the axis. Its whorls increase more rapidly than in P.
traskii Lea, or even P. ammon Gould,^ and its sculpture is markedly
coarser and less regular than in either of the two last cited. It is not
known north of British Columbia or east of the Rocky Mountains.
Figs. 66, 67. Planorbis binneyi, showing animal and shell.
Planorbis (Pierosoma) trivolvis Say.
Planorbis trivolvis Say, Nicholson's Encyc, isted., 11 (no pagination), pi. il,
fig. 2, 1817 ; Am. Conch., vi, pi. 54, fig. 2, 1834 (French Creek, Lake
Erie).
Planorbis macrostotnus Whiteaves, 1863 (abnormal) ; -f P. lentus Gould, and
many other writers, but not of Say ; + P. lumens various California
writers.
Planorbis subcrenatus Carpenter, P. Z. S., 1856, p. 220.
Range. — The typical form belongs to the entire Atlantic drainage
of North America and the Mississippi Valley and northward to the
Etchimamish River.
English River, Keewatin ; Lake Winnipeg, Manitoba ; Cypress
Hills ! Assiniboia ; Prairie Lake, Red River of the North ! ; the
Saskatchewan River, Laggan, Egg Lake, Red Deer, McLeod, and
Olds, Alberta; Lake Isle Lacrosse, Athabaska; Great Slave Lake,
at Fort Resolution ! and the Mackenzie River at old Fort Simp-
1 These two species, judged by their types, which are before me, are suffi-
ciently distinct from any of those which have been confounded with them. In-
deed the true P. traskii from Kern Lake, Calif., is one of the most remarkable
species in our fauna. It was also found by me at Stockton, Calif., and seems to
have been unknown, autoptically, to Binney.
FAMILY LYMN-«ID^
89
son ! (N. Lat. 62°) . We have it from Moose Factor}' ! the Slave
River 25 miles below Peace River ! Lake Winnipeg ! the Grand
Rapids of the Saskatchewan River ! and hundreds
of more southern localities.
The variety suhcrenatus Carpenter (Oregon,
Nuttall) occurs in British Columbia west of the
Cascades ; being, according to J. K. Lord, replaced
east of them by P. binneyi. We have it from
the Puget Sound drainage ! Lake La Hoche !
and Sumas Lake, B. C. ! A distorted variety
(^disjectus Cooper) is reported from Lake Tahoe,
Calif., at a height of 6,247 feet above the sea.
The young shell was described from Pueblo Val-
ley, Oregon, by Tryon in 1865, as P. oregonen-
sis. In 1870 Cooper called the more common adult (but not senile)
form P. occidentalis ^ and later confounded it with the Mexican P.
tumens Cpr., and gave it a range in California from Kern Lake,
Tulare Co., north to Puget Sound, and, in the coast drainage, to San
Francisco Bay. There is a doubt as to whether Planorbis hornii
Fig. 68. Planor-
bis trivolvis.
Fig. 69. Planorbis trivolvis var. macrostomus Whiteaves.
Tryon (1865), from "Fort Simpson, British America," came from
Fort Simpson on the Mackenzie River, or Fort Simpson, British
Columbia ; but the figure looks more like the Pacific variety, of which
it is probably only a mutation. We have specimens from various
places in California, and Wallawalla, Wash., labelled P. hornii which
are merely a depauperate form of suhcrenatus.
On the other hand, from the Dall River, a northern affluent of the
Yukon in Alaska, in N. Lat. 66°, we have the typical form of trivolvis
90 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
Stretching westward with the Yukon drainage ! I have never seen any
specimens corresponding exactly to Tryon's figure of P. hornii^ but
the variations I have seen of P. subcrenatus often approach it so
closely that I have little doubt of their identity. P. macros totnus
seems, from an examination of the types, to be a form of trivolvis
which has survived a year longer than usual, in a locality where it was
not stinted in lime, resulting in a remarkably fine shell with richly
colored aperture.
Planorbis (Planorbella) campanulatus Say.
Planorbis campanulatus Say, Journ. Acad. Nat, Sci. Phila., 11, p. 166, Jan.,
1821 (Cayuga Lake, N, Y.). — Haldeman, Mon. Limn., p. 9, pi. i,
figs. 7-1 1, 1844.
Planorbis bellus Lea, 1844 (immature shell) + P. complanatus Miller Christy,
1885.
Range. — The type: New England to Tennessee, Florida and
northward ; Anticosti Island ! Lake Superior to the Saskatchewan; L.
Winnipeg, Red River of the North, Nelson and English Rivers ;
Moose Factory ! Great Slave Lake, N. Lat. 62° ; Lake
of the Woods !
Variety rudentis : Knee Lake, Hayes River, Kee-
watin, N. Lat. 55° (E. A. Preble) !
This well known species is confined to the Atlantic,
Mackenzie, and Hudson Bay watersheds, and has not
, . ' been reported north of Great Slave Lake. So far
orbts campanu- ^ ,
latus Say. ^^ '^'^ specimens examined go to show, it is rather re-
markably uniform in its characters, the number of
whorls remaining always about the same, though the actual size
varies with the food supply and healthfulness of the environment.
A form which may prove distinct, or a variety of this species, was
collected by Mr. Preble at Knee Lake. The comparative measure-
ments are :
Whorls. Major Diam. Minor Diam. Axis.
Type. 4.75 15.0 mm. II mm. 6.5 mm.
Variety. 5.25 17.5 14 6.0
Very similar specimens were obtained from Anticosti Island and
from Marl Lake, Michigan, in which the coil is even more irregularly
wound, a condition I take to be pathological. The most noticeable
difference, after the axially shorter whorls and larger size, is in the
umbilicus, which in the variety is, as it were, reamed out, exhibiting
three and a half whorls ; while in the more compact type the umbilicus
when examined with a lens shows only two and a half whorls, which
FAMILY LYMN^ID^ 9I
diminish in size much more rapidly than in the variety. The campan-
ulate aperture is about the same size in both forms, but seems larger
in the type because the rest of the shell is so much more tightly
wound. The suture on the apical side seems deeper and wider than
in the type. Nine specimens of the variety were obtained, and I sug-
gest for it the name rudentis^ from the similarity of the whorls to a
coiled hawser.
Planorbis (Menetus) ezacuous Say.
Planorbis exacuous Say, Joum. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., II, p. 168, Jan., 1 821
(Lake Champlain) ; Long's Exp. Rep., 11, p. 261, 1824.
Planorbis exacutus Gould, Inv. Mass., p. 208, fig. 137, 1841. — Haldemax,
Mon. Limn., p. 21, pi. iv, figs. 1-3, 1844.
Paludina hyalina Lea, 1839 (scalariform monstrosity).
Range. — Northern United States, east of the Rockies; Canada,
etc., south to New Mexico.
Lake Superior to Lake Winnipeg ! Manitoba generally ; Moose
Factory, Hudson Bay ! Left bank of the Yukon below Fort Yukon,
Alaska, in Pleistocene marl (A. J. Collier) !
Variety megas Dall, nov. : Birtle, Manitoba (R. M. Christy) .
This species has a number of varieties both in size and form. The
typical shell is of a pale brownish horn color, with a somewhat glisten-
ing surface, rather rudely striated by the incremental lines, and with
faint, almost microscopic, revolving striae. The form is lenticular,
coming to an acute angle at the periphery. In 1863 I found in the
vicinity of Marquette, Michigan, an unusually depressed brownish
variety in which the peripheral keel was delicately serrate. In the
northwestern part of its range the tendency is for the species to become
whitish and of a larger size than the average New York or New
England specimens. This reaches its maximum in specimens col-
lected in Manitoba by Mr. R. Miller Christy, for which I propose the
varietal name megas. The comparative measurements are as follows :
Whorls.
Max. Diam.
Min. Diam.
Axis.
Type.
3-33
4.7 mm.
3.7 mm.
I.o mm,
Variety.
3-75
7.8
6.0
2.0
The variety is of a slightly milky translucency ; on the base the
whorl is more or less impressed within the peripheral keel and the
spiral striation is much more marked than in the typical form.
Binney has united with this species Planorbis lens Lea, 1839 (not
Brongniart, 1810) = P. lenticularis Lea, 1844 (not Schlotheim,
1818) = /*, hrongniartiana Lea, 1842 ; but an examination of Lea's
92 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
cotypes, now in the National Museum, makes it evident that Dr.
Gould was right in referring this form to P. dilatatus Gould, 1841 (not
Pfeiffer, 1841^), or dilatus Haldeman, 1844. To this latter form, in
my opinion, should be united, as local races, P. buchanensis Lea,
1844, and P. alabamensis Pilsbry. The young of P. exacuous Say
frequently approach dilatatus^ but the latter can usually be distin-
guished by its axial height being greater, its columella more vertical,
and the substance of the shell, especially in southern specimens, more
thick and solid. The aperture of the adult dilatatus is usually dis-
tinctly thickened by a deposit of callus, but in exacuous I have never
observed more than a very thin wash of shelly matter around the open-
ing. I have spelled the name of this species as Say did in two sepa-
rate works ; as he gave no derivation it seems to me we have no right
to correct his spelling on purely theoretical grounds.
Planorbis (Menetus) opercularis Gould.
Planorbis opercularis Gould, Proc, Boston Soc. N, Hist., ir, p. 212, 1847;
Moll, U. S. Expl. Exp., p. 113, Atlas, figs. 132, 132, a-<5, 1852 (Sacra-
mento River, Calif.).
Planorbis planulatus Cooper, Rep. Nat. Hist. Wash. Terr., p. 378, 1859 ;
Pacific R. R. Rep., xii, p. 378. — Binney, Land and Fw. Shells N. Am.,
pt. II, p. 126, fig. 209, 1865.
Planorbis centervillensis Tryon, Mon. Fr, Univ. Moll. U.S.,
p. 57, Planorbis, pi. vii, figs. 7-9, 1872.
Planorbis opercularis var. oregonensis Vanatta, Nautilus,
IX, p. 53, Sept., 1895 ; not P. oregonensis Tryon,
1865.
Planorbis callioglyptus Vanatta, Nautilus, ix, p. 54, 1895.
Range. — San Francisco and northward, west of the
Sierra Nevada.
Type form : California ! Oregon ! Washington
near Seattle !
Variety flanulatus W. Cooper: Whidbey Island,
Puget Sound ! Shawnigan Lake, Vancouver Island !
Fig. 71. Plan- Seattle, Wash. ! Freeport, Wash. ! Victoria, B. C. !
orbisopercularis Campbell's Creek, B. C. ! Pender Island, B. C. !
Gould (typical). ^ . ' ., , t^ • -r, ,
Atka Island, Aleutians, Alaska, near Korovm Bay !
Variety centervillensis Tryon : Alameda, Calif. ! Noyo River,
Calif. ! San Leandro, Calif. ! Oregon ; Unalaska Island, Alaska I
Variety oregonensis Vanatta : Salem and Portland, Oregon !
^ I learn through Prof, von Martens that Pfeiffer's species was published in
the double part v-vi, of the Archiv fur Naturgeschichte, either in the last part
of 1841 or the earlj portion of 1842, so that Gould's priority is certain.
FAMILY LYMN-(EID^ 93
This species is the analogue of P. exacuous Say on the Pacific
Coast. The typical form from the Sacramento River and the vicinity
of San Francisco Bay is quite lenticular, with the periphery marked
by a (frequently marginated) keel. The shell itself is pale yellow or
white under a rather strong periostracum, which is
almost invariably more or less discolored by deposits
of a brown or black color. The sculpture is like that \ ■ -i
of exacuous^ the spiral sculpture being faint and Fig. 72. Plan-
sometimes absent in southern specimens, and tending orbts opercularts
to be emphasized in northern ones. As a rule the ^ * ^
. . . Cooper,
margin of the aperture is not thickened except in
young specimens which have been overtaken by drought or winter
before maturity. The keel is generally, but not always, present in
southern shells, but those from Oregon and northward show a tend-
ency to form a shell either without a noticeable keel, or with the keel
forming a margin to a plane upper surface, rather than a median
carina. When compared with Cooper's types in the National Museum
Mr. Vanatta's P. callioglyptus is seen to be identical. The variety ore-
gonensis retains the typical form but has stronger spiral sculpture. I
regard P. centervillensis of Tryon as a P. flanulatus with the keel
obsolete. What appear to be intergradational forms are numerous in
the large series of the National Museum ; though it would seem incred-
ible to any one possessing only the extremes that they can belong to
the same species.
Planorbis (Gyraulus) hirsutus Gould.
f Planorbis albus Muller, Verm. Terr, et Fluv., il, p. 164, 1774.
Planorbis hirsutus Gould, Am. Journ. Sci., xxxviii, p. 196, 1840; Inv.
Mass., p. 206, pi. XI, fig. 135, 1841.
Planorbis borealis (LovkN) Westerlund, Mai. BL, xxri, p. TJ, 1875.
Range. — Washington, D. C. ! northward, east of
the Mississippi. Lake Superior ! Lake of the Woods !
Lake Winnipeg and the Saskatchewan River ! Great
„ _, Slave Lake !
Fig. 73. Plan-
orbis hirsutus ^^^' ^orealis Westerlund: Port Clarence, Alaska.
Gould, f. Northern Sweden.
This species appears to be common only in New
England, if one may trust reports, and it is remarkable how few
records there are of it in the literature of American fresh water shells.
The shell is variable in form ; from having, in what I have re-
garded as the type, well rounded nearly cylindrical whorls, it varies to
a form more or less depressed and carinate and with an oblique aper-
^ LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
ture, which, when it has lost its hispid periostracum, can hardly be
distinguished from the shell which is usually called dejlectus of Say.
This latter form, which, when in perfect condition, is fully as hairy
as the typical hirsutus^ is apparently identical with the shell
which European writers catalogue under the name draparnaudi
or draparnaldi of Sheppard. In its best state this has a peripheral
fringe of longer hairs than those elsewhere on the surface, beneath
which is usually, but not always, a faint peripheral keel like that of
P. dejlectus Say, which is distinguishable, so far as the shell is con-
cerned, only by its less profuse and hairy periostracum. I should not
be at all surprised if the two were eventually shown to be extremes of
one specific form, especially as I have been unable to find specimens of
typical dejlectus which do not somewhere exhibit traces of spiral stri-
ation like that of P. hirsutus. The identity of our American species
with the so-called P. alhus Muller, of Europe, I do not doubt, but
whether the name albus is the proper one to use for the latter is open
to question, and on the present occasion I prefer to use a name about
whose application no doubt can exist. The differences which have
been reported to exist between the New England and the European
shell are due to the comparison being made between discrepant varie-
ties. If a series including all varieties from many different localities
in Europe, be compared with a similar American series, parallels for
each variation will be found.
Planorbis borealis (Loven MS.) Westerlund, after specimens fur-
nished by Westerlund, is merely a somewhat delicately sculptured
mutation of this species.
Planorbis (Gyraulus) deflectus Say.
Planorbis deflectus Say, Long's Exp. Rep., ii, p. 261, pi. xv, fig. 8, 1824. —
Haldeman, Mon. Limn., p. 25, pi. iv, figs. 4-7, 1844
(N. W. Territory).
Planorbis virens Adams, 1840 ; young shell.
Planorbis obliquus De Kay, 1843.
Range, — In America the same as that of P. hir-
FiG. 74. Plan- ,
,. , J, . sutus.
orbts deflectus ■, , -r ■, , ■, -.tt -y , r^ 01
gg 2 Ottawa, Canada ! Lake of the Woods ! Great Slave
Lake ! Dall River, Alaska, Lat. (>(i° N, ! Popof Island,
Shumagins, Alaska (Kincaid) !
Doubtfully distinct from the preceding species. It differs chiefly
from the variety draparnaudi by the feebleness or absence of the
hispidity of the periostracum. The deflection of the aperture and the
consequent form of the mouth of the shell are inconstant characters,
FAMILY LYMN^IDvE 95
although they have been called ' characteristic * by the very authors
whose evidence shows the inconstancy.
Planorbis (Torqxiis) parvus Say.
Planorbis parvus Say, Nicholson's Enc, ist ed., ii (no pagination), pi. i, fig.
5, 1817. — Haldeman, Mon. Limn., p. 27, pi. iv, figs. 19-23, 1844
(Delaware R.) — Binnev, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., il, p. 133, figs. 222-
223 (not 224), 1865.
Planorbis concavus Anthony, MS., various catalogues.
Planorbis elevatus C. B. Adams, Bost. Joum. N. Hist., ill, p. 327, pi. Ill, fig.
16, 1840 ; young shell (S. Boston).
Planorbis billingsi Lea, 1866, from types (Ottawa, Canada).
Range. — In America, the whole of eastern North America from
Florida to N. Lat. 67°, and the Yukon drainage system.
Ottawa, Canada ! northward and westward to Lake Winnipeg ! the
Saskatchewan River ! Alberta at Laggan, Olds and McLeod ; Mani-
toba at Brandon and Birtle ! Methy Lake ; Moose Factor^' ! Fort
Simpson, Mackenzie River ! Lake Bennett, Yukon Territory ! Left
bank of the Yukon below Fort Yukon, Alaska !
The most striking characteristic of this widespread species is its
'reamed out' umbilicus. P. limophilus Westerlund, its nearest
European analogue, may be distinguished at once by its shallow and
flattish umbilicus. It rarely shows any trace of spiral sculpture and,
when clean, is brightly polished. In the last whorl of
the adult the portion above the periphery is usually
somewhat flattened or obliquely depressed.
Planorbis (Torquis) vermicularis Gould.
Planorbis vermicularis Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. N. Hist.,
II, p. 212, 1847 ; Moll. U. S. Expl. Exp., p. 112, pi.,
figs. 131, Or-b, 1852 (Oregon).
Range. — Northern California ! Oregon ! and Van-
couver Island, British Columbia !
On comparison, the t3^e of P. vermicularis is seen
to have vertically deeper whorls than a specimen of P. i '
parvus of the same number and diameter. The aper- Fig. 75. Plan-
ture is more expanded, and much larger, as one °^^" vennicu-
would expect from the greater lumen of the whorl. '^!'1^Z. ' ''"^^
Specimens from middle and southern California have
a different aspect and may prove on more careful study to belong to P.
parvus. They certainly do not agree with the Oregon shell, which,
however, I have seen from Noyo, California.
96 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
Planorbis (Torquis) nathorsti Westerlund.
Planorbis na//iors/iW esteklvhd, Vega Expd., iv, p. 168, 1887. — Posselt,
Consp. Fauna Gronl. Moll., p. 162, 1898.
Aulatsivik, West Greenland (Sofia Expedition) ; Labrador (Storer).
This species is said to approach I^. arch'cus, but has four and a
half turns in a diameter of 3.5 mm., while the latter turns only three
and a half times in 5.0 mm. I^. nathorsti has spiral as well as trans-
verse striation. It has not been figured.
Some specimens in the National Museum collected in Labrador ex-
hibit about four turns in 3.5 mm. diameter, according to my calcula-
tion, but so much personal equation enters into the estimation of the
extent of the first whorl that I am inclined to think they belong to
Westerlund's species, in which case it is intermediate between /arz^wj
and arcticus^ but without the excavated umbilicus of the former.
Planorbis (Torquis) arcticus Moller.
Planorbis arcticus (Beck, MS.) Moller, Index Moll. Gronl., p. 5, 1842. —
MoRCH, Am. Journ. Conch., iv, p. 32, pi. iv, fig. 9, 1868. — Morch, in
Rink's Danish Greenland, p. 436, 1877.
Range. — West Greenland ! Fort Chimo, Ungava, Labrador !
Species with larger whorls, the last more expanded near the aper-
ture, and with the sides of the umbilicus not excavated as in P. parvus
Say.
Planorbis (Torquis) umbilicatellus Cockerell.
Planorbis umbilicaius Taylor, Journ. Conch., iv, p. 351, 1885 ; not of Mul-
ler, 1774. Manitoba.
Planorbis wnbilicatellus CocKKR.E\A^, Conch. Exch. , li, p. 68, Nov., 1887. —
Vanatta, Nautilus, ix. No. 10, p. 117, 1896.
Range. — From Mesilla, New Mexico ! northward, through Col-
orado, Montana, Iowa, Minnesota, to Manitoba.
Rapid City, Birtle, Brandon ! in Manitoba ; McLeod, Red Deer,
Olds, Laggan, in Alberta.
Planorbis (Armiger) crista Linn^.
Nautilus crista Linn6, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 709, 1758.
Turbo nautileus Linn6, Syst. Nat., ed. xii, p. 1241, 1767.
Planorbis imbricatus Muller, Hist. Verm. Terr., li, p. 165, 1774-
Planorbis cristatus Draparnaud, Hist., p. 44, pi. il, figs. 1-3, 1805.
Planorbis nautileus Gray, Turton's Man. Land and Fw. Shells, p. 236, pi.
VIII, fig. 94, 1857.
Planorbis costatus De Tar and Beecher, leaflet of one page, Albany, Oct.
25, 1878.
Planorbis crista Woodward, Brit. Nonmarine Moll., in Journ. Conch., x, p.
355. 1903-
FAMILY LYMN^ID^ 97
Range. — Europe, Algeria, in the Old World ; in America at Cari-
bou, Aroostook Co., Maine! Hamilton and Ottawa, Canada; Ann
Arbor, Michigan ! Red Deer in Alberta ; Manitoba.
This small and inconspicuous species will doubtless be found in
many other localities when thorough search is made.
Genus Segmentina Fleming.
Segmentina Flemijjg (1817, Edin. Encycl., ed. vii, vol. xil, fide Turton
Manual, p. 116, 1831) ; Brit. An., p. 279, 1828. Ty^c Nautilus lacusiris
(Lightfoot) Montagu. — Haldeman, Men. Limn., iv, p. 14, 1842. —
Stein, Schnecken u. Musch. Berlins, p. 78, 1850. — Westerlund,
Fauna Pal. Reg., v, p. 85, 1885. — Woodward, List Bnt. Nonmarine
Moll., p. 355, 1903.
Hemithalamus Leach (18 19), Proofsheets, p. 137, _/f</<f Turton, Manual, p.
116, 1831. — Fitzinger, Syst. Verz., p. no, 1833. — Rossmassler,
Icon., \, pt. II, p. 15, 1835. — H. nitidus (Muller) Leach = P. Hneatus
JefTreys.
5<gw^«/d:rfa SwAiNSON, Malac, p. 337, 1840 ; lapsus pro Segmentina Fleming.
Hippeutis (sp.) Agassiz in Charpentier, Fauna Helvetica, p. 22, 1837. —
Hartmann, Syst. Uebers, tab., 1840.
Dentatus Gray, P. Z. S., 1847, p. 181, not of Beck, 1837, P. armatus Gray ;
?:=/•. amiigerus Say + P' armiger Beck.
'^ Planorbula Haldeman, Mon. Limn., iv, p. 14, 1842, P. armigerus Sziy.
Discus Haldeman, Mon. Limn., i, p. 4 of cover, July, 1840 (/*. amiigerus
Say), not of Fitzinger, 1883.
This genus w^as founded by Fleming on the Planorbis nitidus of
Muller, of which lacustris Lightfoot, is a synonym. I have not been
able to verify the reference to the Edinburgh Encyclopedia. Leach's
name was circulated in proof sheets, but not actually published or cited
by other authors until after Fleming's description appeared. Beck called
a group of Planorbes '•Dentati' but applied no name to the group,
and the transformation by Gray to ' Dentatus^* as if it had been in-
tended for a generic or subgeneric name, seems quite unwarranted.
The genus may be divided into three groups as follows :
Subgenus Segmentina s. s. Base flattened, coil close, margin of the
aperture simple, sharp ; lamellae ridgelike, several sets persistent in
the adult. Type P. nitidus Muller. Palearctic region.
Subgenus Planorbula Haldeman. Whorls rounded, coil loose, mar-
gin of the aperture simple, sharp, slightly expanded ; lamellae denti-
form, only one set persistent in the adult. Type, P. armigerus
Say. Nearctic region.
Haldemanina Dall, n. sect., whorls carinate above and below, margin
of aperture thickened and reflected ; lamellae complex, dentiform
and ridgelike, one series persistent in the adult. Type, Planorbis
ivheatleyi Lea. Coosa drainage of Alabama.
98 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
The lamellation of Segmentina is composed of irregular undulate
ridges, radiating from the axis of the shell. In Planorbula there are
four dentiform lamellae on the outer and two (one quite small) on the
axial side of the throat, in a general way mostly turned in the direction
of the coil, and the earlier series are absorbed as the animal grows.
The position and shape of these lamellae are remarkably uniform in all
the species. In Haldemanina the lamellae are more elongate and com-
plex, requiring a diagram to define their relations, but on the whole
more like Planorbula than Segmentina. (See Binney, Land and Fw.
Sh. N. Am., II, p. 137, figs. 226-7, 1865.)
Segmentina (Planorbula) armigera Say.
Planorbis armiget^s Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 11, p. 164, 1818. —
Haldeman, Mon. Limn., p. 30, pi. iv, figs. 11-13, 1844. — Gould, Inv,
Mass., p. 205, fig. 138, 1841. Type locality, Upper Missouri.
Planorbis anniger ^^CK, Index, p. 123, 1838.
Range. — New England and the Middle States, south to Georgia,
westward to Nebraska, and northward to Great Slave Lake.
Lake Winnipeg and the Saskatchewan River ! Egg Lake, Saskat-
chewan : Red Deer* Battle River; Great Playgreen Lake, Manitoba;
Fort EUice and Fort Felly; Ver-
^ milion Lake ; Moose Factory- ;
( ^ ^1 ^^^ James Bay ! Fort Resolution, Great
^-y — !(2/ Slave Lake !
Fig. 76. Planor- Fig. 77. Teeth Shell biconcave, of five whorls,
btila armigera Say. of P. -wheatleyi polished, with an ollvaceous peri-
rt, nat. size ; 3, teeth Lea, for com- , _£ t Ui.i
.^ ' ' . ostracum ; upper surface slightly
magnified. parison. . o j
concave in the center, the suture
deep but not channelled, upper surface of the whorls with an obscure
carlnatlon, the last part of the last whorl expanded and suddenly de-
flected downward, base with a steeply funicular umbilicus, exhibiting In
scalar fashion all the whorls, and bordered by an obtuse carina ; peri-
phery of the whorls median, rounded ; lip simple, hardly thickened, con-
tinued across the body by a thin callus ; aperture at an angle of 45° to
the vertical axis ; surface sculptured by fine lines of growth and obso-
lete microscopic, inconstant, spiral striation. Max. diam. 8.0 ; min.
diam. 6.5 ; height 3.0 mm.
This common species extends well to the north, but has not yet been
reported from any part of the Pacific drainage, where it appears to be
replaced by a very similar species, P. declivis Tate, which however has
not yet been collected north of the Umpqua River, Oregon, specimens
from that locality and from Nicaragua being in the National Museum.
FAMILY PHYSID^ 99
Segmentina (Planorbula) christyi n. sp. Plate ii, figs. lo, ii.
Shell resembling P, armigera in a general way but having six
whorls, the upper surface nearly flat, the latter part of the last whorl
in nearly the same plane as the preceding whorls, with no marked
deflection ; the whorls rounded, with no carina above or below ; the
surface sculptured with fine close silky incremental lines and fine sharp
spiral striae, giving a minutely reticulate effect when magnified ; aper-
ture-plane about 25° from the vertical ; teeth very similar in form and
position to those of P. armigera. Max. diam. 10. o; min. diam. 7.5 ;
height 3.0 mm.
High Bluff, Manitoba ! (R. Miller Christy) ; Fort Smith, Mackenzie
River ! (E. A. Preble) .
After comparing these shells with a large series of P. armigera and
finding nothing intermediate, I conclude that this form is worthy of a
name. I have examined seven specimens of P. christyi^ and several
hundred from forty different localities, north and south, of P, armi-
gera. The present form is the largest, flattest, and most sharply
sculptured of the group.
Family PHYSIDiE.
Genus Physa Draparnaud.
</%^^aDRAPARNAUD, Tableau, pp. 31, 52, 1801 ; Hist, des Moll, de France,
pp. 25, 28, 54, 1805; first species Bulla fontinalis Linne. — Roissv,
Moll., V, p. 343, 1805. — Studer, Syst. Verz., p. 25, 1820. — Lamarck,
An. s. Vert., vi, pt. 2, p. 155, 1822. Not of Fitzinger, 1833, norWes-
terlund, 1902.
Enydra Hubner, Zwei Briefe, 18 10 (nomenclature non-Linnean ?).
Physa SowERBY, Genera, fasc. vii {LimncEa), 1822. — Fleming, Brit. An.
p. 276, 1828. — Leach, Proofsheets, p. 150, fide Turton, Man., p. 127,
1831. — Leach, Synops. Moll. Gt. Brit., p. 109, 1852.
Rivicola Fitzinger, Verz. Conch., p. no, 1833. Type B. fontinalis Linne.
<^Physa BiNNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., 11, p. 75, 1865. — Dall, Ann,
Lye. N. H. N. Y., ix, p. 355, 1870. Type P. fontinalis.
Phy sella Haldeman, Men. Limn., i, pp. 14, 38, 1842 ; type P. globosa
Hald. — Dall, op. cit., p. 355, 1870.
Physodon Haldeman, Men. Limn., i, pp. 14, 39, 1842; type P. microstoma
Hald. — Dall, op. cit., p. 356, 1870.
? Diastropha Gray, in Turton, Man., ed. 11, p. 16, 1840; sole ex. Physa
contorta Michaud. — Haldeman, Mon. Limn., in, 3d page of cover,
1841, text, pp. 14, 35, 1842. — MoQUiN Tandon, Hist. Moll. Fr., 11, p.
450, 1855.
f Diastropha 'Guilding,' Gray (Synops. Brit, Mus., 1840, fide Agassiz),
P. Z. S., 1847, p. 180; Physa guildingii Syvz-insoTi.
<^Phyza Risso, Hist. Nat. Eur. Men, iv, p. 96, 1826; .st sp. P. fontinalis
Drap.
'yMacrophysa Meek (MS. 1865), Dall, Ann. Lye. N. H. N. Y., ix, p. 356,
1870 ; type Physa columnaris Deshayes, Eocene.
lOO LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
"^Costatelia Dall, Ann. Lye. N. H. N. Y., ix, p. 355, 1870. Type Physa
costata Newcomb.
'^Costella Meek, Inv. Fos. Upper Missouri, pp. 603-604, 1876 ; lapsus pro
Costatella.
'^Macrophysa Tryon, Struct. Syst. Conch., iii, p. 103, 1884.
.ff«//«a^ Westerlund, Fauna Pal. Reg., p. 54, 1885 (not of Adanson, 1757) ;
Acta Acad. Sci. Slav. Merid., Zagrabiae, cli, p. 119, 1902.
<^Buninus Oken, Lehrb. d. Naturg., sp. x, 302-3, 181 5. B. fontinalis L.,
first species.
This genus has suffered from its resemblance to the sinistral Lym-
naeas and the physiform Planorboids, which have been and still are
frequently confounded with the true Physas. Not until much more is
known of the dentition and soft parts will it be practicable to eliminate
from Physa all the unrelated species. The group containing Isidora^
Physopsis^ etc., is chiefly South European and African, but it is
probable that some of the subtropical American species also belong to
it. The subgenus Phy sella Haldeman, was proposed because the
author believed it to be branchiate instead of pulmonate, but we now
know that undoubted species of Lymncea^ having no access to the
atmosphere, live in the deep waters of some of the Swiss lakes, per-
haps gathering up globules of oxygen freed by aquatic plants ; and
unless some more definite observations show anatomical distinctions
(such as were merely surmised by Haldeman) the group is hardly
worth retention. Physodon Haldeman, so far as the shell is concerned,
differs from Physa s. s. only by an almost imperceptible thickening
below the obscure plait on the pillar, and, in default of other charac-
ters, might well be dispensed with.
The soft parts of Diastropha contorta (Mich.) have not been de-
scribed, and there is some reason to think it may be an Isidora. Gray,
who first introduced it in connection with the above mentioned species,
subsequently listed it as a name (MS. .?) given by Guilding, and men-
tioned as type Physa guildingi Swainson, which is an Aplexa,
The groups into which the genus may confidently be divided are as
follows :
Section Physa s. s. Shell sinistral, ovoid, polished, with a spire shorter
than the length of the aperture, an obscure plait on the pillar, with
the pillar merging gradually into the peristome, the outer lip sharp,
often with a slight thickening internally, the inner lip closely
appressed to the body and pillar, a very small or no umbilicus, the
surface of the shell smooth or microscopically striated. Type Bulla
fontinalis Linn^. Holarctic and Temperate regions of both hemi-
spheres, also Hawaii.
FAMILY PHYSIDvE lOI
? Section Macrophysa Meek. Shell elongate, columnar, large, the
last whorl and aperture small compared with that of the typical
Physa^ the surface axially striated. Type Physa columnaris
Deshayes, Eocene of Paris Basin.
Section Costatella Dall. Shell physiform, polished, sculptured with
axial ribs. Type Physa costata Newcomb.
The section Macrophysa has been affiliated to Isidora by Sandberger
and others, but as the species is only known in the fossil state some
doubt must remain as to its relations. It has somewhat the form of
Isidora ivahlbergi Krauss from South Africa, but the resemblance
may be merely a parallelism and not an indication of relationship, as
we find several species of Isidora absolutely indistinguishable from
true Physa except by anatomical examination.
The groups known as Ameria Adams, Glyptophysa Crosse, Plesio-
physa Crosse and Fischer, Physopsis Krauss, Pulmobravchia Pelsen-
ear, etc., are more or less intimately connected with Isidora Ehrenberg
{Bulinus Adanson) and do not form part of the family Physidce.
None of them occurs in the region to which this paper relates. I am
indebted to the discussion of American Physae by O. A. Crandall in
the Nautilus, volume xv, for assistance in determining the species of
Physa from the north.
Physa heterostropha Say.
Physa heterostropha Say, Nicholson's Encycl., Am. ed. (no pagination), pi.
I, fig. 6, 1817. — Haldeman, Men. Lunn., p. 23, pi. 11, figs. 1-9, 1843.
— BiNNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., 11, p. 84, figs. 144-5, 1865.
Physa piicata De Kay, fragilis Mighels, lata Tryon, pritneana Tryon, and
philippU Kuster, are said to be synonymous by Crandall.
Range. — From the Potomac and Ohio Rivers
northward, and westward to the Mississippi.
Anticosti Island ! Manitoba, Red River of the
North, Lac des Mille Lacs to Lake of the Woods ;
Alberta, at Olds, McLeod and Red Deer. Grand , , .'-,
' ' heterostropha.
Rapids of the Saskatchewan ! L. Winnipeg ! English
River ! Albany River ! near James Bay ; Hudson Bay drainage in
Keewatin at Moose Factory ! and Nelson River ! Lake Isle Lacrosse !
Peace River ! and Great Slave Lake !
Readily recognizable by its form and the absence of microscopic
spiral sculpture. The northern specimens, when dead, are of a beau-
tiful opalescent white with a claret colored apex.
Physa gyrina Say.
Physa gyrina Say, Joum. Acad. Nat. Sci. PhUa., 11, p. 171, 1821. — Halde-
man, Men. Limn., p. 32, pL 3, figs. 1-6, 1843 ; Council Bluffs, Iowa.
I02
LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
Fig. 79. Physa
gyrina var. hild-
rethiana Lea.
Physa hildrethiana Lea, oleacea Tryon, and albofilata Ancey, are united by
Crandall with this species.
Physa fontinalis J. de C. Sowerby (in Richardson), not of Linne.
Range. — The United States east of the Mississippi,
Canada, and northward.
Manitoba ! Lower Saskatchewan near Lake Win-
nipeg ! York Factory, Keewatin ; Great Slave Lake !
Methy Lake to Great Bear Lake (Richardson).
Variety oleacea Tryon, also variety hildrethiana
Lea : Great Slave Lake ; Port Clarence, Alaska (Bean) .
This is the prevalent species over the north country,
extending to the Arctic Circle at Great Bear Lake,
and westward to Bering Strait. It is to be noted
however that Physa in this region is nowhere a common form like
Lymncea or Planorbis ^ or even Aplexa, The varieties noted differ
from one another and from the typical form chiefly in the character
of slenderness.
Physa ancillaria Say.
Physa ancillaria Say, Joum. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., v, p. 124, 1825. —
Haldeman, Men. Limn., p. 27, pi. iii, figs, i-io, 1843, — Gould, Inv.
Mass., p. 213, fig. 142, 1841, — Crandall, Nautilus, xv, No. 4, p. 42,
1901.
Physa vinosa GouLD, and P. crassa Walker, are regarded as subspecies of
P. ancillaria by Crandall, and Binney unites with it P. obesa De Kay.
Range. — The United States northward from the Potomac and Ohio
Rivers, and east of the Mississippi, to the Saskatchewan. Variety
vinosa Gould, Lake Superior.
Manitoba. Lake of the Woods; Lake Winnipeg; and the lower
Saskatchewan River.
The above localities are cited from the literature ; I have seen no
specimens from north of the United States, west of Ontario.
Physa lordi Baird.
Physa lordi Baird, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, for 1863, p.
Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., 11, p. 76, figs. 125-127.
Physa parkeri Currier, in Decamp, List of Shellbearing
Moll, of Mich., Kent Sci. Inst. Misc. Pub., v, p. 15,
pi. I, fig. 3, 1881.
Range. — Washington and British Columbia, east
of the Cascade Mountains, eastward to the northern
peninsula of Michigan, and southward at high alti-
tudes to New Mexico.
Round Lake ! Lake Houghton ! and Lake Douglas ! pj^ g^ pftysa
northern Michigan ! Mingusville, Montana ! Ft. Col- lordi Baird.
68. — Binney,
FAMILY PHYSID^ IO3
ville, Wash. ! Lake Osoyoos, Lat. 49° and Kootenai Lake, British
Columbia; San Rafael, Valencia Co., New Mexico; altitude 6,000
feet!
I find this remarkable species in the National collection labelled P.
parkeri Currier. There is a form very similar in miniature to this,
which occurs in the Gila River, Arizona, and elsewhere in tliat region,
but, while this may be a dwarf form of P. lordi^ I do not feel suffi-
ciently certain to include it in the range of the latter. The Michigan
specimens however are typical, and finely developed, not in any way
to be distinguished from those collected in Washington.
Physa propinqua Tryon.
Physa propinqua Tryon, Am. Joum. Conch., i,"p. 223, pi. 23, fig. 5, 1865 ;
Mon. Fw. Univ., Moll. U. S., pt. 3, p. 132, pi. vi, fig. 13, 1872.
Range. — Jordan Creek, SW. Idaho, west to Puget Sound and
south to Los Angeles, Calif.
Puget Sound drainage ! Sumas Prairie, Fraser River valley, British
Columbia, and elsewhere in the lowlands of British Columbia, east of
the Cascades.
This form closely resembles P. heterostropha Say, and is the shell
which has been listed by that name from the Pacific Coast, where ac-
cording to Tryon and Crandall the true P. heterostropha does not
occur. Whether it is a distinct species, or a special mutation of P.
ampullacea Gould, or a western race of some other species, I do not
feel able to determine, and so I accept Tryon's assurance that it is a
valid species.
Physa ampullacea Gould.
Physa bullata Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. N. Hist., v, p. 128, 1855 ; not of
Potiez et Michaud, 1838.
Physa ampullacea Gould, in Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., 11, p. 79,
figs. 134, 135 (not 133), 1865.
Range. — Oregon and Washington, northward to Norton Sound on
the Pacific Coast.
Oregon ! Lake Oyosa, Washington ! Vancouver Island, near Vic-
toria ; ponds near St. Michael, Norton Sound, Alaska, rare !
A single specimen of what seems to be this species was found among
other shells collected near St. Michael, Alaska, by E. W. Nelson.
Physa (Aplexa?) hordacea Lea.
Physa hordacea Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1864, p. 116; Joum.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., (2), vi, pp. 176, 177, pi. xxiv, fig. 102, 1866;
Obs. Gen. Univ., xi, pp. 132-3, pi. xxiv, fig. 102, 1866.
I04 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
Bulinus hordaceus Tryon, Mon. Fw. Univ. Moll. U. S., p. 170, pi. vii, fig.
19, 1872.
Range. — Oregon, Washington, Vancouver Island.
Fort Vancouver, Wash. ! near Puget Sound, Wash. !
This is the small species, having much the appearance of an Aplexa.,
which has been cited on the authority of Dr. J. G. Cooper as Aplexa
hypnorum from near Puget Sound. This error vs^as afterward cor-
rected by Cooper himself. No observations have been recorded in
regard to the animal, and when these have been made it is entirely pos-
sible that the creature may turn out to be an Aplexa. It is entirely
distinct from A. hypnorutn at any rate
Genus Aplexa Fleming.
Bulla (sp.) Linn6, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 727, 1758. — Gmelin, Syst, Nat., vi,
p. 3428, 1792.
Planorbis (sp.) O. T. Muller, Hist. Verm., 11, p. 169, 1774.
7«r(5<7 (sp.) Walker, Test. Min. var., p. 15, 1787.
<^Bulinus O. T. Muller, in Der Naturforscher (Halle), xv, p. 6, 1781 (after
Adanson, Senegal, p. 5, 1757, non binomial).
<iPhysa Draparnaud, Tableau, pp. 31, 52, 1801 ; Hist, des Moll, de France,
p. 55. 1805.
<iBulifnus PoiRET, Coq. Fluv. et Terr., p. 41, 1801 ; not of Scopoli.
<^Bullinus Oken, Lehrb. d. Naturg., pp. x, 302, 181 5.
Aplexa Fleming, in Sowerby, Gen., fasc. vii, 1822 ; Hist. Brit. An., p. 276,
1828. Ty^Q Bulla hypnorutn Uirmt, 1758.
<iPhyza Risso, Hist. Nat. Eur. Men, iv, p. 96, 1826.
Nauta (Leach, MS.) Turton, Man., p. 129, 1831 (in syn.). — Leach, Syn.
MolL Gt. Brit., p. no, 1852.
<^ Bulinus Beck, Index Moll., p. 116, 1838 ; not Bulinus Beck, op. cit., p.
117, nor Philippi, Handb. Conch., p. 255, 1853.
Pkysa FiTZlNGER, Syst. Verz., p. 110, 1833 ; not of Draparnaud.
AplexusGKK'i, Turton's Man., ed. 11, p. 255, 1840. — Sowerby, Man., ed.
II, p. 70, 1842. — Brown, 111. Conch. Gt. Brit., p. 135, 1844. — Chenu,
Man., I, p. 481, 1859.
Aplexa'R^cvi, Index Moll., p. 116, 1838. — Philippi, Handb. Conch., p. 255,
1853. — MoRCH, Vidensk. Meddel., p. 308, 1864. — Tryon, Struct. Syst.
Conch., Ill, p. 103, 1884.
Nauta Beck (in syn.), Ind. Moll., p. 166, 1838.
Amplexa Brown, 111. Conch. Gt. Brit, ed. 11, p. 31, 1844 (err. type); not
Amplexus Brown, op. cit., p. 45.
Aplecta Herrmannsen, Ind. Gen. Mai., I, p. 65, 1846. — Fischer, Manuel
Conch., p. 511, 1883.
Myxas Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. for 1847, p. 180, not of Leach, 1822.
Bulinus BiNNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N, Am., li, p. 97, 1865. — Dall, Ann.
Lye. N. Hist. N. Y., ix, p. 356, 1870.
Nauta Westerlund, Fauna Pal. Reg., v, p. 57, 1885.
Shells of species allied to Physa., but usually more slender and
elevated, the mantle not extending beyond the margin of the aperture
and its edge entire, without filamentary appendages ; jaw strongly
FAMILY PHYSID^ IO5
arcuated, thin, cartilaginous, without accessory plates ; other charac-
ters as in Physa.
Type Bulla hypnorum Linn^, 1758, Holarctic.
The nomenclature of this genus has been subject to some vicissi-
tudes. In 1757 Adanson, who did not adopt the binomial nomencla-
ture, described a minute shell from the fresh waters of Senegal under
the name of " le Bulin, Bulinus" From its form and size it was
certainly not an Aplexa^ but rather a species of the group called by
Ehrenberg, in 1831, Isidora. This genus has the jaw and radula of a
Planorbis and may be regarded as a physiform relation of the latter
genus. To a considerable extent it replaces Physa in tropical
Africa.
Scopoli in 1777 attempted to utilize Adanson's researches, and
proposed a genus Bulimus in which he included Ltmncea^ Succinea
and Bythinia (sp.), attributing the genus to Adanson and paraphras-
ing Adanson's diagnosis of the characters of the animal. The name
was later used for the large land shells for which it is familiar, but to
which the diagnosis cannot be applied.
It seems almost certain that Bulimus (Scopoli) is a misprint for
Bulinus (Adanson), but, as usual, several authors have not hesitated
to propose a bogus derivation for a name for which the author gave
no derivation, and have ignored the statement of Adanson, who gives
a legitimate and totally different source for the name.
However this may be, Bulimus long had currency in concho-
logical nomenclature for animals with which we are not here con-
cerned, and in 1781 Otho Friedrich Miiller revived Adanson's name
in its original form for the group named Physa by Draparnaud
twenty years later. Miiller included in his list of species Adanson's
type (to which he gave the binomial name Bulinus senegalensis^ ^
Bulinus turritus (= Aplexa hypnorum. L. sp.) and Bulinus perla
(= Physa fontinalis Drap.).
Since he states that his genus is that of Adanson, it follows that
Adanson's sole species must be taken as the type, which eliminates one
of the three groups concerned. For the group represented by Physa
fontinalis Draparnaud's name has been generally and properly
retained, while the first available name for the third group is Aplexa
Fleming. This is accepted and defined by Sowerby as indicated in the
synonymy above given, but may have been used earlier in print by
Fleming; though I have found no record of it if this be the case.
Sowerby speaks of it as if it were not a manuscript name, but does not
explicitly so state.
I06 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
Later on Herrmannsen supplies a gratuitous derivation for Fleming's
name and, because it does not properly conform to his imaginary
source, alters the spelling to Aplecta.
This was totally unauthorized. Since no derivation w^as given by
Sov^erby, we are at liberty to regard the word as an arbitrary combi-
nation of letters formed on the analogy of triplex and similar Latin
words, but we are not at liberty to manufacture an imaginary deriva-
tion and then force the name to conform to it.
Several authors divided Miiller's group differently, and several syn-
onyms were proposed for parts of it, as will be evident on a study of
the synonymy.
The genus occurs in the Tertiary of Europe and North America,
and possibly as far back as the Middle Cretaceous of North America.
Several well characterized forms have been described from the Lara-
mie. The type is known from the Palearctic and Nearctic regions,
and the genus extends south to Mexico, where in the tropical condi-
tions of Mazatlan perhaps the finest of the recent species occurs abun-
dantly. In Alaska and on the adjacent continent of Asia but one
species is known, the type.
Aplexa hypnorum (Linn6).
Bulla hypnorum Linne, Fauna Suecica, ed. i, No. 1303, 1746; ed. il, No.
2159, P- 522, 1761 ; Syst. Nat , ed. x, p. 727, 1758 ; ed. xii, p. 1185,
1767.
Bulimus hypnorum Bruguie:re, Encycl. M^th., p. 301, 1792,
Planorbis turritus Muller, Verm. Terr., 11, p. 169, 1774.
Physa hypnorum Draparnaud, Hist., p. 55, pi. iii, figs. 12-13, 1805. —
Haldeman, Mon. Limn., p. 36, pi. v, figs. 4-9, 1842. — Forbes and
Hanley, Brit. Moll., iv, p. 143, pi. cxxii, figs. 6-7.
Bulla hypnorum Montagu, Test. Brit, 11, p. 228, 1803.
Bulla turrita Gmelin, Syst. Nat., vi, p. 3428, No. 20, 1792.
Aplexa hypnorum Sowerby, Genera, fasc. vii, 1822. — Fleming, Hist. Brit.
An., p. 276, 1828 ; Encycl. Brit., ed. vii, 1837 ; Art. MoUusca, reprinted
as • Molluscous Animals, ' 8°, Edinburgh, p. 158, 1837.
Turbo stagnalisV^Ai.KTS.Yt., Test. Min. Rar., p. 15, pi. 11, fig. 54, 1787.
Nauta hypnorum (Leach, in) Turton, Man., p. 129, 1831. — Leach, Syn.
Moll. Gt. Brit., p. no, 1852.
Physa hypnorum, Hist, des Moll., p. 55, pi. lii, figs. 12, 13, 1805. — Pfeiffer,
Naturg. Deutscher Land. Moll., i, p. 97, 1821.
Bullinus turriius OviK^, Lehrb. d. Naturg., p. 303, 181 5.
Physa hypnorum Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert., vi, Pt. 11, p. 157, 1822.
Physa elongata Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., il, p. 171, 182 1. —Gould,
Inv. Mass., p. 214, fig. 143, 1841. — De Kay, Zool. N. Y. Moll., p. 81,
pi. VI, fig. 346, 1843.
Physa turrita J. de C. Sowerby, in Richardson, Fauna Bor. Am., in, p. 315,
1836.
Physa glabra De Kay, Zool. N. Y., Moll., p. 80, pi. v, fig. 83, 1843.
FAMILY PHYSID^ I07
Physa elongatina Lewis, Proc. Boston Soc. N. Hist., v, pp. 122, 298, 1855.
Apiexus hypnorum Chenu, Man. de Conch., i, p. 481, fig. 3556, 1859.
Bulinus hypnorutn Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., 11, p. 99, fig. 170,
1865.
Bulinus hypnorum var. picta Krause, Sitzb. Ges. Naturf. Fr. zu Berlin,
1883, p. 32. — Martens, Conch. Mitth., 11, p. 184, 1885.
Physa hypnorum var. polaris Westerlund, Sib. 1. u. Sottv. Moll., p. 56,
1877. — Martens, Conch. Mitth., 11, p. 184, 1885.
Physa {Nauta) hypnorum lA^at. — Westerlund, Fauna Palaarct., Reg, v, p.
57. 1885.
Physa {Nautd) hypnorum var. polaris Westerlund, op. cit, p. 58.
Range. — Northern Europe, Asia and America, Northern United
States and Canada.
English River, Manitoba. Red Deer, McLeod, Olds, etc., in Alberta.
Great Slave Lake, at Fort Resolution ! York Factory, Hudson Bay !
Yukon River, at old Fort Yukon ! and Nulato !
Alaska ; Porcupine River in Alaska ! also Fort Clar-
ence ! and the Nushagak River.
Snake River, Idaho ! Middle Park, Colorado ! Up-
per Missouri in Montana ! Utah (Hemphill) !
This well known species is supposed to be circum-
boreal, but there are some peculiarities in its known y\g 81. A*-
distribution. While it extends to northern and west- Uxa hypnorum.
ern Alaska and down into the mountainous region in
Colorado and Utah, it has not been reported so far, authentically, from
west of the Cascades, either in the United States or British Columbia.
There was one record " near Puget Sound " by Dr. J. G. Cooper, which
is cited by W. Cooper and Carpenter, but this refers to a shell obtained
at Vancouver, Wash, (not Vancouver Island) , by Sir George Simp-
son, which was afterward described by Dr. Lea as Physa hordeacea.
It is not positively known that this species is not a Physa., though
Tryon has referred it to Bulinus (= Aplexd)., on the strength of its
general aspect.
A number of varieties have been proposed, but there is not much
systematic basis for such of these mutations as I have seen.
Genus Ancylus Miiller.
Subgenus Ancylus s. s.
Patella (sp.) Linn6, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 783, 1758.
Ancylus Geoffroy, Traite som. des Coq. Fluv. Paris, pp. 122, 124, 1767; not
binomial, sole example Patella lacustris Linn6. Ibidem, translation by
Martini, pp. 108, no, 1767.
Ancylus O. F. Muller, Hist. Verm., 11, p. 199, 1774, A. lacustris and
fluviatilis Muller; Zool. Dan. Prodr., p. 237, 1776. — Draparnaud,
Tabl., pp. 30, 46, 1 801 ; Hist, des Moll. Terr, et Fluv. de France, pp.
I08 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
25, 28, 47, 1805. — RoissY, Moll., V, p. 223, 1805. — BowDiCH, Elem.
Conch., I, pp. 24, 63, 1822 ; A. fluviatilis selected as type. — Nilsson,
Hist. Moll. Svecias, p. 83, 1822. — Lamarck, Hist. An. s. Vert., vi, 2,
p. 25, 1822. — Beck, Ind. Moll., p. 123, 1837 ; A. fluviatilis L., ist sp.
— Haldeman, Mon. Limn., p. 14, 1842,
Ancyclus Say, Nicholson's Encycl., 3d ed., 11, p. 14, 1819.
Ancylastrum (s^.)BovKGViG^ AT, P. Z. S., 1853, p. 79, July, 1854. — Clessin,
Conch. Cab., ed. 11, p. 10, 1880; A. fluviatilis selected as type. —
Fischer, Man. Conchyl., p. 504, 1883. — Tryon, Struct, and Syst.
Conch., Ill, p. 107, 1884 ; noX Ancy lustrum Bourg., 1853, typical.
Ansulus sive Ansylus Gray, in Turton, Man., p. 247, 1840. — Herrmann-
sen, Ind. Gen. Mai., i, p. 52, note 13, 1846.
Ancyllus Graells, Cat. Moll. Espana, p. 22, 1846 ; err. typ. ?
'^ Haldemania Clessin, 1880, not of Tryon, 1862.
Subgenus Acroloxus Beck.
Acroloxus Beck, Ind. Moll., p. 124, 1837, ist sp. A. radiatus Guilding, 1828,
not of Orbigny, 1825 ; also includes A. lacttstris (\^.) Miiller ; Herrmann-
sen, Ind. Gen. Mai., i, p. 16, 1846, selects A. lacustris as type. — W.
G. Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., 11, p. 147, 1865.
Acroxus BouRGUiGNAT, J. de Conchyl., iv, p. 169, 1853; a modification of
Acroloxus Beck.
Velletia Gray, in Turton, Man., pp. 66, 230, 250, 1840 ; sole ex. A. lacustris
Miiller. — Haldeman, Mon. Limn., p. 14, 1842. — Gray, P. Z. S.,
1847, p. 181 ; A. lacustris. — Bourguignat, J. de Conchyl., iv, p. 63,
1853 ; P. Z. S., 1853, p. 79, July, 1854. — Fischer, Man., p. 504, 1883.
Subgenus Ancylastrum Bourguignat.
Ancylastrum Bourguignat, Journ. de Conchyl, iv, pp. 63, 170, 1853 (Feb.),
A. cumingianus Bourguignat (Tasmania) selected as type ; P. Z. S.,
1853, p. 91 (not p. 80), 1854. — Hedley, Proc. Mai. Soc, i, p. 118, 1894.
Not Ancylastrum Clessin, 1880, and Westerlund, 1902.
Cumingia Clessin, Conch. Cab., ed. 11, pt. 299, Mon. Ancylus, p. 10, 1880;
type yi. cumingianus Bourg. — Tryon, Struct. Syst. Conch., iii, p. 107,
1884. Not Cumingia Sowerby, P. Z. S., 1833, p. 34.
Legrandia Hanley, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania for 1871, p. 27, 1872. Type
A. cumingianus Bourg.
? Subgenus Gundlachia Pfeiffer.
Gunai.achia Pfeiffer, Zeitschr. fiir Mai. for 1849, P- 97< i^S^ ; type G.
ancyliformis Pfeiffer, Cuba ; cf. Nordenskiold, Zool. Anz., xxvi, pp. 590-
593, July, 1903; and Dall, Nautilus, xvii, Jan., 1904, pp. 97-8, 1904;
also J. G. Cooper, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., vi, p. 26, 1875.
Poeyia Bourguignat, Spicil. Mai., xciv, Jan., 1862, Rev. de Zool., p. 13,
1862. Sole ex. P. gundlac hioides ViOMx^., =■ Gundlachia test. juv. fide
Fischer.
The genus Ancylus cannot be cited as of Geoffroy, first, because
that author did not adopt the Linnean nomenclature, and secondly,
because his only species was identified by him with Patella lacustris
L., which is the type of Acroloxus^ and, though Bourguignat and
FAMILY PHYSID^ IO9
Others have tried to propagate the view that Geoffroy's species was the
A. Jluviatilis ^ their arguments cannot be said to outweigh the positive
statement of the original author. The first binomial author to use
Ancylus was Miiller, who must be credited with the genus. The name
Ancylastrum^ published by Bourguignat (though probably suggested
by Moquin Tandon) was doubtless intended to be the equivalent of
Ancylus s. s., but the publishing author distinctly and repeatedly
announced the type to be Ancylus cumingianus ^ which differs in
many respects from typical Ancylus^ and will therefore retain the name,
which otherwise would have fallen into the synonymy of Ancylus s. s.
Acroloxus Beck, typified by A. lacustris Miiller, seems to be a well
characterized subdivision. Beck's first species was examined by Gray
and determined to be a Velletia^ which is an exact synonym of Acro-
loxus. Protancylus was proposed by the Sarasin brothers in 1898,
for a form resembling Ancylus^ from Celebes, but in which the gill is
fully developed.
Typical Ancylus seems to be an Old World form, but Acroloxus is
represented in both hemispheres. The subdivisions of the typical sub-
genus so far recognized are as follows :
? Brondelia Bourguignat, Rev. de Zool, p. 13, 1862; Spic. Mai.,
xcv, Jan., 1862, type B. drouetiana Bourg., Algeria.
This form, which is said to be an air-breather, a fact needing con-
firmation, is radiately ribbed and has a sinistral apex. More informa-
tion about it is much needed, and it may prove to be an Acroloxus .
Lanx Clessin, Conch. Cab., ed. 11, pt. 299, p. 10, 1880; type A. new-
berryi Lea, Oregon and California.
The type has a smooth or concentrically striated apex, subcentrally
situated, obtuse ; the shell is larger and more solid than the majority
of the genus. A. patelloides Lea, placed by Clessin with the above,
has a shell like A. newberryi, but more delicate, depressed, and with
a well marked radial system of coloration.
The following groups are Nearctic or American ; Ferrissia is also
South African.
Lcevapex Walker, Nautilus, xvii, June, 1903, p. 15 ; type Ancylus
fuscus C. B. Adams. Chiefly lacustrine, with a smooth nepionic
shell.
Ferrissia Walker, op. cit., p. 15; type Ancylus riimlaris Say.
Chiefly fluviatile, with a radiately sculptured nepionic shell.
The question as to whether Gundlachia is a distinct genus or merely
an exceptional second-season growth of Ancylus^ has been discussed
no LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
by me in the paper cited in the synonymy, since publishing which I
find Dr. J. G. Cooper had also expressed the same opinion in 1875.
Ancylus (Ferrissia) rivularis Say.
Ancylus rivularis Say, Journ. Acad, Nat. Sci., i, p. 124, 1817. — Haldeman,
Mon. Limn., p. 4, pi. i, fig. i, 1844 (Delaware River).
Ancyclus rivularis Say, Nicholson's Encyclopedia, 3d ed., Art. Conchology,
vol. II, p. 14, 1819.
Ancylus {Ferrissia) rivularis Bryant Walker, The Nautilus, xvii, No. 2, p.
15, June, 1903 ; xviii. No. 2, p. 17, pi. i, figs, i-io, 13-15, June, 1904.
Range. — Northern United States east of the Mississippi, New
Mexico, Canada, Manitoba.
Souris River, Manitoba, Dawson.
Ancylus (Ferrissia) parallelus Haldeman.
Ancylus parallelus Haldeman, Mon. Limn., pt. 2, p. 3 of cover, 1841 (Ver-
mont) ; pt. 7, p. II, pi. I, fig. 6, 1844. — BiNNEY, Land and Fw. Sh.
N. Am., II, p. 142, 1865.
Range. — New England ; Canada, Manitoba.
Pine Creek ; Rainy River ; and Lake of the Woods, in Manitoba.
Ancylus (Laevapex) fragilis Try on.
Ancylus fragilis Tryon, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1863, p. 149, pi. i,
fig. 15. — Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., 11, p. 146, fig. 246 (Cali-
fornia), 1865.— Tryon, Mon. Fw. Univ. Moll. U. S., p. 229, pi. 2, figs. 17,
18, 1872.
? Ancylus caurinus Cooper, Rep. N. Hist. Wash., p. 378, 1859 ; Pacific R. R.
Reps,, XII, p. 378, 1859, nude name. — Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N.
Am., II, p, 144, fig. 243, 1865 ; Proc, CaL Acad. Sci,, iv, p. 100, 1870.
Black River, Puget Sound,
Range. — California ; Puget Sound drainage
{caurinus)^ Vancouver Island near Victoria !
(^caurinus^ .
Tryon unites these under his prior name.
The Vancouver specimens are certainly iden-
FiG. 82. Ancylus koo- . , . , ^ , , „
taniensis Baird. ^ical with Cooper s shell.
Ancylus (Laevapex) kootaniensis Baird.
Ancylus kootaniensis Baird, Proc, Zool, Soc, London, for 1863, p, 69, —
Binney, Land and Fw. Sh, N. Am., 11, p. 144, fig, 242, 1865, — Tryon,
Mon. Fw, Univ, Moll, U. S,, p, 227, pi, 11, figs, 11-12, 1872,
Range. — Kootenai and Spokane Rivers, British Columbia.
FAMILY SIPHONARIID^ III
Family SIPHONARIIDiE.
Genus Siphonaria Sowerby.
Siphonaria Sowerby, Genera of Shells, pt. xxi, Jan., 1824 ; Proc. Zool. Soc.
London, for 1835, p. 6. — Dall, Am. Journ. Conch., vi, p. 31, 1870.
Muretia D'Orbigny, Voy. Am. Merid., p. 682, 1846. Not Mouretia Sow-
erby, 1835.
Trimusculus (Schmidt, MS.) Moller, Isis, 1832, p. 132.
f Liria Gray, Phil. Mag. and Journ., lxiii, p. 275, April, 1824.
The type of Liria is Le ZeVz' Adanson, Senegal, p. 32, pi. 2, fig.
2, 1757 j stated by Gray to be a synonym of Sowerby's genus, but it is
probable that Adanson's shell is not a Siphonaria.
Subgenus Siphonaria s. s.
Siphonaria Dall, Am. Journ. Conch., vi, p. 31, 1870.
Shell solid, porcellanous, with subcentral apex and radial sculpture ;
inner lateral teeth of the radula bifid, outer trifid. Habitat, tropical
or warmer seas. Type, S. sipho Sowerby.
Subgenus Liriola Dall.
Liriola Dall, Am. Journ. Conch., vi, p. 32, 1870.
Shell thin, homy, with apex eccentric ; smooth or faintly radially
striate. Habitat, cooler or temperate seas. Type S. thersites Car-
penter.
Siphonaria (Liriola) thersites Carpenter.
Siphonaria thersites Carpenter, Ann. Mag. N. Hist. (3), xiv, p. 425, Dec,
1864. Neah Bay, Wash.
Siphonaria {^Liriola) thersites Dall, Am. Journ. Conch., vi, pp. 32, 33, pi.
IV, fig. 8, pi. V, figs. 2, 5, 1870.
Range. — Strait of Fuca to the Aleutian Islands, on stones near
low water mark.
Neah Bay, Wash. ! Victoria, British Columbia ; Fort Simpson,
British Columbia ; in Alaska at Port Mulgrave ! Port Etches ! St.
Paul, Kadiak ! Chirikof Island ! Semidi Islands ! Simeonof Island
and Popof Strait, Shumagin Islands ! Chika Islands, Unalga Pass !
Captains Harbor, Unalaska ! Constantine Harbor, Amchitka ! Kiska
Harbor, Kiska Island, Aleutians.
This is one of the most common and characteristic mollusks of the
northwest coast. It lives between tidemarks, often where it must be
submerged twenty out of twenty -four hours of the day, but is some-
times dredged in 20 fathoms, dead.
112 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
Family ONCHIDIIDJE.
Genus Onchidium Buchanan, 1800.
Type Onchidium typkce Buchanan, Trans. Linn. Soc, V, p. 132,
1800.
Subgenus Onchidella Gray, 1850.
Type Onchidium nigricans Quoy, Fig. Moll. An., iv, p. ii7» pl«
181, fig. I, 1850 (selected as type by Herrmannsen, Ind. Gen. Mai.,
Suppl., 1852).
Dorsal surface without arborescent processes, margin of the mantle
with prominent spaced papillae, serving as conduits for mucous glands ;
lower surface of the mantle with muciparous glands ; dorsum with
dorsal eyes ; mouth agnathous. Warmer seas.
Section Arctonchis Dall, nov.
Species small, like Onchidella^ but without muciparous glands on
the lower side of the mantle, without dorsal eyes and with a jaw;
Cool temperate and boreal coasts.
Type Onchidella borealis Dall.
I had long since proposed to retain for this group the name Onchi-
della^ supposing that name to be practically a synonym of Onchidium.
This, however, is not now regarded as allowable, and Onchidella must
follow the fate of its type.
I propose therefore the sectional name Arctonchis for the group of
small boreal Onchidella which includes at least O. borealis and
O. celtica Forbes and Hanley.
Onchidella (Arctonchis) borealis Dall.
Onchidella borealis Dall, Am. Journ. Conch., vii, p. 135, 1871. — W. G.
BiNNEY, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1876, p. 84, pi. vi, figs, e, ee,
Sept., 1876. — Binney, Terr. Airbr. Moll. U. S., Third supple.. Bull.
Mus. Comp. Zool., xix. No. 4, pi. vi, figs, d, e, 1890 (called carpenteri
by error, in text pp. 214, 224) ; Fourth Supplement, Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zool., XXII, No. 4, p. 202, 1892.
Onchidium boreale Dall, Semper, Arch. Phil. Bd. 3, heft vi, p. 282, pi.
XXI, fig. 13.
Range. — California to Bering Sea on the N. W. coast of America.
California (Binney) ; Coos Bay, Oregon (Hemphill) ; Victoria,
Vancouver Island ! Lituya Bay ! Port Mulgrave ! Port Etches ! Una-
laska ! and Port MoUer on Bering Sea ! in Alaska.
Observations on this species have been published by the writer, Mr.
W. G. Binney, Semper, and Henry Hemphill ; and, as their articles
are short and widely scattered in the literature, an abstract of the
FAMILY ONCHIDIID^ II3
whole, with additions, is now given so that the data in regard to this
species may be obtained in one place.
The animal lives between tides, where at high water it is covered
by the sea, usually on stones or projecting rocks, either where it is cov-
ered with Fucus or on the underside of stones which thus form a
shelter. It seems to be gregarious in its habits, as many as fifty speci-
mens having been taken from a single crevice in shaly rock. When in
motion it moves quite rapidly for so small an animal, with two short
stout tentacles tipped by keen black eyes protruding beyond the front
edge of the mantle. The upper surface is dark slate color, with spots
or streaks of light gray or whitish. It appears smooth, but as if hav-
ing small round tubercles beneath the smooth skin, which when the
animal is contracted in alcohol are much more conspicuous than in life.
Around the edge of the mantle is a single row of larger and more
prominent tubercles corresponding to an equal number of mucous glands.
These, projecting, give the margin a serrate or fringed appearance.
The animal, when in motion, is about twelve millimeters long, four
and one half wide, and three millimeters high, oblong oval in form, a
little wider behind than in front. When at rest in a contracted state
it is nearly circular in form, a little longer than wide, the center of
the dorsum elevated in a bluntly pointed manner, giving the creature
much the aspect of a young Acmcea. The lower surface of the body
is of a greenish white, and, when the animal is moving, the foot
seems to undergo rapid undulation. The muzzle exhibits anterior
ovate extensions separated by a sulcus in the median line, as in other
species of the genus.
Neither Onchidella borealis nor O. celtica possesses the singular
dorsal eyes characteristic of many tropical species.
O. borealis differs from O. carpenteri Binney, and all the other
species of the family now known (except O. celticum) , in possessing
a thin delicate smooth jaw, the presence of which has been demon-
strated by both Binney and Semper. According to Joyeaux Laffluie
O. celticum also possesses a jaw, though the surface of the dorsum is,
if the figure given by Forbes and Hanley be accurate, much more
prominently tuberculous than in O. borealis. O. carpenteri Bin-
ney, a small species reported by Binney from California and Puget
Sound, is according to that author agnathous, and therefore belongs to
the typical section of the genus.
The dentition of O. borealis has been worked out by Binney and
confirmed by Semper. The radula is long and wide, the teeth arranged
strongly en chevron^ with a formula of -jr * ^ * ^' ^^^ rhachidian
114 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
tooth is large, longer than wide, truncated above, expanded below its
middle, and incurved at the basal margin. The reflected portion is
large, tricuspid, the cusps prominent. The laterals have a long, nar-
row base of attachment, a small portion of its upper part thrown out-
ward, the rest curving inward, giving an irregular arcuate form to the
base as a whole ; the anterior and posterior margins of this base are
abruptly truncate. The reflected part is rather posterior and carries a
large, wide, expanding, bluntly truncated cusp on the outer side, and
on the inner a very small conical cusp. The successive teeth laterally
from the middle of the radula at first increase, then gradually decrease
in size, but retain essentially the same characters to the outer termina-
tion of the row.
From the typical Onchidium {schrammt Bland and Binney,
Guadeloupe, W. I.) the teeth differ by the wider rhachidian, with
more nearly equal cusps, by the presence of two distinct cusps on the
laterals, and by the curve of the lateral bases, which in O. schrammi
have their posterior portions curved toward the center of the radula,
while in O. borealis the curve is in the opposite direction. In Onchi-
della Jloridana Dall, an oculiferous agnathous species from Knight's
Key, Florida, the discrepancy of the rhachidian cusps and the curve
of the lateral bases agree with O. schrammi^ but there is a small
accessory inner cusp to the laterals.
Mr. Binney informs me that the liver in O. borealis is in fasciculi
of long casca, one on each side ; there is also an accessory lateral
pouch to the stomach, which also has a fasciculus of caeca, making
three biliary ducts.
According to Semper this species agrees in most respects with the
fifth of the groups into which he divides Onchidium. There is a
single row of large glands which open through equally spaced small
tubercles on the mantle edge. The other glands, which in the other
species (except O. celtica) empty on the under surface of the mantle,
are absent in this form. The penis is short and thick, consisting of
two well marked portions. In the posterior thinner part a short
broad penial papilla is present, at the base of which the spermatic
duct opens. The wall of this part is marked by extremely shallow
grooves in which concretions are present, very like those found in the
deep grooves of other species. The spermatic cord is short and feebly
twisted. The penial retractor muscle is thin and attached proximally
to the middle of the pericardial sac on the inner surface of the foot.
The jaw and radula are as described by Binney.
I should like here to record my dissent from the ingenious hypothesis
FAMILY AURICULID^ II5
by which Semper associated the occurrence of dorsal eyes in Onchi-
dium with the presence of the fish Periopthalmus. There are both
oculiferous and (dorsally) blind species of Onchidium in the Gala-
pagos, and an oculiferous species in Florida and Bermuda, and in
neither of these regions is Periopthalmus known. It is of course not
only necessary that an hypothesis should account for the facts, but that
it also should be true, but the latter half of the proposition is only too
liable to be left unverified.
Family AURICULID^.
Genus Carychium Muller.
Carychium O. F. Muller, Hist. Verm., 11, p. 125, 1774 ; sole ex. C. mini-
mum yLuWQx \ Zool. Dan. Prodr., p. xxix, 1776. — Draparnaud, Hist.
Moll. Terr., p. 57, 1805 (in synonymy).
Helix (sp.) Gmelin, Syst. Nat., vi, p. 3665, 1792.
Bulimus (sp.) Bruguiere, Encyc. Meth., i, p. 310.
Turbo {s^.') Montagu, Test. Brit., p. 339.
Auricula (sp.) Draparnaud, Tableau des Moll., p. 54, 1801 ; Hist., p. 57,
pi. Ill, figs. 18, 19, 1805.
Odostomia (sp.) Fleming, Edinb. Encycl., vii, p. 'jd, 181 7.
y4«nV-(?//a(BRARDMS.)JURiNE, Helvet. Almanach, p. 34, 1817. — Hartmann,
in Steinmiiller, Neue Alpina, i, pp. 49, 205, 215, 1821 ; and Sturm,
Fauna, vi, heft v, p. 36, 1821 ; Syst. Uebersetz., table, 1840. —
MoQUiN Tandon, Hist. Moll. Terr. Fr., 11, p. 413, 1855. Type C. mini-
mum Muller.
Auriculina Moquin Tandon, Hist. Moll. Terr. Fr., 11, p. 646, 1855 ; not of
Grateloup, 1838, nor Gray, 1847.
Saraphia (sp.) Risso, Hist. Eur. Men, iv, p. 84, 1826 ; 5*. tridentata Risso.
< Carychium Leach, Zool. Misc., I, p. 85, 1814. — F^russac, Prodr., p. 100,
1819 ; Tabl. Syst., p. xxxiii, 1821. — Blainville, Diet. Sci. Nat., vii, p.
187. — MoQuiN Tandon, Hist. Moll. Terr. Fr., pp. 412, 413, 1855.
Fig. 83. Carychium exiguutn Say. Animal and shell magnified.
The species of this genus are so small that a special search almost
is necessary to determine their presence or absence in a given locality.
Il6 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
So it is uncertain whether the range herein reported might not be con-
siderably extended if thorough collecting had been done,
Carychium exiguum Say.
Pupa exigua Say, Journ, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., ii, p. 375, 1822. — Gould,
Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., iii, p. 398, pi. iii, fig. 20, 1841.
Carychium exiguum Pfeiffer, Wiegman's Archiv, i, p. 224, 1841. — BlN-
NEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., 11, p. 6, figs. 5-9, 1865.
Range. — Temperate North America.
At Brandon, Pine Creek, and Carberry, Manitoba ; Salt Spring
Island, and at Comox, Vancouver Island, British Columbia.
Carychium exile Lea.
Carychium exile H. C. Lea, Am. Journ. Sci., ist ser., xlii, p. 109, pi. i,
fig. 5, 1841. — Troschel, Arch, fur Naturg., 11, p. 128, 1843. Not C.
exile C. B. Adams, Contr. Conch., iii, p. 38, 1849 (Jamaica).
Range. — Eastern United States. Manitoba, in drift of the Red
River of the North.
In the description of the animal of Carychium cited by Binney
(under C. exiguum) and copied by Baker (Moll. Chicago Area, 11, p.
254) the w^riter has confused the anterior end of the wide muzzle with
the foot, although, by the figure adjacent to this paragraph, the rela-
tion of the parts is clearly shown. The foot of the animal is not
" divided into two segments," but is entire, as required by the generic
diagnosis.
Family STREPOMATID^.
Genus Pleurocera Rafinesque.
* Pleurocera canaliculata Say.
Melania canaliculata Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., ll, p. 175, 1821.
Ohio.
Melania conica Say, op. cit., p. 176, 1821. — Sowerby, in Richardson, Fauna
Boreali Am., in, p. 316, 1836.
Range-. — Ohio, Tennessee and Alabama, Indiana and Illinois.
This species is cited in J. de C. Sowerby's very inaccurate list, as
coming from " Lake Superior to the Saskatchewan." No subsequent
collector has confirmed this statement, which is doubtless entirely
erroneous.
Genus Goniobasis Lea.
Goniobasis plicifera Lea, var. silicula Gould.
Melania plicifera Lea, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, vi, p. 93, pi. xxill, fig. 90,
1836. Oregon.
Melania silicula GouLD, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 11, p. 224, 1847 ; Wilkes'
Exped., Moll., p. 141, figs. 164, 164a, 1852. Nisqually, Oregon.
FAMILY AMNICOLID^ II7
Range. — Northern California, Oregon and Washington.
Vancouver Island (Forbes) ? British Columbia in streams west of
the Cascades (Lord).
This species so much resembles the viviparous Melania of the Ha-
waiian Islands and the Orient, wliich has a fringed mantle edge, that
for a long time it was doubted whether the little group of Pacific
Coast species was not related to the oriental forms rather than to the
Goniobasis of the eastern United States. An examination of the liv-
ing animal by the writer a few years ago showed, however, that the
Oregon species has a plain mantle edge and is oviparous, so that the
resemblance referred to, though obvious, is probably merely the
result of convergence, and expresses no intimate relationship.
Tryon regarded Gould's silicula as a species ; others have thought it
a variety of the older plicif era. Further studies are necessary to de-
termine the question.
Family AMNICOLIDiE.
Genus Amnicola Gould and Haldeman.
Amnicola limosa Say.
Paludina limosa Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., i, p. 125, 181 7. —
Nicholson's Encyc, third American ed., p. 12, 1819.
Paludina porata Say, journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 11, p. 174, 1821.
Amnicola porata Gould, Inv. Mass., p. 229, fig. 157, 1841.
Amnicola limosa Haldeman, Men. Limn., p. 10, pi. i, figs. 5, 6, 1845. —
BiNNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., iii, p. 84, fig. 166,
1865. A
Lyogyrus lehnerti Ancey (Monstr.). V V^
Range. — Virginia to Wisconsin and Hudson Bay. ^^
Lake Superior to the Height of Land ; Athabaska /)°',^* '^"''
at Lake La Loche (Richardson) , N. Lat. 56° 30' ;
Lake of the Woods ; Manitoba ; Moose Factory, Hudson Bay ! Big
Sioux River, Nebraska ! Salt Lake basin, Utah Lake ! Utah.
This is the type of the genus, and it seems to reach
Ak the headwaters of the Atlantic and Hudson Bay drain-
nQ age but not to reach the drainage on the other side of
Fig. 85. Am- the watershed alluded to.
nicola pallida.
Amnicola pallida Haldeman.
Amnicola pallida Haldeman, Men. Limn., pt. iii, cover p. 3, 1842, pt. viii,
p. 12, pi. I, fig. 7, 1845. — BiNNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., iii, p.
83, fig. 165, 1865.
Range. — New York northward to Canada and Manitoba.
Lake Winnipeg, Brandon, and Fine Creek, Manitoba.
Il8 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
These northern localities are cited from the literature. I have seen
no Manitoban specimens.
Amnicola emarginata Klister.
Paludina obtusa Lea, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc, ii, p. 34, 1841, not of Troschel,
1837.
Paludina emarginata KvST^K, Conch. Cab., ed. 11, Mon. Paludma, p. 50, pi.
X, figs. 3, 4, 1852.
Amnicola cincinnatiensis Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., iii, p. 85, fig.
169, 1865, not of Anthony ?
Range. — Ohio and northward to Moose River, Hudson Bay.
Red River of the North ; Manitoba ; lower Sas-
katchewan, near Lake Winnipeg ! Moose Factory !
N. Lat. 51° on Hudson Bay.
More or less confusion has existed between the va-
rious shells which have carried the specific name cin-
cinnatiensis in this family. The present species is
Fig. 86. Am- the small shell with a flat planorboid apex which has
nicola emargt- usually been called Bythinella obtusa Lea. Baker,
"^ "^ ,^^,^ ^^ In his Mollusks of the Chicaeo Area, unites cincin-
(magnified). . . -r,. . , , • • t 1
natiensts Binney with this species, it does not seem
to me to resemble the obtusa of Lea, particularly.
Amnicola cincinnatiensis Anthony.
Paludina cincinnatiensis Anthony, Boston Journ. Nat. History, iii, p. 279, pi.
Ill, fig. 3, 1840.
Amnicola ( Cincinnatid) cincinnatiensis Baker, Moll. Chicago
Area, 11, p. 325, pi. xxvi, fig. 14, 1902.
Range. — New York to Utah, Texas to Hudson
Bay. Moose Factory, Hudson Bay ! ^^«- ^7- -4»i-
r^, . ■, . riTT-i T-> • • nicola cinctnnat-
The identity of the Hudson Bay specimens is ap- . ^ .
parently indubitable. The species is asserted by Pils-
bry to occur in Texas and at various points in the basin of Great Salt
Lake, Utah.
Genus Lyogyrus Gill.
Lyogyrus granum Say.?
Paludina granaS>xv, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 11, p. 378, 1822.
Amnicola granum Haldeman, Mon. Limn., viii, p. 17, 1845. — Binney,
Land and Fw, Sh. N. Am., iii, p. 86, fig. 170, 1865.
Range. — Virginia northward to the Great Lakes and Manitoba.?
Pennsylvania (Say). Pine Creek, Manitoba (Miller Christy).
Dr. Pilsbry, in the Nautilus (xii. No. 4, p. 42, 1898), says that the
Canadian and northwestern specimens are not of the same species as
FAMILY AMNICOLID^ II9
Say's Pennsylvania type. The above range is taken from the litera-
ture ; not having seen Manitoba specimens I am unable to determine
what species they represent, but it appears that there
is a small species in Manitoba resembling L. granum. ^^
Genus Fluminicola Stimpson. ^^°- ^^- ^y*'
gyrus granum, \.
Fluminicola nuttalUana Lea.
Paludina nuttalliana Lea, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, vi, p. loi, pi. xxiii, fig.
109, 1839.
Paludina seminalis Hinds, Zool. Sulphur Voy. Moll., p. 59, pi. xvi, fig. 22,
1844.
t Amnicola kt'ndsn BxiKU, P. Z. S., London, 1863, p. 6y.
Fig. 89. JFluminicola nuttalliana, \. Fig. 90. Fluminicola hindsii "BaxrA, \.
Range. — California to British Columbia. Variety hindsii in Koo-
tenai River and Wigwam River, at the foot of the Rocky Mountains,
at an elevation up to 4,626 feet.
I have not seen any British Columbian specimens and accept the
identity of F. hindsii and nuttalliana on Mr. Binney's authority.
According to Dr. Pilsbry this species is common to the Columbia
River drainage of British Columbia and the United States.
Fluminicola yirens Lea.
Paludina virens Lea, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., vi, p. 91, pi.
XXIII, fig. 93, 1839.
Paludina nuclea Lea, op. cit., p. 91, pi. xxiii, fig. 103, 1839.
Range. — Oregon, Willamette River, Washington,
Fig. 91. Flum- , ,7. t 1 j
... . and Vancouver Island.
intcola vtrens
(magnified). ^^ *^^^ instance the Vancouver habitat is cited from
the literature.
Genus Pomatiopsis Try on.
Pomatiopsis lapidaria Say.
Cyclostoma lapidaria Say, Joum. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., i, p. 13, 18 17.
Amnicola lapidaria Haldeman, Men. Limn., viii, p. 18, pi. i, fig. 10, 1845.
Pomatiopsis lapidaria Tryon, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1862, p. 452
(name only). — Stimpson, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., Men. Hydrobiinae,
pp. 29-36, figs. 22-26, 1865.
I20 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
Paludina lustrica Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., ii, p. 175, 1821.
Pomatiopsis lustrica Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am.,
Ill, p. 94, fig. 189, 1865, Cayuga Lake, N. Y.
Range. — Eastern North America from Georgia to
Iowa and Hudson Bay.
Fig. 92. Po- Moose Factory, N. Lat. 51°, on Hudson Bay.
tnatiopsis laii- rr^. . ., ,, <-,.,.
daria Say ^^^ ^^ some doubt as to whether Say's lustrica
is the young of his lapidaria or not. I have fol-
lowed the general usage in uniting them. If they should prove dis-
tinct it is, according to Mr. Binney, the P. lustrica which occurs in
the Northwest and on the watershed south of Hudson Bay.
Family VALVATIDJE.
Genus Valvata MuUer.
Valvata Muller, Hist. Verm., 11, p. 198, 1774 ; sole ex. V. cristata MuUer,
Europe; Zool. Dan. Prodr., p. 239, 1776. — Draparnaud, Tableau,
pp. 30, 42, 1801 ; Hist. Moll. Terr, et Fluv. France, pp. 26, 28, 41,
1805. — RoissY, Hist. Nat. Moll., v, p. 379, 1805. — Lamarck, Hist.
An. s. Vert., vi, 2, p. 171, 1822.
Valvata -\- Valvearus Dum^ril, Zool. Anal., p. 164, 1806.
(.?) Cincinna Hubner, Zwei Briefe, i, 18 10, fide Menke, in Herrmannsen,
Ind. Gen. Mai. Suppl., p. 50, 1852.
Gyrorbis YiTZi^GKK, Verz, p. 117, 1833; type .?.? <rm/a/« Muller.
"y^ Valvata Fitzinger, Verz, p. 117, 1833; type V. piscinalis i^xiHAex).
Planella Schluter, Syst. Verz. Conchyliensammlung, p. 13, 1838; sole ex.
Valvata cristata Muller.
Volvata Berge, Conch. Buch, pp. 17, 20, 26, 1847 ; err. typ.f
Tropidina H. and A. Adams, Gen. Rec. Moll., i, pp. 343, 344, 1854, type
V. tricarinata Lesueur, N. Am.
Concinna ' Hubner, ' y?^^ H. and A. Adams, op. cit., p. 343, 1854.
> I^/z/a/a Schluter, op. cit., p. 13, 1854; V. piscinalis Y€r.
> Cincinna MoRCH, Vidensk. Meddel. for 1863, p. 321, 1864. — Wester-
LUND, Fauna Pal. Reg., vi, pp. 131, 132, 1886. (Type V. piscinalis
Muller ?)
> Tropidina Morch (not Adams), Vidensk. Meddel. Kjob., for 1863, p. 320,
1864, V. minuta Drap., ist sp.
> 7^/jy^/a Bourguignat, Descr. Nouv. Gen. Alg., 1877, V. Jelskii Crosse, 1863,
Russia, named for Prof. Jelski, of Kieff.
^/elsh'a Westerlund, Fauna Pal, Reg., vi, p. 143, 1886; not ofTacza-
novich, Arachnida, 187 1.
> (7yr<7r^/5 Westerlund, Fauna Pal. Reg., vi, p. 142, 1886.
This genus has been subdivided, according to the form of the shell,
into the following sections, which appear, however, to have very little
value.
Valvata %.s. {Gyrorbis Fitz.) Shell planorboid or depressed,
without spiral keels. Type V. cristata Muller.
Cincinna Morch ( Valvata Fitz.). Shell turbinate, with a mod-
FAMILY VALVATID^ 121
erate number of whorls slowly enlarging and without spiral keels.
Type V. piscinalis (Miiller) .
lelskia Bourguignat {^Jelskia West., not Tacz.). Shell turbinate,
with few rapidly enlarging whorls and no spiral keels. Type V.
jelskii Crosse.
Tropidina H. and A. Adams. Shell depressed turbinate, with the
upper surface of the spire more or less flattened and the whorls spi-
rally keeled. Type V. tricar inata (Lesueur) Say.
Since Miiller associated but one species with the genus when de-
scribed, that species necessarily becomes the type. A failure to rec-
ognize this, when subdividing the genus, is responsible for several of
the synonyms. I have not been able to consult Hiibner's Zwei Brief e,
and cite him on the authority of Westerlund, but, judging by his paper
on Cobresia of the same year, his nomenclature was not Linnean,
although his artistic capacity seems to have been exceptional.
Valvata tricarinata Say.
Cyclostoma tricarinata Say, Joum. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., i, p. 13, 1817.
Valvata tricarinata Say, op. cit., 11, p. 173, 1821. — Gould, Inv. Mass.,
p. 225, fig. 156, three views, 1841. — Haldeman, Mon. Limn., viii, p.
3, pi. I, figs. 1-4, 1845.
Valvata carinata Sowerby, Genera, part xli, fig. 2, 1834.
Valvata unicarinata De Kay, Zool. N. Y., Moll., p. 118, pi. vi, fig. 129, 1843.
Valvata tricarinata var. simplex GquLj>, Inv. Mass., p. 226, fig. 156 (right
hand figure), 1841.
Valvata humeralis Miles, Geol. Surv. Michigan, p. 237, i860, not of Say.
Valvata tricarinata var. confusa Bryant Walker, Nautilus, xv, No. 11, p.
124, fig. 2, 1902.
Range, — From New England and Virginia westward to the Mis-
souri, and northward.
Type : St. Lawrence River and the Great Lakes ! Manitoba, in
Great Playgreen and Winnipeg Lakes ! and Pine Creek ; Red Deer,
Alberta ; Moose Factor}', Keewatin ; Saskatchewan
River ! Great Slave Lake ! Methy Lake in Lat. 57° N. .,-
Variety simplex : English River, Keewatin ! ^^^
Peace River, Athabaska ! Great Slave Lake, at Fort
Resolution ! upper Mackenzie River at Fort Simp- ^^' ?^.' f '
a vata tricartna-
son ! in N. Lat. 62 . ^^ i_
Full grown specimens of this species have three
and a half whorls, a maximum diameter of 5, and an altitude of 3
mm. This applies to both varieties, though under exceptionally
favorable circumstances it may be somewhat exceeded. The aper-
ture is orbicular and almost vertical in plane.
122 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
Valvata sincera Say.
Valvata sincera Say, Rep. Long's Exp., ii, p. 264, pi. xv, fig. 11, 1824.
Range. — Northwest Territory (Bigsby, Jide Say) southeast Kee-
watin in Attawapiskat and Kawinogans Rivers (Mclnnea) and the
southwest point of Anticosti (McCann) .
This shell, according to Say's original description and figure, is " sub-
globose-conic " with "nearly four whorls," "finely and regularly
wrinkled across," with a large umbilicus "exhibiting the volutions,'
and a diameter, at right angles to the axis, of slightly less than three
millimeters, as engraved on the plate in Long's Expedition. I have
not seen any shell corresponding to these characters from the northern
United States, but Dr. Whiteaves has kindly sent me for examination
some shells from southern Keewatin and Anticosti which may prove
to be Say's sincera. In the literature and in collections we find the
ecarinate tricarinata {simplex Gould) and all the non-carinated forms
of the United States generally labelled ' sincera Say,' ' simplex Gould,'
etc. Those specimens of tricarinata which preserve the ' sul^globose *
outline have an umbilicus smaller than the carinate- shells instead of
larger. The very flat and widely umbilicate form which is most gen-
erally labelled sincera^ following Haldeman's figures, is much more
like the cristata of Europe than it is like Say's shell. The specimens
which have been called sincera in the literature of the region we are
now interested in are, so far as I have been able to examine them, all
of the next species.
The only shells in the National Museum which at all resemble Say's
sincera are a series received from Aroostook County, Maine, collected
by O. Nylander, which differ sufficiently to be called at least a very
marked variety.
Valvata (sincera var. .?) nylanderi nov.
Shell small, subglobose-conic, with four whorls of a pale greenish
straw color; surface polished, with faint spiral striae, sculptured
axially with thin, sharp, elevated, rather distant lamellae like those on
Zoogenites harpa or Planogyra asteriscus Morse ; these lamellae are
closer and less elevated on the apical part of the shell ; vertex, includ-
ing most of the first two whorls, somewhat flattish or planorboid,
after which the shell becomes subconic ; the sutures deep ; the base
rounded, with a narrow but very deep umbilicus ; plane of the aper-
ture nearly vertical, the aperture orbicular, with simple sharp edges ;
the operculum multispiral, of the same color as the shell. Axial height
3.2 and 3.4; diameter 3.5 and 3.7; diameter of umbilicus .05 and
FAMILY VALVATID^ 1 23
.07 ; of aperture i .5 and i .7 mm., in the broadest and narrowest speci-
mens, respectively.
Valvata lewisi Currier.
Valvata striata Lewis, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1856, p. 260. — BiN-
NEY (as var. of sincerd), Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., iii, p. 12, fig. 18,
1865 ; not of Philippi, 1836.
Valvata sincera Haldeman {^ro parte), Mon. Limn., viii, pL i, figs. 6, 7, 8,
1845.
Valvata lewist Cvkrikk, List Moll. Mich., Kent Sci. Inst. Misc. Pub., No. i,
p. 9, 1868 ; new name for V. striata Lewis, not Philippi.
Range. — Northern United States from the Atlantic to the Pacific,
and northward.
New England ! Minnesota ! Colorado ! Lake Washington near Seat-
tle ! San Bernardino Mountains, Calif. ! Utah ! Lake Superior ! Anticosti
Island ! Pine Creek, Manitoba ! Laggan, Alberta, at
5,200 feet elevation ; Assiniboia ; Lake La Loche and
Peace River, Athabaska ; Great Slave Lake ! Fort
Simpson, upper Mackenzie River, N. Lat. 62°! Fig. 94. Val-
Frances Lake, head of the Liard River ! Fort Chimo, vata leivisi Cur-
Labrador ! Sturgeon Lake, Athabaska ! Upper Colum- ri^r) I-
bia Lake ! (Tyrrell) .
The name seems to have been originally proposed for a brown muta-
tion of V. sincera Haldeman {non Say) , but may well be extended to
cover the whole species, which has no other available name. The shell
when normally developed and adult has four whorls with a height of
3.6 and a diameter of 5.75 mm. It has a much wider umbilicus than
var. simplex of tricarinata and is a larger shell, yet usually has a
smaller protoconch. The sculpture is axial, fine and close, like the
winding of thread on a spool. In the typical form this sculpture is
coarser and more prominent than in the less common helicoidea. In
both it is largely resident in the periostracum, the decorticated shell
being nearly smooth.
Valvata lewisi var. helicoidea nov. PI. ii, figs, i, 2.
This form resembles lewisi but is more depressed, almost flat above,
and more or less flattened toward the suture ; the whorls are more slen-
der and near the aperture usually rather suddenly expanded ; the sur-
face is polished, the sculpture frequently obsolete, the umbilicus wide,
and its bounding coil peripherally diverted during the growth of the last
half whorl ; height 2.5 ; of the aperture 2.0 ; diameter of shell 5.0 mm.
Range. — With the type form, to some extent ever)rwhere, but espe-
cially toward the Northwest. Lake Bennett, Yukon Territory ! near
124
LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
Old Fort Yukon, Alaska ! thirty miles below Xanana on the Yukon
River ! Lake Lindeman ; East Kootenai district, British Columbia.
This form is very close to V. sibirica Middendorff , wrhich however
has a more depressed apex and uniform fine sharp sculpture. V.
cristata is of the same type, but much smaller.
Valvata mergella Westerlund.
Valvata mgrg^e/ZaW^STKRUJiiD, Vega Exped. Vetens. lakt., iv, p. 209, pi. v,
figs. 22, a-d, 1885.
Range. — Port Clarence, near Bering Strait, Alaska (Vega) ;
Popof Island, Shumagins, in small ponds (Kincaid) ; Stewart River,
Yukon district (Canadian Geol. Survey).
This is the largest species of its group, measuring 5 mm. high and
7 mm. wide, with four whorls. The aperture is markedly expanded,
the sculpture very fine and rather sharp. The protoconch in the Shu-
magin specimens is very minute. The expansion of the aperture tends
to narrow the umbilicus, as it were at the last moment.
Valvata virens Tryon.
Valvata virens Tryon, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1863, p. 148, pi. i,
fig. II. — BiNNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., iii, p. 15, fig. 21, 1865.
Range, — Clear Lake, California, to Vancouver
Island, at Nanaimo.
A well marked species of more than usually tro-
choid form, recalling V. piscinalis of Europe, but
large, more solid, and when in good condition of a pe-
culiarly elegant green tint. The figures given in
Tryon's description are of immature specimens. Bln-
ney figures an adult specimen but does not give
the measurements.
Family VIVIPARID^.
Genus Campeloma Rafinesque.
Fig. 95. Val-
vata virens Try-
on, operculum,
magnified.
Fig. 96. Campeloma decisum ; b, operculum.
FAMILY VIVIPARID^ 1 25
Campeloma decisum Say.
Limncea decisa Say, Nicholson's British Encyclopedia, ist Am. ed., pi. ill,
fig. 6, 1817.
Paludina decisa Sx\, op. cit., 3d ed., pi. ill, fig. 6, 1819. — Haldeman,
Men. Limn., Paludina, p. 4, pi. i, 1840.
Melantho decisa Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., iii, p. 41, figs. 79-82.
1865.
Range. — Eastern North America from the Rio Grande to Nova
Scotia, west to Nebraska, north to the Saskatchewan. Lake Superior
to the Saskatchewan (Richardson) ; Lake of the Woods, Manitoba,
(rare, Hanham).
It is not unlikely that the extension of the range of this species as
far north as the Saskatchewan is unwarranted, so many of the data in
Sowerby's list, in Richardson, seem erroneous, but the presence of the
species in the Lake of the Woods seems authentic.
NAIADES.
In discussing the Naiades, the arrangement proposed by Mr. Chas.
T. Simpson, in his recent Synopsis of the Naiades,^ is adopted, which
see for fuller synonymy.
Genus Lampsilis Rafinesque.
Lampsilis ventricosus Barnes.
65»w 7/^«/nVo5»j Barnes, Am. Joum. Sci., ist sen, vi, p. 267, pi. xiii, fig,
14, 1823.
Lampsilis ventricosus Simpson, Synopsis, p. 526, 1900.
Range. — Entire Mississippi drainage, the St. Lawrence system,
southern drainage into Hudson Bay.
Lake Winnipeg; Battle River, Manitoba, and north to Nelson
River ! and its tributaries, in north latitude 57".
I«ampsilis luteolus Lamarck.
Unio luteola Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert., vi, p. 79, 1819. — Sowerby, Conch.
Icon., XVI, Mon. Unio, pi. LViii, figs. 293, a-b, 1867.
Lampsilis luteolus Simpson, Synopsis, p. 534, 1900.
Range. — Entire Mississippi drainage and southwest to the Brazos
River, Texas ; entire Dominion of Canada east of the Rocky Moun-
tains and north to the Red River of the North !
Lake Winnipeg ! Lower Saskatchewan ! Battle River, Manitoba.
Hill River, Keewatin ! (var. superiorensis Marsh) . Great Slave
Lake ! Lake Athabaska ! Moose Factory, James Bay ! Manitoba Lake.
1 Proceedings U. S. Nat. Museum, vol. xxii, pp. 501-1044, 1900. Separate
paper No. 1205, with pp. i-viii prefixed.
126 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
Lampsilis borealis Gray.
Unio borealis Gray, Ottawa Naturalist, 1882, p. 53, plate with three figures.
Lampsilis borealis (Gray) Simpson, Synopsis, p. 535, 1900.
Range. — St. Lawrence drainage. Lake of the Woods! Ottawa,
Ontario !
Lampsilis radiatus Gmelin.
Mya radiata Gmelin, Syst. Nat., vi, p. 3220, 1792.
Unio radiatus Spengler, Skr. Nat. Selsk, 11, p. 3, 1792 ; iii, p. 62, 1793. —
Conrad, Mon., 11, p. 24, pi. x, fig. 2, 1836.
Lampsilis radiatus Simpson, Synopsis, p. 535, 1900.
Range. — St. Lawrence and Atlantic drainage, south to North
Carolina. Manitoba.
Lake Winnipeg ! Saskatchewan River ! Nelson River drainage !
Great Slave Lake (Kennicott) !
Lampsilis ligamentinus Lamarck.
Unio crassus Say, Nicholson's Encycl., Am. ed., 11, Art. Conchology, pi. i,
fig. 8, 1817. Not Unio crassus Retzius, 1788.
Unio ligamentina Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert., vi, p. 72, 18 19. — Kuster,
Conch. Cab., Mon. Unio, p. 23, pi. iii, fig. 3, 1852.
Lampsilis ligamentinus Simpson, Synopsis, p. 539, 1900.
Range. — Mississippi drainage, irregularly distributed in the St.
Lawrence drainage.
Roseau River and Millwood, Assiniboine River, Manitoba.
Lampsilis rectus Lamarck.
Unio recta Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert., vi, p. 74, 1819. — Kuster, Conch.
Cab., Mon. Unio, p. 35, pi. vi, fig. i, 1852.
Lampsilis rectus Simpson, Synopsis, p. 544, 1900.
Range. — Entire drainage of the Mississippi and Alabama Rivers ;
St. Lawrence system, Red River of the North, Roseau and Assiniboine
Rivers in Manitoba !
Lampsilis ellipsiformis Conrad.
Unio ellipsiformis Conrad, Mon., viii, p. 60, pi. xxxiv, fig. i, 1836.
Unio spatulatus Lea (1845), Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, x, p. 80, pi. viii, fig. 22,
1848.
Lampsilis ellipsiformis Simpson, Synopsis, p. 557, 1900,
Range. — Mississippi drainage north of Lat. 38°, St. Lawrence
drainage, in part ; Manitoba.
Red River of the North ! Lake Winnipeg, Manitoba.
Lampsilis alatus Say.
Unio alatus Say, Nicholson's Encycl., ist Am. ed., Art. Conchology, 11, pi.
IV, fig. 2, 1817. — Conrad, Mon., vii, p. 57, pi. xxxi, 1836.
FAMILY UNIONID^ 137
Lampsilis {Propterd) alatus Simpson, Synopsis, p. 567, 1900.
Range. — Entire drainage of the St. Lawrence; of the Mississippi
north of Arkansas ; Alabama ; Manitoba. Red River of the North !
Lampsilis gracilis Barnes.
Unio gracilis Barnes, Am. Joum. Sci., ist ser., vi, p. 274, 1823. — Sowerby,
Conch. Icon., xvi, pi. xxxix, fig. 215, 1866.
Lampsilis gracilis SlMVSO'ii, Synopsis, p. 573, 1900.
Range. — Eastern Texas; Mississippi, and St. Lawrence drainage;
Manitoba. Red River of the North !
Genus Strophitus Rafinesque.
Stxophitus rugosus Swainson.
Anodon rugosus Swainson, Zool. 111., ist ser., 11, pi. xcvi, 1822.
Alasmodonta edentula Say, New Harmony, Diss., li. No. 22, p. 340, 1829.
Anodonia edentula Ykkvssac, Mag. de Zool., Guerin, 1835, p. 25.
Strophitus edentulus Conrad, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vi, p. 263, 1853.
Anodonta undulata Hildreth, Am. Joum. Sci., xiv, p. 290, 1828.
Anodon areolatus Swainson, Zool. 111., 2d ser., i, pi. xviii, 1829.
Anodonta ivardiana Lea (1836), Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, vi, p. 46, pi. xiv,
fig. 42, 1838.
Anodonta tetragona Lea (1845), op. cit., x, p. 82, pi. vili, fig. 25, 1845.
Anodonta arkansasensis Lea, op. cit., xi, p. 293, pi. xxix, fig. 56, 1852.
Anodonta shafferiana Lea, op. cit., x, p. 288, pi. xxvi, fig. 50, 1852.
Anodonta showalteri Lea (i860), Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1862, p. 215,
pi. xxxiii, fig. 284, 1862.
Alasmodon rhombica Anthony, Am. Joum. Conch., i, p. 158, pi. 12, fig. 5,
1865.
Anodonta salmonca Ct-KSSm, Conch. Cab., Mon. Anodonta, p. 91, pi. xxiv,
figs. 1-2, 1873.
Anodonta pavonia Lea.
Range. — St. Lawrence system; the whole of the Mississippi
drainage, Texas, Alabama, the Atlantic drainage ; Manitoba.
Red River of the North ! Lake Winnipeg ! Great Playgreen Lake !
Saskatchewan River.
Genus Anodonta Lamarck.
Anodonta beringiana Middendorff.
Anodonta cettensis var. beringiana Midd., Sib Raise, 11, p. 284, pi. xxviii,
figs. 4-7, pi. XXIX, figs. 1-4, 1 85 1.
Anodonta youconensis Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., xi, p. 81, 1867.
Anodonta youkanensis Lea, Joum. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., n. s., vi, p. 287, pi.
XL, fig. 99, 1868.
Range. — Drainage into Bering Sea from Asia and America ; also
Cook Inlet drainage.
Kenai Peninsula ! Kuskokwim River near Redoubt Kolmakof !
Yukon River below Anvik, in pools and quiet sloughs left by the
128 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
receding freshets ! Avacha Bay, Kamchatka ! Amur River ! eastern
Siberia and Mongolia.
Anodonta kennerleyi Lea.
Anodonta kennerleyi "Lex, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., iv, p. 306, i860;
Journal, v, p. 108, pi. xviii, fig. 256, 1862.
Range. — Puget Sound ! British Columbia.
Anodonta oregonensis Lea.
Anodonta oregonensis \jE.h., Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, vi, p. 80, pi. xxi, fig. 67,
1838.
Margarita {Anodonta) oregonensis Lea, Synopsis, p. 30, 1837.
Anodonta cognata Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. N. Hist., iii, p. 294, 1850;
Rep. on Moll. U. S. Expl. Exp., p. 435, pi. xxxviii, figs. 546, a-b, 1852.
Range. — Northern California, Oregon and British Columbia ;
eastward to Great Salt Lake, Utah.
Vancouver Island, B. C, abundant near Victoria, and at Nootka;
Sumas Lake, Fraser River valley, B. C. Shush wap Lake ; Nicola
Lake and Okanogan Lake, B. C. ; Kadiak Island, Alaska (Fisher).
Anodonta nuttalliana Lea.
Anodonta nuttalliana Lea, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, vi, p. tj, pi. xx, fig. 62,
1838.
Anodonta triangularis Trask, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Calif., I, p. 29, Feb. 19,
1855.
Anodon triangularis Sowerby, Conch. Icon., xvii, pi. xxix, fig. 56 b, 1870.
Range. — California in the Sacramento River, and northw^ard to
British Columbia, Nootka and Clayoquot Sound, Vancouver Island ;
Chilliwak Lake, Nicola Lake and Shushwap Lake, British Columbia.
Anodonta wahlamatensis Lea.
Anodonta wahlamatensis Lea, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, vi, p. 78, pi. xx, fig.
64, 1838.
Anodonta rotundovataTvLASm, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Calif., i, p. 29, 1855.
Anodon rostratus Sowerby, Conch. Icon., xvii, pi. 11, fig. 4, 1872.
Anodonta laosensis Fischer, Bull. Soc N. Hist., d'Autun, p. 219, 1891.
Anodonta rotundata Simpson, Synopsis, p. 629, in synonymy, 1900, not of
Trask.
Range. — Utah and westward, California to British Columbia in
the Pacific.
Nootka, Vancouver Island ; Sumas Lake and Prairie, Fraser River
valley, British Columbia.
Anodonta marginata Say.
Anodonta marginata Say, Nicholson's Encyclop., ist Am. ed., 11, Art. Con-
chology, p. 19, pi. Ill, fig. 5, 1817.
FAMILY UNIONID^ 1 29
Atiodonta fragilis Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert., vi, p. 85, 1819. — Delessert,
R6c. Coq. Lam., pi. xiii, figs. 2a, 2^, 1841.
Anodonta lacustris Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., I, p. 84, 1857.
Anodonta flava, pallida, glandulosa and irisans Anthony, Am. Journ. Conch.,
I, pp. 1 6 1-3, pi. xiv-xvi, 1865.
Anodonta subcarinata Currier, Am. Journ. Conch., iii, p. 113, pi. vi, fig. 5,
1867.
Anodon exilis Sowerby, Conch. Icon., xvii, pi. xxii, fig. 84, 1869.
Range. — Drainage of the St. Lawrence River basin, including the
lakes.
Anticosti Island, in lake near Becsia River, six miles inland ! Battle
Creek, Manitoba !
Anodonta implicata Say.
Anodonta implicata Say, New Harmony, Diss., 11, No. 22, p. 340, 1822. —
Clessin, Conch. Cab., ed. 11, Anodonta, p. 78, pi. xix, fig. 3, 1873.
Anodonta neivtonensis Lea, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. , vi, p. 79, pi. xxi, fig. 66,
1838.
Anodonta housatonica Linsley, Am. Journ. Sci., 1845, p. 277.
Range, — Atlantic drainage from Virginia northward, St. Law-
rence drainage, Saskatchewan basin.
Manitoba in Lake Winnipeg ! and Souris River ; lower Saskatche-
wan River !
Anodonta grandis Say.
Anodonta grandis Say, New Harmony, Diss., 11, p. 341, 1829. — Clessin,
Mon. Anod. in Conch. Cab., n. ed., p. 96, pi. xxx, figs. 1-2, 1873.
Anodonta ovata Lea, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, vi, p. 2, pi. 11, fig. 2, 1838.
Anodonta salmonea Lea (pathologic). Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, vi, p. 45, pi.
XIV, fig. 41, 1838.
Anodonta lewisii Lea, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., iv, p. 362, pi. LXii,
fig. 187, i860.
Anodonta footiana Lea, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, viii, p. 225, pi. xx, fig. 44,
1842.
Anodonta marryattiana'LE.x, op. cit., p. 226, pi. xx, fig. 45, 1842.
Anodonta gigantea Lea, Trans. Am. Phil, Soc. 1834, p. 1, pi. I, fig. i
(pathologic ? ).
Anodonta grandis Simpson, Synopsis Naiades, pp. 641-644, 1900 (with many
synonyms).
Range. — Entire Mississippi system and southwest to Texas ; up-
per St. Lawrence drainage ; Manitoba.
Red River of the North ! Shoal Lake ; Souris River ! Fairford
River ! and Lake Winnipeg, Manitoba !
Variety footiana Lea : Souris River, Manitoba 1 Nipegon River,
Lake Hannah.
\diX\sXy gigantea 'L.^Q.'. Manitoba.
This variable and widely extended species is responsible for many
synonyms cited by Mr. Simpson. It appears that the Manitoba and
130 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
perhaps the upper St. Lawrence localities may owe its presence to
capture of part of the Mississippi drainage, owing to changes of level,
elsewhere referred to.
Anodonta kennicotti Lea.
Anodonta kennicotti Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., v, p. 56, 1861 ; Jour-
nal, n. s., V, p. 214, pi. XXXIII, fig. 283, 1862.
Anodonta simpsoniana Lea, op. cit., p. 56, 1861 ; p. 212, pi. xxxii, fig.
281, 1862.
Anodonta dallasiana Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vii, p. 190, 1863 ;
Journal, vi, p. 29, pi. xi, fig. 28, 1866.
Range. — Upper and middle St. Lawrence system. Mackenzie
drainage to Great Slave Lake.
Lake of the Woods ; Manitoba Lake ; Lake Winnipeg ! Grand
Rapids of the Saskatchewan ! Ekwan River, Keewatin ; Fort Simp-
son, Mackenzie River ! Fort Erie and Fort Rae ! Great Slave Lake ;
Buffalo Lake, Methy Portage, Saskatchewan.
This is the most characteristic Naiad of the central Boreal region
and reaches perhaps farther north (Lat. 63°) than any other species in
American waters.
Anodonta pepiniana Lea.
Anodonta pepiniana Lea, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, vi, p. 96, pi. xvi, fig. 51, 1838.
Range. — Upper and middle St. Lawrence drainage, Saskatche-
wan basin.
Lake Winnipeg ! Manitoba. Attawapiskat River, eastern Keewatin.
Genus Gonidea Conrad.
Gonidea angulata Lea.
Anodonta angulaia'LEA, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, vi, p. 97, pi. xvi, fig. 52, 1838.
Anodon feminalis Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. N. Hist., iii, p. 293, 1850 ; MolL
U. S. Expl. Exp., p. 436, pi. xxxviii, figs. 547, a-b, 1852.
Anodonta randalli Tkask, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences Calif., i, p. 28, 1855.
Anodon h'an^^u^ata Sowerby, Conch. Icon., xvii, pi. xxiii, figs. 8, a-3, 1869.
Range. — Central California, north to British Columbia and east-
ward to Idaho.
Columbia River near Fort Colville !
This singular shell hardly more than crosses the boundary, so far as
reported. According to Stearns and Hemphill this species buries itself
obliquely in the rather hard bed of rapid streams, so that the flattened
posterior portion lies horizontally even with the bottom, and offers no
resistance to the current. Whether the flattening and consequent angu-
lation of the valves is a modification due to the burrowing habit and
the influence of its environment, or not, cannot yet be positively stated.
FAMILY UNIONID^ I3I
Genus Anodontoides Simpson.
Anodontoides ferussacianus Lea.
Anodonta ferussaciana Lea, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, v, p. 45, pi. vi, fig. 15,
1834.
Anodonta buchanensis Lea, op. cit., p. 47, pi. xiv, fig, 43, 1838.
Anodonta argentea Lea, op. cit., viii, p. 223, pi. xix, fig. 41, 1842.
Anodonta ferruginea Lea, op. cit., viii, p. 225, pi. xix, fig. 43, 1842.
Anodonta plicata Haldeman, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., viii, p. 201, 1842.
Anodonta denigrata Lea, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, x, p. 285, pi. xxv, fig. 45,
1852.
Anodonta oblita Lea, op. cit., p. 46, pi. xxviii, fig. 52, 1852.
Anodonta subcylindracea Lea, op. cit., vi, p. 106, pi. xxiv, fig. 117, 1838.
Anodonta modesta Lea, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., n. s., iv, p. 364, pi.
LXiii, fig. 189, i860.
Range. — Mississippi drainage, St. Lawrence, Red River of the
North, and Saskatchewan basins.
Lake Winnipeg ! Lake of the Woods !
Genus Symphynota Lea.
Subgenus Lasmigona Rafinesque.
Symphynota costata Rafinesque.
Alasmidonta costata Rafinesque, Ann. Gen. Sci, Brux., v, p, 318, pi. Lxxxii,
figs. 15, 16, 1820.
Alasmodonta rugosa Barnes, Am, Journ, Sci,, vi, p. 278, pi. xili, fig. 21,
1823.
Range. — Mississippi and St. Lawrence basins.
Manitoba in Roseau River !
Subgenus Pterosygna Rafinesque.
Symphynota complanata Barnes.
Alasmodonta complanata Barnes, Am. Journ. Sci., vi, p. 278, pi. xiii, fig.
22, 1823. — Baker, Moll. Chicago Area, i, p. 60, pi. viii, figs, 1-2, pL
IX, figs. 1-4, 1898.
Complanaria gigas Sowerby, Conch. Manual, fig. 141, 1839 ; 2d ed., p.
115, fig. 141, 1842.
Unio katherincE Lea, Synopsis, p. 35, 1838; Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, vi, p.
143, 1839. Lake Superior.
Range. — Mississippi drainage north of Arkansas on the west and
Tennessee on the east ; Upper St. Lawrence and its tributaries. The
variety katherince northward from Lake Superior to the Mackenzie
and Keewatin.
Lake Winnipeg ! Shell River and Lower Saskatchewan ! Nelson
River drainage ; Assiniboine River ; Red River of the North ! Battle
River, Manitoba,
132 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
Genus Margaritana Schumacher.
Margaritana margaritifera Linne.
Typical form ;
Mya margaritifera Linne, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 671, 1758, Conch. Cab., vi, pi.
I, fig. 5-
Alasmodonta arcuata 'Qa.'k^te.S, Am. Journ. Sci., vi, p. 277, pi, xil, fig. 20,
1823.
Unio elongatus Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert., vi, p. 70, 18 19.
Unto sinuata C. Pfeiffer, 1825 ; + U. roissyi Michaud, 1831 ; + U. tristis
Morelet, 1845 \ + U. /rra5«>«>««^ (Klein) Lea, 1836.
Unio {Alasmodonta) dahuricus Middendorff (1850), Sib. Reise, il, p. 275,
pi. XXVI, figs. 3-5, 1851.
Unio cotnplanatus Middendorff, Sib. Reise, 11, p. 273, pi. xxvii, figs. 1-6,
1851.
Unio mongolicus, Middendorff, Sib. Reise, 11, p. 277, pi. xxvii, figs. 7-8,
1851.
Margaritana margaritifera Simpson, Synopsis, pp. 674-677 {ex parte), 1900.
Margaritana margaritifera variety falcata Gould.
Alasmodon falcata Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. N. Hist., iii, p. 294, Nov.,
1850; Wilkes' Expl. Exp. Moll., p. 433, figs. 545, a-b, 1852.
Unio falcatus Sowerby, Conch. Icon., xvi, Mon. Unio, pi. lxxv, fig. 390,
1868.
Alasmodon yubaensis TKASVi, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., i, p. 30, 1855.
Range of the type. — The whole of northern Europe and w^estem
Siberia. In northeastern Asia from the Upper Amur basin and south-
em Mongolia, Kamchatka, and Sakhalin Island. In America on Anti-
costi Island ; Quebec Province, eastern Canada ; Nevv^ England and
Newr York. Also, isolated from the eastern area by a wide gap, in
the Lower Saskatchewan near Lake Winnipeg.
Range of the variety. — California, in the Sierra, Plumas Co., at
7,400 feet above the sea ! Sacramento River ; Yuba River ; Oregon ;
Washington at Wallawalla ; northwestern Montana in the headwaters
of the Missouri ! (only) above Fort Benton, but not reported lower
down ; Victoria and Nanaimo ! Vancouver Island ; Eraser River ;
Kakwous Lake (4,000 feet elevation) and streams in Lat. 50°, Brit-
ish Columbia ; Naha Bay, Alaska, abundant near sea level in small
lake, Lat. 55^35 North !
The most obvious distinction between the typical form and variety
falcata lies in the purple nacre of the latter, which is often extremely
rich and beautiful, though in old cabinet specimens usually much
faded. The specimens above the falls in the headwaters of the Mis-
souri may have been captured with streams by orographic changes,
or transported in the glochidium stage attached to fishes ; at any rate
FAMILY UNIONID^ I33
they are of the Pacific type, and are not found below the site of Fort
Benton, so far as yet reported. It is quite evident that much scientific
interest attaches to a thorough knowledge of the distribution of this
species, with its possible relation to geologic changes and the results of
glaciation. It is to be hoped that any data bearing on this matter will
be carefully preserved and put on record by travelers and others in
these regions.
Genus Unio Retzius.
Unio complanatus Solander.
Mya complanata Solander (after Lister, t. 1 50, fig. 5), in Cat. Portland Mu-
seum, p. 100, No. 2190, 1786. — DiLLWYN, Descr. Cat. Rec. Sh., i, p.
51. 1817.
Unio complanatus Simpson, Synopsis, pp. 720-5, 1900.
Range. — Atlantic drainage from Georgia to the St. Lawrence
system. Also in the Saskatchewan River.
North shore of Lake Superior ; Lake Nipissing, etc.
Genus Quadrula Rafinesque.
Quadrula plicata Say.
Unio plicata Say, Nicholson's Encycl., ist Am. ed., Art. Conch., pi. ill, fig.
I, 1817.
Unio crassus Barnes, Am. Journ. Sci., vi, p. 118, 1823.
Quadrula plicata Simpson, Synopsis, p. 767, 1900.
Unio hippopcEus Lea, Proc. Am, Phil. Soc., iv, p. 163, 1845 (variety).
Range. — Mississippi drainage from Arkansas and Tennessee
northward ; Western Michigan, Red River of the North, Lake Win-
nipeg and the Saskatchewan.
The variety htppop<ea occurs in Lakes Erie, Michigan, and Win-
nipeg.
Quadrula undulata Barnes.
Unio undulata Barnes, Am. Joum. Sci., vi, p. 120, pL 11, 1823.
Unio costatus Say, Am. Conch., vi. No. 41, 1834 ; not of Rafinesque.
Quadrula undulata Simpson, Synopsis, p. 769, 1900.
Range. — Mississippi and St. Lawrence drainage generally, Texas
and Alabama ; Red River of the North ; Lake Winnipeg ; the Sas-
katchewan River.
Quadrula heros Say.
Unio heros Say, New Harmony Diss., 11, No. 19, p. 291, 1829. — Conrad,
Men., XII, p. 107, pi. Lix, 1840.
Unio multiplicatus Lea, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, iv, p. 70, pi. rv, fig. 2, 1831.
Range. — Nuevo Leon, Mexico ; Tombigbee River, Alabama. The
Mississippi system generally ; Red River of the North, Manitoba.
134 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
Quadrula lachrymosa Lea.
Unio lachrymosus Lea, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, in, p. 272, pi. vi, fig. 8, 1827.
Unio asperrimus Lea, op. cit., iv, p. 71, pi. v, fig. 3, 1831.
Unio quadrulus Say, Am. Conch., vi, pi. Liii, 1834 ; not of Rafinesque.
Quadrtda lachrymosa Simpson, Synopsis, p. 776, 1900.
Range. — Entire Mississippi drainage; various localities in the St.
Lawrence system ; Red River of the North, Manitoba, abundant.
Quadrula rubiginosa Lea.
Unio rubiginosus Lea, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, in, p. 427, pi. viii, fig. 10,
1829.
Unio fiavus Conrad, 1834. — Say, Am. Conch., vi, 1834. — Conrad, Mon.,
IX, p. 74, pi. XII, fig. 2, 1837.
Unio trigonus Sowerby, Conch. Icon., Mon. Unio, xvi, pi. LXlv, fig. 322,
1868.
Quadrula rubiginosa Simpson, Synopsis, p. 786, 1900.
Range. — Entire Mississippi drainage ; eastern Texas ; St. Law-
rence drainage ; Red River of the North ! Manitoba ; Nelson River !
Keewatin ; Red and Roseau Rivers and Lake Winnipeg, Manitoba.
Family SPH^RIID^.
This family is reviewed in Trans. Wagner Institute, vol. in, part
VI, pp. 1439-60, and a summary of the arrangement adopted is also
given in Proceedings Biological Society of Washington, xvi, pp. 5-8,
1903. This arrangement in effect is that which is adopted on the
present occasion. The specific synonymy is mainly due to the late
Temple Prime, who kindly named the Alaskan specimens collected
previous to his death. Some later arrivals have been examined by Dr.
Sterki. I have seen no specimens or figures of the species from Port
Clarence named by Westerlund, and they are introduced on his author-
ity. It is probable that a considerable reduction will eventually be had
in the number of nominal species, especially of Corneocyclas,
Genus Sphaerium Scopoli.
Subgenus Sphaerium s. s.
Sphaerium simile Say.
Cyclas siniilis Say, Nicholson's Encycl., ist Am. ed., pi. l, fig. 9, 18 17.
Cyclas sulcata Lamarck, Anim, s. Vert., v, p. 560, 18 18.
Spharium sulcatum Prime, Mon. Am. Corbie, p. 33, fig. 25, 1865.
Range. — United States, east of the Mississippi River; Canada;
Manitoba.
Lake Superior ; Red River of the North ; Lake Winnipeg ; Pine
FAMILY SPH^RIID^ I35
Creek and Fort Pelly, Manitoba ; Lower Saskatchewan River at
Grand Rapids !
Fig. 97. Sfh(erium simile Say.
This species is the Cyclas saratogea of Lamarck and has numerous
other synonyms. It is the largest species of the group in North
America, but, judging by the records, rather irregularly distributed.
The Lamarckian locality is Lake George ; Say's specimens are from
the vicinity of Philadelphia.
Sphaerium striatinum Lamarck.
Cyclas striatina Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert., v, p. 560, 1818.
Sphceriutn striatinum Prime, Men. Am. Corbie, p. 37, fig. 29, 1865.
Range. — North America generally, east of the Sierra Nevada
Mountains, from Alabama to the L^pper Mackenzie.
Hell Gate River (Columbia drainage) , Montana ;
Humboldt River, Nevada (Hepburn) ; in Manitoba
at Lake Winnipeg ; Great Playgreen Lake ; York
Factory, Keewatin ; Pasqua Lake, Assiniboia !
Saskatchewan River at Grand Rapids ! Mackenzie
River at old Fort Simpson !
So far as the records indicate, the place of this ^''^- 9^ . '^^^'^"
-,,_,, , . , rium strtattnum.
species is east of the Rockies, but in at least two
places it has been transferred to the head-waters of streams flowing
westward. In the East it is perhaps the most common of the Sphceria^
taking much such a place as 6". corneum does in the European fauna.
* Sphaerium aureum Prime.
Cyclas aurea Prime, Proc. Boston See. Nat. Hist., iv, p. 159, 185 1.
Sphcerium aureum Prime, Mon. Am. Corbie, p. 35, fig. 26, 1865.
Range. — Lake Superior.
It is probable that this species crosses the line into
Canada, though not yet searched for in that region.
Sphaerium walkeri Sterki. „, /°' V'
iip h (B rtuin
Sphcerium walkeri Sterki, Nautilus, xrv, p. 142, April, 1901. aureum.
136
LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
Range. — Frances Lake and Finlayson Lake, Yukon District, Liard
River drainage (Dawson); Lake Michigan, 12 fathoms (Walker).
Identified by Dr. Sterki, a species related to rhomboideum and occi-
dentate^ but yet unfigured.
Sphaerium solidulum Prime.
Cyclas solidula Prime, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., iv, p. 158, 185 1.
SphcErium solidulum Prime, Mon. Am. Corbie, p. 36, fig. 27, 1865.
Range. — Eastern United States, from New Mexico and Louisiana
to the Great Lakes, and Manitoba.
In Manitoba, at Winnipeg, Brandon, and the Red River of the
North; in Alberta, at Egg Lake.
Sphserium stamineum Conrad.
Cyclas starninea Conrad, Am. Journ. Sci., xxv, p. 342,
pi. I, fig. 5, 1834.
Sphcerium stamineum Price, Mon. Am. Corbie, p. 38, fig.
30, 1865.
Range. — Eastern United States, northward to
Manitoba.
Manitoba (Hanham).
The type locality for this species is Alabama. In 1865 Mr. Prime
united with it the Cyclas fuscata of Rafinesque (Ohio) and the C.
bulbosa Anthony from Arkansas. Later collectors have found it
widely distributed over the eastern portion of the continent.
Sphaerium rhomboideum Say.
Cyclas rhomboida Say , Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 11, p. 380, 1822.
Cyclas elegans Adams, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., iii, p. 330, pi. in, fig. 11,
1840.
sphcerium rhomboideum Prime, Mon. Am. Corbie, p. 39, fig. 31, 1865.
Fig. 100. SphcB-
rium stamine-
um Conrad.
lOi 102 103
Fig. ioi. Sphcerium rhomboideum Say.
Fig. 102. Sphcerium dentatum Hald.
Fig. 103. sphcerium fabale Prime.
Range. — New England to Michigan, and northwestward.
Lake Superior ; Manitoba at Pine Creek and in Lake Winnipeg.
FAMILY SPHyERIID^ I37
Left bank of the Yukon River, Alaska, 30 miles below the mouth
of the Tanana ! In duck's crop at Pender Island, British Columbia.
This attractive species is apparently sporadic or local in its habitats,
but if intelligently sought for would probably be found more often.
It is not yet positively known from British Columbia, but there is little
reason to doubt it will be found there when the fauna is better known.
So far it seems to be rather rare everywhere.
*Sphaerium dentatum Haldeman. Figure 102.
Cyclas dentata Haldeman, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., i, p. 100, 1841,
Willamette River, Oregon.
Spharium dentatum Prime, Men. Am. Corbie, p. 40, fig. 32, 1865.
Range. — California and Oregon. Spokane Falls, Washington.
Sphaerium fabale Prime. Figure 103.
Cyclas fabalis Prime, Proc. Boston See. Nat. Hist., iv, p. 159, 1851.
Sphceriutn fabalis Prime, Men. Am. Corbie, p. 40, fig. 33, 1865.
Range. — Eastern United States and northward, Battle River,
Alberta.
This species was originally described from specimens collected in
Lake Superior by Louis Agassiz, but has since been recognized from
Georgia, Virginia and Tennessee. It is remarkable for its compressed
form and inconspicuous beaks.
Sphaerium occidentale Prime.
Cyclas ovalis Prime, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist, rv, p. 276, 1852, not of
Ferussac, 1807.
Sphcerium occidentale Prime, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for i860, p. 295 ;
Mon. Am. Corbie, p. 41, fig. 34, 1865.
Range. — Northern United States, Vermont to Washington and
northward.
Hell Gate River (Columbia drainage) , Montana !
Lower Saskatchewan River, near Lake Winnipeg;
Spokane Falls, Wash.
♦Sphaerium nobfle Gould. Fig.
Cyclas nobilis GovLD, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., v, p. 229, S phariu m
1855 ; San Pedro, Cal. occidentale.
sphceriutn nobile Prime, Mon. Am. Corbie, p. 41, fig. 35, 1865.
Range. — California, Washington, Idaho.
Blackfoot River, Idaho ! Seattle, Wash.
This is not figured by Gould in Expedition Shells, as stated by
Prime. It closely resembles S. dentatum Hald., but is less inflated,
while the young are smooth.
138 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
Sphaerium patella Gould.
Cy das patella Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., ill, p. 292,
1850; U. S. Expl. Exped. Moll., p. 426, pi. xxxvi, figs. 527,
a-b, 1852.
SJ>hceriufn patella Prime, Mon. Am, Corbie, p, 42, fig. 36, 1865.
Fig. 105. Range. — Northern California to British Columbia.
SphcEr- Heal dsburg, Calif. ! Wall awalla, Vancouver and Seattle,
' 77 Wash. ; Nanaimo, and in duck's crop at Pender Island !
British Columbia.
Sphaerium emarginatum Prime.
Cyclas emarginata Prime, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., iv, p. 156, 185 1.
Sphcerium emarginatum Prime, Mon. Am. Corbie, p. 43, fig. 38, 1865.
Range. — Lake Superior ; Saskatchewan River at Grand Rapids,
near Lake Winnipeg !
106 107
Fig. 106. Spkceriuin emarginatum Prime.
Fig. 107. Sphcerium Jlavum Prime.
♦Sphaerium flavum Prime.
Cyclas fiava Prime, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., iv, p. 155, 1851.
Sphcerium flavum Prime, Mon. Am. Corbie, p. 43, fig. 39, 1865.
Range. — Lake Superior ; Sault Ste. Marie, Mich.
Sphaerium tumidum Baird.
Sphcerium tumidum Baird, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1863, p. 69. — Prime,
Mon. Am. Corbie, p. 44, 1865.
Range. — Sumas Prairie, Fraser River valley, British Columbia.
This species appears not to have been figured or subsequently recog-
nized by collectors.
Sphaerium spokani Baird.
Sphcerium spokani Baird, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, for 1863, p. 69. — Prime,
Mon. Am. Corbie, p. 44, 1865.
Range. — Spokane and Kootenai Rivers, eastern British Columbia.
Unfigured, and not recognized by later collectors.
Sphaerium (Musculium) raymondi Cooper.
Sphcerium raymondi J. G. Cooper, Proc. Acad. Sci. Calif., 2d series, iii, p.
74, pi. I, figs. 1-8, 1890.
FAMILY SPH^RIID^ I39
Primella raymondi Qoov^K, op. cit., p. 82.
SphcBriutn cooperianum Prime, Cat. Corbie, Am. Joum. Conch., v, p. 152,
1869, nude name.
Range. — Alpine region of the Sierra Nevada, Calif., to 8,700 feet ;
Seattle, Spokane Falls, and Chehalis River, Wash. ; Idaho ; Vancouver
Island, British Columbia (Roper).
Sphaerium (Musculium) partumeium Say.
Cyclas partumeia Say, Joum. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 11, p. 380, 1822.
Sphcerium partumeium Prime, Mon. Am. Corbie, p. 45, fig. 42, 1865.
Range. — United States from Nebraska eastward, south to the Gulf
of Mexico and north to Manitoba.
Sphaerium (Musculium) jayanum Prime.
Cyclas jayensis Prime, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., iv, p. 157, 1851.
SphcBrium jayanum Prime, Mon. Am. Corbie, p. 46, fig. 43, 1865.
Range. — Northern United States from Iowa eastward, Canada,
and northward.
Fig. 108. Sphaerium jayanum Prime.
Lake Superior ; Fort EUice, Manitoba ; in Alberta at McLeod,
Olds, Crow Lodge Creek, and Little Bow River.
Sphaerium (Musculium) tenue Prime. Figure 109.
Cyclas tenuis Prime, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., p. 161, 1851. Andros-
coggin River, Maine.
Sphcerium tenue Prime, Mon. Am. Corbie, p. 47, fig. 44, 1865.
Range. — Maine, Canada, British America and northern Alaska.
Souris River, Manitoba ; Saskatchewan River at Grand Rapids ;
Upper Mackenzie River at old Fort Simpson ! left bank of the Yukon,
thirty miles below the Tanana River mouth, Alaska !
Sphaerium (Musculium) transversum Say. Figure 1 10.
Cyclas transversa Say, New Harm. Disseminator, 11, p. 356, 1829.
Sphcerium transversum Prime, Mon. Am. Corbie, p. 48, fig. 45, 1865.
Range. — United States east of the Rocky Mountains and northward
to Canada and Manitoba.
140 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
Stomach of sturgeon, Great Playgreen Lake, Keewatin, N. Lat. 54".
^^y
109 no III
Fig. 109. Sphceriutn tenue.
Fig. 1 10. SplKBrium transversum Say, with foot and siphons extended.
Fig. HI. Sphcerium lenticula.
Sphaerium (Musculium) truncatum Linsley.
Cyclas truncata Linsley, Am. Journ. Sci., vi, p. 234, fig. 3, 1848.
Sphcerium truncatum Prime, Men. Am. Corbie, p. 51, fig. 50, 1865.
Range. — Eastern United States from Colorado to Maine, south
to the Ohio River and northward to Athabaska.
Methy Lake, Athabaska (Richardson).
This species is quite similar to the European Cyclas calyculata^
type of the subgenus, and was mistaken for it by C. B. Adams in 1841.
Sphaerium (Musculium) lenticula Gould.
Sphcerium lenticula (Gould, MS.) Prime, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,
for i860, p. 36 (syn. exclus.).
Sphcerium lenticula (Gould) Prime, Mon. Am. Corbie, p. 51, fig. 51,
(syn. exclus.), 1865.
Range. — Carson and Klamath Rivers, California; Nanaimo, Van-
couver Island, British Columbia.
This species, named in MS. by Dr. Gould and described by Prime, is
not the same as the Lucina lenticula Gould, described from Patagonia
in the Mollusca of the Exploring Expedition. The latter, by an en-
graver's error, was called on the plate (but not in the text) Cyclas len-
ticula., and this seems to have misled Mr. Prime, who may not have
had access to the text of this rare volume.
* Sphaerium stagnicola J. de C. Sowerby.
Cyclas stagnicola Sowerby, in Richardson, Fauna Bor. Am., iii, p. 316,
1836, Methy Lake, Athabaska.
♦Sphaerium medium J. de C. Sowerby.
Cyclas media Sowerby, op. cit., Methy Lake, Athabaska.
The two names above cited from Sowerby are not described in
Richardson's work and I am unable to find any other reference to
them in the literature. I presume they are undescribed.
FAMILY SPH^RIID^ I4I
* Sphaerium primeanum Clessin.
Spkcerium primeanum Clessin, Malak. Blatt., XXV, p. 122, pi. V, figs. I, a-b,
1878.
Range. — Portland, Oregon ; Seattle, Wash.
This species, which has a remarkable resemblance to a Bornia^
judging by the figure, is not otherwise known to me, but, if the local-
ities given are correct, may also extend to British Columbia. Accord-
ing to Roper it closely resembles S. rhomhoideum Say.
Genus Comeocyclas Ferussac.
(+ Pisidium C. Pfeiffer.)
Comeocyclas (Phymesoda) virginica Gmelin.
Tellina virginica Gmelix, Syst. Nat., vi, p. 3236, 1792 ; based on Lister,
Conch., pi. CLix, fig, 15, from Virginia.
Cydas dubia Say, Nicholson's Elncycl., ist Am. ed., pi. i, fig. 10, 1817.
Phymesoda dubia (Say) Rafinesque, Ann. Gen. Sci. Phys., v, p. 319, 1820.
Pisidium virginicum Bourguignat, Amen. Mai., i, p. 53, 1853. — Prime,
Mon. Am. Corbie, p. 61, figs. 61, 62, 1865.
Range. — United States, east of the Rocky Moun-
tains, northward to British America and Alaska.
Lake of the Woods ; Manitoba ; Yukon River, Alaska,
thirty miles below the Xanana River mouth ! also at
^ ■ * Nulato ! and the Mission ! Lake Superior, near St.
Comeocyclas '^ '
virginica. Ignace Id., in 8 to 13 fathoms (S. I. Smith).
Comeocyclas (Phymesoda?) idahoensis Roper.
Pisidium idahoense Roper, Nautilus, iv, p. 85, Dec, 1896.
Range. — Old Mission, northern Idaho (Hemphill) ; Seattle, Wash.
Stewart River, Yukon District, Dawson (^Jide Sterki).
Comeocyclas (Phymesoda) scutellata Sterki.
Pisidium scutellatum Sterki, Nautilus, x, p. 66, Oct., 1890.
Range. — Lake Michigan to Montana; Lake Patten, Wash., Pine
Lake, Mich. ; Orchard Lake, Minn. ; Sheldon, Montana ; Frances
Lake, Liard River, Yukon District (^Jide Sterki), collected by Daw-
son in 1887.
Comeocyclas aequilateralis Prime.
Pisidium aquilaterale Prime, Boston Joum. Nat. Hist., vi, p.
366, pi. xii, figs. 23-25, 1852; Mon. Am. Corbie, p. 63,
figs. 65-66, 1865. Fig. 113.
Range. — Maine to Michigan, northward and westward feguilate-
to Alaska. rale Prime.
#
142
LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
Fig. 114. Corneocyclas
variabilis Prime.
Kotzebue Sound, Alaska ! in marl associated with mammoth bones,
at Elephant Point. Bering Island, Bering Sea !
The specimens above referred to were identified for me by Mr.
Prime.
Corneocyclas (Cymatocyclas) compressa Prime.
Pisidium compressum Prime, Proc. Boston See. Nat.
Hist., IV, p. 164, 185 1 ; Men. Am. Corbie, p.
64, figs. 67-68, 1865.
Range. — Maine to California ; Canada, the
Yukon.
Lake Superior, near Ignace Id., in 4-6
fathoms ; White Pine, Nevada ; Sierra Nevada
to 9,000 feet near Summit, Calif. ; Ventura
Co., Calif. ; Vancouver Island, British Colum-
bia (Raymond) ; Green Lake, Seattle, Wash. ;
Stewart River, Yukon District (^fide Sterki).
Corneocyclas variabilis Prime.
Pisidium variabile Prime, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., iv, p. 163, 1851 ;
Men. Am. Corbie, p. 66, figs. 69, 70, 1865.
Range. — Eastern United States, north of Virginia ; Colorado, and
northward; Seattle, Wash.
Pine Creek, Manitoba ; Stewart River, Yukon District {^Jide Sterki) .
Corneocyclas abdita Haldeman.
Pisidium abditum Haldeman, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.
Prime, Mon. Am. Corbie, p. 68, figs. 72, 73, 1865.
Range. — North America, from Honduras northward to Alaska.
Marl Lake, Anticosti ! Lake Superior in 4 to 13 fathoms near
Ignace Island ; Manitoba ; Assiniboia at Qu'Appelle ! Alberta, at
Laggan, Red Deer, Olds, McLeod, Battle River, up to 5,200 feet
elevation ; east slope of the Sierra Nevada up to
7, 1 00 feet; in Colorado up to 9,300 feet; west
slope of the Sierra below 5,300 feet in Califor-
nia ; Seattle, Wash. ; in Alaska at Seldovia, Cook
Inlet ! Coal Harbor ! Unga Island, Shumagins,
in small pools on the tundra ; Akun Island !
Aleutians ; the Yukon River, 30 miles below
the mouth of the Tanana ! and Bering Island,
I, p. 53, 1841.—
Fig. 115. Corneocy-
clas abdita Hald.
Bering Se.-
This is the most common and widespread species, out of the
varieties of which many nominal species have been made.
FAMILY SPH^RIID^ I43
♦Coraeocyclas abyssorum Stimpson.
Pisidium (sp.) Smith and Verrill, Am. Journ. Sci., il, p. 448, Dec, 1871.
Pisidium abyssomus (Stm.) Hoy, Trans. Wisconsin Acad. Sci., i, p. 100,
1872 (err. typ.).
Pisidium abditum var. abyssorum Stimpson, S. I. Smith in Rep. U. S. Fish
Com. for 1872-3, p. 704, 1874.
Pisidium abyssorum Sterki, Nautilus, xi, p. 124, March, 1898.
Range. — Deep water of the Great Lakes, and of the lake region
of northern Michigan and Minnesota.
Lake Michigan; Lake Superior to a depth of 159 fathoms (food
of Coregonus) ; Pine Lake, Mich. ; Green Lake, Wisconsin.
This is another of the extra-limital species which
search will probably reveal in Lake Winnipeg and other
northern lakes.
Comeocyclas ventricosa Prime.
Pisidium ventricosum Prime, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.,
IV, p. 68, 185 1 ; Mon. Am. Corbie, p. 72, figs. 70, 80, _ -
1865. .P / . S /y. . Fig. 1 16.
Corneocyclas
Range. — Massachusetts, Canada, and northward to ventricosa.
Great Slave Lake.
Comeocyclas rotundata Prime.
Pisidium rotundatum Prime, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., iv, p.
164, 1 85 1 ; Mon. Am. Corbie, p. 72, figs. 81, 82, 1865.
Range. — Lake Superior region; Manitoba; St. Paul Fig. 117.
Island, Bering Sea ! Comeocy
Comeocyclas steenbuchii Moller. \ °l / '''
•' tunaata.
Cy c las steenbuchii MouL.^K, Index Moll. Gronl., p. 20, 1842.
Pisidium steenbuchii MoRCH, Am. Journ. Conch., iv, p. 37, 1868; ibid.,
Rink's Greenland, App., p. 440, 1877.
Range. — Greenland, on the west coast! Iceland! Ungava, Lab-
rador.
This species appears to be unfigured, but there are specimens in
the Jeffreys collection from Iceland as well as Greenland. It appears
to belong to the section Cyclocalyx.
Corneocyclas occidentalis Newcomb.
Pisidium occidentale Newcomb, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ll, p. 94, 1863. —
Prime, Mon. Am. Corbie, p. 73, 1865.
Range. — California to British Columbia.
East slope of Sierra Nevada, in California, to"9,7oo feet. Nanaimo,
Vancouver Island, British Columbia ; Spokane Falls, Wash.
144
LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
Fig. iii
This unfigured species has been regarded by Roper as only a muta-
tion of C. abdita Haldeman.
Comeocyclas ultramontana Prime.
Pisidium ultramontanum Prime, Mon. Am. Corbie, p. 75,
fig. 85, 1865.
Range. — Canoe Creek, California ; Seattle, Wash. ;
Nanaimo, Vancouver Island, and Pender Island ! British
/", , 1 . Corneocyclas
Columbia. ,^ •' ^
ultramonta-
Comeocyclas arctica Westerlund. na Prime.
Pisidium arcticum Westerlund, Vega Exp. Vetens. lakt., iv, p. 217, 1885.
Range. — Port Clarence, Alaska.
Corneocyclas nivalis Westerlund.
Pisidium nivale Westerlund, op. cit., p. 218, 1885.
Range. — Port Clarence, Alaska.
Corneocyclas glacialis Westerlund.
Pisidium glacialeV^-EST^^i^v^D, op. cit., p. 218, 1885.
Range. — Port Clarence, Alaska.
* Corneocyclas sibirica Clessin.
Pisidium sibiricum Clessin, K. Svenska Vet. Ak. Forh., p. 70, fig. 23, 1877 ;
Mon. Pisidium, Conch. Cab., ed. 11, pi. vii,figs. 15-17, 1877. — Wester-
lund, Fauna Pal. Reg., vii, p. 23, 1890.
Range. — Western Siberia, on the Yenisei River to 60° 50' N. Lat.,
> Port Clarence, Alaska.
* Corneocyclas borealis Clessin.
Pisidium boreale Clessin, in Westerlund, Fauna Pal. Reg., vii, p. 32, 1890.
Range. — Western Siberia at Lusino. .''Port Clarence, Alaska.
The preceding five species are ascribed to Port Clarence on the
authority of the literature solely. I have not seen specimens of any
of them. I suspect that the C. sibirica and borealis reappear in the
form of new species, among the three nominal species preceding them.
Corneocyclas pulchella Jenyns.
Cydas pulchella Jenyns, Trans. Phil. See. Cambridge, 1832, p. 306, pi. x,
figs., 1812; not of Deshayes, 1835, nor Gassies, 1849. — Sowerbv, in
Richardson, Fauna Bor. Am., iii, p. 316, 1836.
Range. — Middle and Northern Europe to 69° N. Lat. Arctic
America ?
Methy Lake, Athabaska (Richardson).
FAMILY SPH^RIID^ I45
* Corneocyclas randolphi Roper.
Pisidium randolphi Roper, Nautilus, ix, p. 99, Dec, 1895.
Range. — Seattle, Washington.
This species is finely striated, very much like C. abdita in general
form, but of a peculiar and unique greenish-yellow color. It may
very likely extend into British Columbia.
Corneocyclas (Tropidocyclas) henslowana Sheppard.
Tellina henslowana Sheppard, Trans. Linn. Soc, xiv, p. 150, 1825.
Cyclas appendiculata (Leach MS.) Turton, Man., ed. i, p. 15, pi. xv, fig.
6, 1831. — SowERBY, in Richardson, Fauna Bor. Am., in, p. 316, 1836.
Pisidium henslowianum Jenyns, Mon. Cyclas, p. 20, pi. xxi, figs. 6, 7, 1832.
Range. — Europe north of the Alps ; Canada ; British America.
Hamilton Bay, Lake Ontario ; Lake Superior to Lake Winnipeg
(Richardson).
The record from Richardson was naturally thought to be a misiden-
tification, but the recent discovery in Lake Ontario of undoubted speci-
mens of this species, leads to the belief that Sowerby, who certainly
should have known a common British species, may after all have been
correct.
In closing the list of Sphceriidce I may be allowed to observe that
so large a part of it is derived from the literature, and not from the
present examination of specimens, that I do not feel the confidence in
the validity of all the species, or the correctness of all the identifica-
tions that I might have felt under other circumstances. Until the very
numerous species which have been named among American Pisidia of
late years, shall have been adequately illustrated and some knowledge
gained of the range of variation in these minute forms, a healthy skep-
ticism in regard to our population of this genus will doubtless continue
to prevail among collectors of fresh water shells.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Baird, W.
1863 Descriptions of some New Species collected at Vancouver Island and in
British Columbia by J. K. Lord, Esq. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1S63,
pp. 66-71.
Baker, F. C.
1904 New American Ljmnsas, 11. Nautilus, xvii, No. 6, Oct., 1904, pp.
62-3.
Bell, Robert.
1859 On the Natural Historj of the Gulf of St. Lawrence and the distribu-
tion of the MoUusca of Eastern Canada. Canadian Naturalist, iv. No.
3, June, 1859, pp. 197-200; and No. 4, Aug., 1S59, pp. 241-242.
Binney, W. G.
I861 Catalogue of Land and Freshwater Univalve Mollusks collected in British
America by Messrs. Ross, Kennicott and Drexler, and deposited in the
Smithsonian collection. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, for
1861, October, p. 330 (Extras p. 59).
1876 On the lingual dentition, jaw and genitalia of Carelia, Onchidella, and
other Pulmonata. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, for 1876,
pp. 183-192, pi. VI ; also : Notes on Am. Land Shells, lu, pt. i, 1876.
1885 Manual of American Land Shells. Bulletin U. S. National Museum,
No. 28. Washington, 1885, pp. 18-27.
Boettger, Oscar.
1880 Schnecken der Hudson Bai. Nachrichtsbl. d. Deutschen Malak. Ges.,
XII, p. 32, 1880.
Carpenter, Philip P.
1857 Report on the present state of our knowledge with regard to the
Mollusca of the West Coast of North America. Extract from the Report
of the British Association for the Advancement of Science for 1856,
London, Taylor and Francis, 1857, 8°, pp. 159-368, pis. vi-ix. Also
printed separately with four preliminary leaves, London, 1857; cf. pp.
197-198.
Z864 Supplementary Report on the present state of our knowledge with re-
gard to the Mollusca of the West Coast of North America. London,
Taylor and Francis, 1864. Extract from the Report of the British
Association for the Advancement of Science for 1863, 8°, pp. 517-686;
cf. pp. 604-607. Also issued separately, and reprinted by the Smith-
sonian Institution, in Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, No. 252*
Dec, 1872, 8°, pp. 3-172.
Christy, Robert Miller.
1885 Notes on the Land and Fresh Water Mollusca of Manitoba. Journal of
Conchology (Leeds), iv, July, 1885, pp. 339-349.
Cockerell, T. D. A.
1887 Letter to the editor. Conchologist's Exchange, 11, p. 68, Nov., 1887.
147
148 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
Cockerell, T. D. A., continued.
1891 The Slugs of British Columbia. The Nautilus, v, No. 3, July, 1891, pp.
30-32-
Cooper, William.
1834 List of Shells collected by Mr. Schoolcraft in the Western and North-
western Territory. Schoolcraft's Narrative of an Exp. to Itaska Lake,
App., pp. 153-156, 1834.
Dall, W. H.
1885 Contributions to the Natural History of the Commander Islands, No.
III. Report on the Mollusca of the Commander Islands, Bering Sea,
collected by Leonhard Stejneger in 1882 and 1883. Proc. U. S. Nat.
Museum for 1884, vii, pp. 340-349, 1885.
1885 New or specially interesting Shells of the Point Barrow Expedition.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum for 1884, vii, pp. 523-536, 1885.
1885 Report of the International Polar Expedition to Point Barrow, Alaska.
Washington, Government Printing Office, 1885, 4°. Natural History,
part VI. Report on the MoUusks, pp. 177-184, with plate.
1886 Report on the Mollusks collected by L. M. Turner at Ungava Bay,
North Labrador, and from the adjacent Arctic seas. Proc. U. S. Nat.
Museum for 1886, ix, pp. 202-208.
z886 Contributions to the Natural History of the Commander Islands, No.
VI. Report on Bering Island Mollusca collected by Mr. Nicholas Greb-
nitzki. Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum for 1886, ix, pp. 209-219.
X899 The Mollusk-Fauna of the Pribiloff Islands. Extract from The Fur-
seals and Fur-seal Islands of the North Pacific Ocean. Washington,
Government Printing Office, 1899. 4°, Part iii, pp. 539-545, and map.
1905 On the relations of the Land and Freshwater Mollusk Fauna of Alaska
and Eastern Siberia. Popular Science Monthly, vol. lxvi, No. 4, Feb.,
i905» PP- 362-366.
Dawson, George Mercer.
1875 Land and Fresh Water Mollusca, collected during the summers of 1873-
1874, in the vicinity of the Forty-ninth Parallel, Lake of the Woods to
the Rocky Mountains. British North American Boundary Commission,
Report on the Geology and Resources of the region in the vicinity of
Forty-ninth Parallel (etc), 1875, App. E., pp. 347-350.
(? Dawson, J. W.)
1857 Description of some of the Fresh water Gastropods inhabiting the lakes
and rivers of Canada. Canadian Naturalist, 11, No. 3, 1S57, pp. 195-215.
D'Urban, W. S. M.
1859-60 Observations on the Natural History of the valley of the Riviere
Rouge and surrounding townships in the Counties of Argenteuil and
Ottawa. Canadian Naturalist, iv. No. 4, Aug., 1859, pp. 252-256; v,
No. 2, Apr., i860, pp. 81-99.
Dybowsld, W.
190Z Studien ueber die Mollusken des Amur-gebietes. Nachrichtsbl. d.
Deutschen Malak. Ges., xxxiii, pp. 129-144, Oct. 1901.
BIBLIOGRAPHY I49
Dybowski, W., continued.
1903 Zur Kenntnis der Ostsibirischen Landschnecken. Nachrichtsbl. d.
Deutschen Malak. Ges., xxxv, pp. 7-10, Feb. 1903.
1903 Beitrag zur Kenntniss du Mollusken-Fauna Kamtschatka's. Annal.
Mus. Zool. Imp. Acad. Sci. St. Petersburg, viii, 1903, pp. 40-55, with
8 figures in the text.
Fabridns, Otho.
1780 Fauna Groenlandica. Lipsise, J. G. Rothe, 1780, 8°, pp. xvi, 453, i pi.
Fulton, Hugh.
1905 On New Species of Helicarion, Ariophanta, Eulota (etc). Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., ser. vii, vol. xv, Jan., 1905, pp. 91-93.
Gebler, Friedrich August von.
1829 Sur le Musde de Barnaoul en Sib^rie. Bull. Soc. Nat. de Moscow, i,
PP- 5^-59. 173-188, 1829.
Gerstfeldt, G.
1859 Ueber Land- und Siisswasser-Mollusken Siberiens und des Amur-ge-
bietes. M^moires des savants Strangers, ix, pp. 507-548, pi. ix, June,
1859. Imp. Acad. Sci. St. Petersburg.
Graeser, Louis, see Mousson, Albert.
Hanham, A. W.
1899 A list of the Land and Fresh Water Shells of Manitoba. The Nautilus,
XIII, No. I, May, 1899, pp. 1-6.
Heron, Gilbert Clifford.
1880 On the Land and Fresh-water Shells of the Ottawa. Transactions of
the Ottawa Field Naturalist's Club, 1, 1880, pp. 36-40, pi. ii, figs. 3-8.
Kranse, Aurel.
1883 Einige Landschnecken von der Tschuktschenhalbinsel und aus den
Sudostlichen Alaska. Sitzungs-bericht der Ges. Naturf. Freunde zu
Berlin, 1883, No. 3, pp. 31-37.
Krynicki, Joheurn.
1837 Bull. Soc. des Nat. de Moscou, x, p. 57, 1837.
Latchford, F. R.
i88a Notes on the Ottawa Unionidae. Transactions of the Ottawa Field
Naturalist's Club, iii, 1882, pp. 48-57, and plate.
x886 Observations of the Terrestrial MoUusca of Ottawa and Vicinity.
Ottawa Field Naturalist's Club, 11, No. 2, pp. 1-21, 1886.
1890 Report of the Conchological Branch. Ottawa Naturalist, 1890. Extra
copies pp. 1-7.
1895 Casselman Shells. Ottawa Naturalist, ix, No. 7, Oct., 1895, p. 156.
1896 Notes on Recent Canadian MoUusca. Ottawa Naturalist, x, No. I,
April, 1896, pp. 14-16. /
Latchford, F. R., and Fletcher, J. y
1894 Report of the Conchological Branch. Ottawa Field Naturalist's Club,
1893. Ottawa Naturalist, vni. No. 6, Sept., 1894, pp. 97-98.
Latchford, F. R., and Poirier, P.
Z884 Report of the Conchological Branch (for 1883). Transactions of the
Ottawa Field Naturalist's Club, 11, No. i, 1884, pp. 130-134.
150 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
Latchford, F. R., and Poirier, P., continued.
1884 Report of the Conchological Branch (for 1884). Transactions Ottawa
Field Naturalist's Club, 11, No. 2, 1884, pp. 263-266.
1887 Report of the Conchological Branch (for 1885). Transactions Ottawa
Field Naturalist's Club, 11, No. 3, 1887, pp. 350-351.
Lea, Isaac.
1861-62 Descriptions of two New Species of Anodonta from Arctic America.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, xiii, p. 56. March, i86i ; also
Journ. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, v, pp. 212-214, pis. xxxli.
xxxiii, 1862.
1867-68 Descriptions of five New Species of Unionidae and one Paludina of
the United States. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, xix, p.
81, 1867 ; also Journ. Acad. Nat. Sciences, vi, p. 287, pi. ix, 1868.
Lehnert, E.
1884 Alaska Plants and Shells. Science Record (Boston, Mass.), 11, No. 8,
pp. 171-172, June 16,1884.
Lord, John Keast.
x866 The Naturalist in Vancouver Island and British Columbia. London,
Richard Bentlej, 1866, 2 v., 8". Cf. Volume 11, Appendix, pp. 356-370,
Maack, R.
• 1853 Notizen ueber einiger Land- und Sussw.-MoUusken, etc., mit Zusatz
von Dr. A. Th. von Middendorff. Bull. Phys. Math. Akad. Imp. des
Sci., St. Petersburg, xi, p. 372, 1853 ; Melanges Biol., 11, pp. 8-18, and
19-22, 1853.
Martens, Carl Eduard von.
1855 Ueber der Verbreitung der Europaeischen Land- und Siisswasser-Gaster-
opoden. Inaugural dissertation, Tubingen, 1855, pp. 144, 8°.
1872 Conchjlien aus Alaschka. Malakozoologische Blatter, xix, pp. 78-80.
1872.
i88a [Shells of the Krause Expedition.] Sitzungsbericht der Ges. Naturf
Freunde zu Berlin, 1882, No. 9, pp. 138-143.
1885 Binnen Mollusken aus Mittel- und Ost-Asien. Conchol. Mittheil., 11,
heft v, pp. 179-185, 1885.
Mayer, Charles.
1869 [Mollusca of the Plant beds] Heer, Flora fossilis Alaskana ; Kong.
Svensk. Vetensk.-Akad. Handl., n. ser. , viii, pp. 40-41, pi. x, figs. 7-13,
1869.
Middendorff, A. Th. von.
1851 Sibirische Reise. Siisswasser und Land Mollusken, 11, Th. i, pp. 273-
308, 389-433, 1851.
1851 Beschreibung einen neuen Molluskenarten, nebst einem Blicke auf den
geographischen Charakter den Land- und Siisswasser-Mollusken Nord
Asiens. Bull. Phys. Math. Akad. Imp. des Sci. St. Petersburg, ix, pp.
108-112, 1851. Melanges Biol., i, pp. 160-164, 1851. See also Maack, R.
HSUer, H. P. C.
1842 Index MoUuscorum Groenlandiae. Hafnise, C. A. Reitzel, 1842, 8°,
pp. 26.
BIBLIOGRAPHY I5I
Morch, 0. A. L.
1868 On the Land and Fresh Water Mollusca of Greenland. Amer. Jour.
Conch., IV, pp. 25-40, pis. Ill, IV, i868.
1857 Prodromus Fauna MoUuscorum Gronlandiae. Rink's Greenland, App.,
pp. 75-100, 1857. A second edition, revised and augmented, in the
Arctic Manual, London, 1875, pp. 124-135.
1877 The Greenland Fauna, iv, Mollusca. Rink's Danish Greenland, Lon-
don, 1877, Appendix, pp. 435-442.
Morelet, Arthur.
1858 Coquilles Terrestres du Kamtchatka. Journal da Conchyliologie, vii
Juillet, 1858, pp. 7-9.
Mousson, Albert.
1887 Coquilles Terrestres et Fluviatiles recueillies par M. Louis Graeser dans
le bassin de 1' Amour (etc.). Journal de Conchjl., xxxv, pp. 10-32, Jan.,
1887.
Note. — This paper was only discovered after the completion of the
present memoir. Nearly all the species mentioned in it are from the
upper waters of the Amur River, or from Vladivostok. Succinea insu-
laris Mousson, from an island at the mouth of the Amur, is the only
addition to the species properly belonging to the Primorski province,
treated of in my discussion of the species of the Northeast coast of
Siberia, but several are added to the list of Mongolian elements of the
fauna of the Amur drainage.
Nylander, Olof 0.
1899 A list of Shells from Northeastern Maine. The Nautilus, xiii, No. 8,
Dec, 1899, pp. 102-106.
190X Distribution of Limncea emarginata Say, and the variety Mighelsii
Binney, in Fish River, Aroostook Co., Maine. 8°, pp. 1-4, pi. i-xv,
Caribou, Maine, the author, 1901.
Pilsbry, H. A.
t888 Lyogyrus, Gill, and other American Shells. Conchologist's Exchange,
II, p. 113, 1888.
1898 Descriptions of new species and varieties of American Zonitidae and
Endodontidse. The Nautilus, xii, No. 8, Dec, 1898, pp. 85-87.
1899 New and little known species of Pristiloma. Proc Acad. Nat. Sciences,
Philadelphia, for 1899, pp. 185-187, pi. ix.
1899 Remarks on the American species of Conulus. The Nautilus, xii, No.
10, Feb., 1899, pp. 113-117.
1899 Notes on a few Northwest American Land Snails. Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sciences, Philadelphia, for 1899, pp. 314-315.
Poirier, Pascal.
1883 Report of the Conchological Branch (for 1882). Transactions Ot-
tawa Field Naturalist's Club, i, No. 4, 1883, p. 74.
Posselt, Henrik J.
1898 Conspectus Fauna Gronlandicse. Meddelelser om Gr5nland, xxiii, pp.
XX, 298, 2 pi. and i map. 8°. Kjobenhavn, Bianco Luno, 1898; cf. pp.
257-268.
152 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS
ProTancher, L6on.
i8go Les Mollusques de la Province de Quebec. Le Naturaliste Canadien,
XXIII, No. 9, Mar., 1890, pp. 184-187, and No. 10, April, pp. 203-205.
Rackett, Thomas.
X822 Descriptions of some Shells found in Canada. Transactions Linnean
Soc, XIII, pp. 42-43, 1822.
Randolph, P. B.
1899 Collecting Shells in the Klondike country. The Nautilus, xii, No. 10,
Feb., 1899, pp. 109-112.
Reinhart, J.
1883 Die von den Herren Gebriider Krause auf ihrer Reise gesammeltea
Pupa-, Hyalina-, und Vallonia-a.rten. Sitzungsbericht der Ges. Naturf .
Freunde zu Berlin, 1883, No. 3, pp. 37-43.
Schrenck, Leopold von.
1867 Reisen und Forschungen im Amurlande in den jahren 1854-1856. II,
(3) : MoUusken des Amurlandes und des Nordjapanisches Meeres. St.
Petersburg, K. Akad. der Wissenchaften, 1867, 4°, pp. 259-976.
Sheppard, Mrs., of Woodfield
1829 On the Recent Shells which characterize Quebec and its environs.
Trans. Literary and Scientific Society of Quebec for 1829, i, pp. 188-198.
Shimek, B.
1893 List of the Shells collected on the Lower Saskatchewan in 1892 by C. C.
Nutting. Bulletin University of Iowa, Nat Hist., 11, 1893, pp. 291-292.
Cf. also Ottawa Naturalist, x, p. 15, 1896.
Siemaschko, Julian Marc von.
1849 Bemerkungen ueber einige Land- und Susswasser-MoUusken Russ-
lands. Bull. Phys. Math. Akad. Imp. des Sci. de St. P^tersbourg, vii,
1848, pp. 225-240, 1849.
Small, H. B., and Symes P. B.
1882 Report of the Conchological Branch (for 1881). Transactions Ottawa
Field Naturalist's Club, i, No. 3, 1882, pp. 57-59.
Sowerby, James de Carle.
1836 Mollusca. Richardson, Fauna Boreali-Americana, iii, p. 315, London,
1836.
Taylor, George W.
1889 The Land Shells of Vancouver Island. Ottawa Naturalist, lu, No. 3,
pp. 84-94, 1889.
1891 Land Shells of Vancouver Island. The Nautilus, v. No. 8, Dec, 1891,
pp. 91-92.
1893 Land and Freshwater Shells in the Rocky Mountains. The Nautilus,
VII, No. 8, Dec, 1893, p. 85.
X895 The Land and Freshwater Shells of Alberta. Ottawa Naturalist, ix, No.
9, Dec, 1895, pp. 173-178.
X897 Planorbis nautileus in America. The Nautilus, x. No. 12, pp. 139-140,
April, 1897.
Taylor, John W.
1885 Description of a New Species of Planorbis from Manitoba. Journal of
Conchology, iv (Leeds), 1885, p. 351.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 153
Tryon, George W.
1865 Descriptions of New Species of North American Limnaeidse. Amer.
Joum. Conch., i, p. 231, 1865.
Vanatta, E. 6.
i8g6 The Geographic Distribution of Planorbis umbilicatellus. The Nautilus,
IX, No. 10, Feb., 1896, p. 117.
Westerlond, Carl Agardh.
1883 Von der Vega Exp. in Asien gesammelten Binnen Mollusken. Nach-
richtsbl. d. Deutschen Malak. Gas., xv, pp. 48-59, April, 1883.
1885 Land och Sotvatter Mollusker, insamlade under Vega-expeditionen.
Vega Exped. Vetenskapliga lakttagelser, iv, pp. 141-220, 1885.
Whiteaves, J. F.
X863 On the Land and Freshwater Mollusca of Lower Canada. Canadian
Naturalist, Feb., 1863, pp. 50-65. April, pp. 98-107. Extra copies pp.
1-3 1, 1863.
1880 List of Freshwater Mollusca from Manitoba and the valley of the Nelson
River. Geological Survey of Canada, Report of Progress for 1878-79,
Montreal, 1880. Report of Explorations of the Churchill and Nelson
Rivers, hy Robert Bell. Appendix, iii, pp. 61-62, c.
z88i Mollusca. Geological Survey of Canada. Report of Progress for 1879-
80, Montreal, 1881. Report on Hudson's Bay, by Robert Bell. Ap-
pendix, IV, pp. 75-76, c.
1887 On some Marine Invertebrata dredged, or otherwise collected, by Dr.
G. M. Dawson, in 1S85, on the coast of British Columbia, with a sup-
plementary list of a few Land and Fresh Water Shells (etc) from the same
region. Transactions Royal Society of Canada for 1886, iv, section iv,
1887, pp. IH-137, with 4 text-figures.
1895 Notes on Recent Canadian Unionids. Canadian Record of Science,
VI, No. 5, Jan., 1895, pp. 250-263.
1895 Additional notes on Recent Canadian Unionidae. Canadian Record of
Science, vi, No. 5, Jan., 1895, pp. 365-366.
1895 Recent Mollusca from the headwaters of the Ottawa. Ottawa Natural-
ist, IX, April, 1895, p. 22.
Z90Z Notes on some Land and Freshwater Mollusca from Fort Chimo, Ungava
Bay, Ungava. Ottawa Naturalist, xiv, No. 12, Mar., 1901, pp. 221-223.
igoa Notes on some Fresh Water and Land Shells from Keewatin, Northern
Ontario and British Columbia. Ottawa Naturalist, xvi, 1902, pp. 91-92.
1905 Notes on some Freshwater Shells from the Yukon Territory. Nauti-
lus, XIX, No. I, pp. 1-3, May, 1905.
X905 Lists of a few species of Land and Freshwater Shells from the immedi-
ate vicinity of James Bay, Hudson Bay. Nautilus, xix. No. i, p. 4,
May, 1905.
PLATE I.
(The figures are natural size.)
Fig. I. Lytnncea freblei Dall. The reflected margin of the aperture below
the umbilicus is somewhat broken. See p. 70.
2. A younger specimen of the same species from behind.
3. LymncBa randolfhi F. C. Baker; p. 71.
4. The same species, another specimen, from behind ; p. 71.'
(154)
H. A. E. VOL. Xill
FRESHWATER SHELLS OF ALASKA
HELIOTYPE CO., BOSTON.
PLATE II.
(The specimens are figured natural size except when otherwise stated.)
Figs. 1,2. Fa/r;a/a Ac//c«Vfea Dall, magnified four diameters. The umbilicus
is partly hidden by a calcareous deposit ; p. 123.
3. Lymncea fetersi Dall ; p. 66.
4, 5. Lymncea anticostiana Dall; p. 79.
6. Lymncea ? ferpolita Dall ; p. 78.
7. 9. Lymncea atkaensis Dall ; p. 66.
8. Lymncea ? perpolita Dall, magnified two diameters ; p. 78.
10, 11. Planorbula ckrisiyi Dall, magnified two diameters ; p. 99.
(156)
H. A. E. VOL. XIII
□
FRESHWATER SHELLS OF ALASKA
HELIOTYPE CO., BOSTON.
tBTARr
OF THE
INDEX TO GENERA AND SPECIES
New genera and species and the pages on which they are described are in
black-face type ; synonyms in parenthesis ; pages where synonymy of known
species or genera is given in italics; varietal names are treated as specific for
the purposes of the Index.
Acanthinula 21
aculeata 21
harpa (22)
Acella (60), 64, 72
kirtlandiana 72
Achatinidae 33
Acmsea 113
Acroloxus 108, 109
Acroxus (108)
Adelina (60)
elegans 60
Adula (82)
Agriolimax ^5
agrestis 4^
berendti 46
campestris 46
hyperboreus 4^
Alasmidonta costata (131
Alasmodon falcata (132)
rhombica (127)
yubaensis (132)
Alasmodonta arcuata (132)
complanata (131)
dahurica (132)
rugosa (131)
Amalia 46
gagates 46
hewstoni 46
Ameria lOI
Amnicola ///
cincinnatiensis 118
emarginata 118
granum (118)
hindsii (119)
lapidaria (119)
limosa iij
pallida ///
porata (117)
Amnicolidx 7/7
Amphibinajj
avara 55
pfeifferi 55
Amphibulima (55)
cuculata 55
patula 55
Amphibulimus (55)
Amphibulina (55)
Amphipeplea 78
Amplexa (104)
Amplexis (22)
Amplexus (22), (104)
Ancaeus (82)
Ancylastrum 108, 109
cumingianus 108
Ancyllus (108)
Ancylus 11, 107, (108), 109
caurinus (no)
cumingianus 108, 109
fluviatilis 107, 108, 109
fragilis no
fuscus 109
kootaniensis 1 10
lacustris 107, 108, I09
newberryi 109
parallelus no
patelloides 109
radiatus 108
rivularis log, (no)
Anguispira alternata (49)
bruneri (52)
Angustula milium (32)
Anisopsis (81), 85
Anisus 81, (82), 84
Anodon areolatus (127)
biangulata (130)
exilis (129)
(157)
158
INDEX
Anodon feminalis (130)
rostratus (128)
rugosus (127)
triangularis (128)
Anodonta I2j
angulata (130)
argentea (131)
arkansasensis (127)
beringiana 10, I2J
biangulata (130)
buchanensis (131)
ccllensis (127)
cognata (128)
dallasiana (130)
denigrata (131)
edentula ( 127)
feminalis (130)
ferruginea (131)
ferussaciana (130)
flava (129)
footiana (129), 129
fragilis (129)
gigantea (X29)
glandulosa (129)
grandis I2g
housatonica (129)
implicata i2g
irisans (129)
kennerleji 128
kennicotti 130
lacustris (129)
laosensis (128)
lewisii (129)
marginata 128
marryattiana (129)
modesta (131)
newtonensis (129)
nuttalliana 128
oblita (131)
oregonensis 128
ovata (129)
pallida (129)
pavonia (127)
pepiniana 130
plicata (131)
randalli (130)
rotundata (128)
rotundovata (128)
salmonea (127), (129)
Anodonta shaefferiana (127)
showalteri (127)
Simpson iana (130)
subcarinata (129)
subcylindracea (131)
tetragon a (127)
triangularis (128)
undulata (127)
wahlamatensis 128
wardiana (127)
youconensis (127)
joukanensis (127)
Anodontoides 130
ferussacianus 130
AnsuIuE (108)
Ansylus (108)
Aplecta (104), 106
Aplexa 100, 102, 104, 105, 107
hordacea 103
hypnorum 12, 104, 105, 106, I07
Aplexus (104)
hypnorum 107
Aictonchis 112
borealis 112
Arianta arbustorum 21
Ariolimax 34, 35, 47
columbianus ^t/, 48
maculatus 48
steindachneri 48
stramineus 48
Arion andersoni (46)
foliolatus (47)
Arionidae 46
Arionta ptychophora (25)
Armiger 5j, 86
crista 96
Arnouldia (40)
fulva (41)
Aulaca (21)
Auricella (115)
Auricula (115)
Auricularia (60)
Auriculidx //j
Auriculina (115)
Bathyomphalus <?J, 86
Bifidaria 27
armifera 2J
contracta 27
INDEX
159
Bifidaria holzingeri 28
pentodon 28
Bornia 141
Brachyspira (55)
Brondelia 109
drouetiana 109
Buccinum palustre 62, (76)
truncatulum 62, (72)
Buliminus obscurus 41
Bulimnea (60), 63
megasoma 67, 70
Bulimulus pilula 79
Bulimus (104), 105, (115)
harpa (21)
hypnorum (106)
lubricoides (33)
Bulinus (100), (loi), (104), 105, 107
hordaceus (104)
hvpnorum 107
per la 105
pictus 107
senegalensis 105
turritus 105
Bulla (104)
fontinalis 99, 100
hypnorum 104, 105, (106)
turrita (106)
Bullinus (100), (104)
fontinalis 100
turritus (106)
Bjthinella obtusa 118
Bythinia 105
Caillaudia (81)
angulata 81
Campeloma 124
decisum 124, 125
Carinifex 63
Carychium 7/5, 116
exiguum 115, 116
exile 1/6
minimum 115
Cepaea hortensis (20)
Chilostoma (22)
Chlamydea 36
Choanomphalus 62
Cincinna (120)
Cincinnatia cincinnatiensis IlS
Cionella lubrica (33)
Circinaria (22), 33
cbocolata 34
hemphilli 35
hybrida J5
sportella 34, 35
vancouverensis 25, 34, (35)
voyana 35
Circinariidae 33
Cobresia (35), 121
Cochlicopa jj
lubrica jj
Cochlohydra (55)
Complanaria gigas (131)
Concinna (120)
Conulus (39)
alaskensis 41
arcticus (45)
chersinus (41)
fulvus (40), (41)
trochiformis {41)
Coretus (80), (81), 83
Corneocyclas 3, 134, 141
abdita 142, 143, 145
abyssorum 14J
aequilateralis 141
arctica 144
borealis 144
compressa 142
glacialig 144
henslowana 14J
idahoensis 141
nivalis 144
occidentalis 143
pulchella 144
randolphi 144
rotundata 143
scute I lata 141
sibirica 144
steenbuchii 14J
ultramontana 144
variabilis 142
ventricosa 143
virginica 14T
Cornu (81)
Costatella (100), loi
Costella (100)
Cumingia (108)
Cyclas appendiculata (145)
aurea (135)
i6o
INDEX
Cyclas bulbosa 136
calyculata 140
dentata (137)
dubia (141)
elegans (136)
emarginata (138)
fabalis (137)
flava (138)
fuscata 136
jayensis (139)
lenticula 140
media (140)
nobilis (137)
ovalis (137)
partumeia (139)
patella (138)
pulchella (144)
rhomboida (136)
saratogea (135)
similis (134)
solidula (136)
stagnlcola (140)
staminea (136)
steenbuchii (143)
striatina (135)
sulcata (134)
tenuis 139
transversa ( 139)
truncata (140)
Cjclocalyx 143
Cyclolimnaea 64
Cyclostoma lapidaria (119)
tricarinata (121)
Cymatocyclas compressa 142
Dentati 97
Dentatus (97)
Diastropha (99)
contorta 100
Diplodiscus (82), 85, 86
Discoidina (83)
Discus (97)
Drepanotrema 82, 86
Endodontidse 49
Enydra (99)
Epiphragmophora 21
fidelis 21
Erinna (61), 62, 65
Erinna newcombi 61, 65
Euconulus jp, 40, 45
fabricii 41, 42
fulva 42
fulvus 39, (40), (41)
trochiformis 40, 41, 42
Euhadra iiscina 11
Eulimneus (61)
Eulota fiscina 11
flexibilis II
weyrichi il
Ferrissia 109
parallelus no
rivularis no
Ferussacia subcylindrica (33)
Fluminicola//p
nuttalliana iig
virens iig
Fossaria (61)
Galba (60), 62, 64
desidiosa 73
galbana 73
holboUi 74
humilis 73
truncatula 72
vahlii 74
Gallandia (36)
Gastrodonta ^j
gularis 43
Giraulus (83)
Glaphjra (22)
Gljptophysa loi
Gonidea /jo
angulata ijo
Goniobasis 116, 117
plicifera 116, 117
silicula 116, 117
Gonyodiscus ^o
striatella (50)
Gulnaria (60)
Gundlachia 108, 109
ancyliformis 108
Gyraulus 5j, 86
deflectus 94
hirsutus 93
Gyrorbis (82), 85, (l20)
Gjrulus (83)
INDEX
i6i
Haldemania (lo8)
Haldenumiiui 97, 98
Helicidse 3, 19, 20
Helicodiscus 52
lineatus §2
Helicogona subpersonata II
Helicoliraax (35), (36)
Helisiga (55)
sanctsehelense 55
Helisigna (55)
Hellsoma 8j, 84, 85
bicarinatus 87
Helix 20, (39), (59), (115)
albolabris (26)
alternata (49)
amarula 59
amurensis (21)
arborea (42)
arboreus (42)
arbustorum (21)
asiatica (23)
asteriscus (51)
attenuata 54
auricularia (60)
baskervillei (24)
belcheri 54
bidentata 41
breweri (42)
chersina (41), 42
Columbiana (24)
conspecta (53)
cooperi 52
cornea 80, 8l
corneus 80
costata (23)
crenella (23)
cronkhitei (50)
devia (24)
dubia (49)
egena (41), 42
electrina (38)
engonata (87)
fabricii (41)
fidelis (21)
floccata 51
fulva (40)
germana (25)
gularis (43), 44
hammonis (38), 42
.Helix harpa (21)
hajdeni (52)
bortensis 20
indentata (39)
labiosa (24)
labyrinthica (27)
limitaris (49)
lineata (52)
lubrica (33)
lucida (42)
mandralisci (40)
milium (43)
minuscula (43)
minuta (22)
minutissima (53)
monodon (26)
morsel (39)
mortoni (40)
nitida 41, (42)
nitidula (39), (40)
nuttalliana (21)
paludosa (22)
pellucida 35, (36)
planorbis (80), 81
ptychophora (25)
pulchella (22), (23)
putris 55
pygmaea (53)
radiatula (38)
rudis 54'
solitaria (49)
spirorbis 83
sportella (35)
stagnalis 59, (60), (62), (65)
striatella (50)
strigosa (51)
subglobosa (20)
town sen diana (25)
trochiformis (40)
trochilus (40)
trochulus (40), 41
vancouverensis (34)
velHcata (34)
virgata 52
Hemithalamus (97)
nitidus 97
Hemphillia 48
camelus 48
glandulosa 48
l62
INDEX
Heterodiscus (Si), Sj
Hippeutes (82)
Hippeutis 82, 86, (97)
Hjalina (35), (39)
arborea (42)
arctica (45)
binnejana (39)
binneyi (39)
£ulva(4o), (41)
indentata (39)
nitida (42)
pellucida (38)
viridula (38)
Hyalinia (39)
fulva (40)
trochiformis (41)
lelskia (120)
Isidora loo, loi, 105
wahlbergi loi
Isthmia ventricosa (31)
pjgmaea 33
Jelskia (120), 121
Laevapex 109
fragilis 1 10
kootaniensis no
Lampsilis 725
alatus 126, 127
borealis 126
ellipsiformis 126
gracilis 127
ligamentinus /^6
luteolus 7^5
radiatus 126
rectus 126
superiorensis 125
ventricosus /2J
Lantzia. See Erinna.
Lanx 109
Lasmigona 131
Leachia (60)
stagnalis 60
Legrandia (108)
Le Liri iii
Leptolimnaea glaber 64
Leptolimnea (60), 62, 64
elongata 60
Leptolimnea glaber 60
Leptolimneus (6l)
glaber 61
Limacidae 45
Limacina (35)
Limax agrestis (45)
berendti 46
columbianus (47)
hemphilli 46
hewstoni (46)
hjperborea (45)
Limnaea (60), (61), 62, (iQS)
ampla (68), (69)
angulata (68)
arctica (75)
binneji (69)
bulimoides (79)
canadensis (69)
decisa (125)
decoUata (68)
elodes (76)
elongata (75)
emarginata (69)
exilis (72), 77
ferruginea (72)
glabra 61
gronlandica (75)
hajdeni (76)
holbolli (74)
kingi 61
kirtlandiana (72)
lanceata (72)
leucostoma (75)
megalosoma (67)
megastoma (67)
mighelsi (68)
minor (75)
molleri (75)
nuttal liana C76)
philadelphica (74)
plebeia (76)
proxima (76)
scalar is (69)
senegalensis (75)
stagnalis (65)
traski (74)
umbilicata (79)
vahlii (74)
velutina 61, 65
INDEX
163
Limnseus decollatus (68)
elodes (76)
elongatus (77)
Limnea (60)
adelinae (78)
caperata (79)
catascopium (68)
cochlea (59)
columella (70)
desidiosa (73)
expansa (76)
fragilis (76)
galbana (74)
gracilis 60
humilis (73)
megasoma 60, (67)
serrata (69)
Limneus (60)
desidiosus (73)
emarginatus (68)
minutus (72)
ontariensis (68)
palustris (76)
stagnalis (60)
umbrosus (77)
Limnophysa (60), 62
holbolH (74)
palustris 60
senegalensis 75
vahlii (74)
Limnus (61)
Liria (ill)
Liriola ///
thersites III
Lucena (22), 55
oblonga 55
pulchella 55
Lucina lenticula 140
Lymnaea jp, 60, 61, 62, 63, 66, 68, 72,
100, 102
acuta 80
adelinae 78
ampla 71, 72
anticostiana 79
appressa (65)
arenaria 63
atkaensis 66
auricularia 60, 61, 62, 64
binneyi 6g, 70
Lymnsea bulimoides 78, 79
canadensis 68
caperata 79
catascopium 77, 78, 79
columella 70
desidiosa 75, 75, 80
emarginata 68, 69
expansa 77
ferruginea 73
fossaria 80
galbana 7J
glaber 60, 62
glabra 60
gracilis 64
hajdeni 77
holboUi 74
humilis jj
involuta 64
jugularis (65)
kingi 64
kirtlandiana 72
lagorii 61, 63
lanceata 72
lepida 67
malleata 75
megasoma 63, 6j, 70
mighelsi 68, 72
nitida 75
nuttalliana 77
obrussa 73
opacina 80
palustris 62, 64, 68, 75, j6, 78
pereger 60
perpollU 78
petersi 66
petitii 80
pingelii (75)
preblei 70
proxima 74, 77
randolphi 66, 7/
reflexa 60, 62, 72, ^j
rowelli 76
solida 78
solidula 75
stagnalis 61, 63, 6^, 66
sumassi 66, 69, 71, 72, (77), 78
techella 78, 79
tenuicostata 64
traskii 74
164
INDEX
Lymnaea truncatula6o, 61, 62, 64, 7^, 73
tryoni 74
trjoniana 74
vahlii 74, 75
wormskioldi (75)
zrmanjse 61, 65
Lymnaeidae jp
Ljmnaeus (60)
columellus (70)
emarginatus (68)
Lymnea (60)
cornea (77)
Lymneus (60)
caperatus (79)
desidiosus (73)
emarginatus (68)
galbanus (73)
humilis (73)
megasomus (67)
minutus (72)
reflexus (77)
Ljmnophysa (61)
Ljmnula (60)
Lymnus (60)
Lyogyrus 118
granum //^, 1 19
lehnerti (117)
MacrocycHs 33
vancouverensis (34)
Macrophysa (100), lot
Margarita oregonensis (128)
Margaritana 131
falcata 132
margaritifera 11, 132
Melania 117
canaliculata (116)
conica (116)
plicifera (116)
silicula (116)
Melantho decisa ( 125)
Menetus (81), ^^, 86
exacuous 91
opercularis 92
Microphysa 99
lansingi 44
pygmaea (53)
stearnsii (44)
Mouretia (in)
Muretia (ill)
Musculium jayanum 139
lenticula 140
partumeium 139
raymondi 138
tenue 139
transversum 139
truncatum 140
Mya complanata (133)
margaritifera (132)
radiata (126)
Myxas (104)
Naiades 123
Nauta (104)
hypnorum (106), (107)
polaris (107)
Nautilina (83)
Nautilus crista (96)
lacustris 97
Neritostoma jj, (61)
Odostomia (115)
Oligolimax (36)
Ompiialia (61)
Omphalolimnus (6x), 63
Omphiscola 60, (61), 62
Onchidella jjz
borealis 112, 113, 1I4
carpenteri 113
celtica 112, 113, 114
floridana 114
Onchidiidae J12
Onchidium 112, 114, 115
boreale (112)
celticum 113
nigricans 112
Schramm! 114
typhae 112
Orbis (81)
Oreohelix 57
cooperi 52
itantoni 52
strigosa j/, 52
Oxyloma 55
hungarica 55
P^ana (36)
Paludina cincinnatiensis 118
INDEX
165
Paludina decisa (125)
emarginata (ii8)
grana (118)
hyalina (91)
limosa (117)
lustrica 120
nuclea (119)
obtusa (118)
porata (117)
seminalis (119)
virens (119)
Paraspira 82, 86
ParmacelHna (36)
vitrinaeformis 36
Patella (107)
lacustris 107, I08
Patula 49
aster iscus (51)
cronkhitei (50)
occidentalis 4q
pauper 50, 51
solitaria (49)
striatella 50
Patulastra pugetensis (43)
Periophthalmus 115
Petasia (39) •
fabricii (41)
fulva 40
trochiformts (40)
Phenacarion foliolatus (47)
hemphilli (47)
Phenacolimax (36)
Phjmesoda dubia (141)
idahoensis (141)
scutellata 141
virginica 141
Physa II, 63, (81), 84, p9, (lOO), lOI,
102, (104), 105, 107
albofilata (102)
ampullacea /oj
ancillaria 102
bullata (103)
columnaris 99, loi
contorta 99
costata 100, loi
crassa (102)
elongata (106)
elongatina 107
fontinalis 11, 99, (102), IQ5
Physa fragilis (loi)
glabra (106)
globosa 99
guildingii 99, lOO
gyrina lOl
heterostropha loi, 103
hildrethiana 102
hordeacea los, 'i^ori
hypnorum (106)
lata (loi)
lordi/o^, 103
microstoma 99
obesa (102)
oleacea (102)
parkeri (102), 103
philippii (loi)
plicata (loi)
polaris 107
primeana (loi)
propinqua 103
turrita (106)
vinosa 102
Physastra (61), 62, 64
vestita 61, 64
Physella (99), 100
Physidae gg, loi
Physodon (99), 100
Physopsis loo, lOI
Phyza (99), (104)
Pierosoma 81, 85
binneyi 87
corpulentus 87, 88
trivolvis 88
Pisidium 3, 141
abditum (142), (143)
abyssomus (143)
abyssorum (143)
aequilaterale (141)
arcticum (144)
boreale (144)
compressum (142)
glaciale (144)
henslowianum (145)
idahoense (141)
nivale (144)
occidentale (143)
randolphi (145)
rotundatum (143)
scutellatum (141)
i66
INDEX
Pisidium sibiricum (144)
steenbuchii (143)
ultramontanum (144)
variabile (142)
ventricosum (143)
virginicum (141)
Planaria (83)
Planella (120)
Planogyra 51
asteriscus 5/, 122
Planorbarius (81)
Planorbe brun 80
Planorbella 81, 85
campanulatus 90
Planorbina 81, 83, 84
glabrata 86
Planorbis 63, 80, 81, 82, S3, 84, 102,
(104), 105
alabatnensis 92
albus 83, 86, (93), 94
ammon 88
andecolus 81
arcticus g6
armatus 97
armiger 97, (98), 99
armigerus 97, (98)
bellus (90)
bicarinatus 81, 84, 8j
bilHngsi (95)
binneyi 87, 88, 89
boissyi 82
borealis (93), 94
brongniartiana 91
buchanensis 92
calculus 81
calliogljptus (92), 93
campanulatus 81, 85, 90
carinatus 82
centervillensis (92), 93
complanatus 82, 85, 90
concavus (95)
contortus 83, 86
corneus 80, 81^ 83, 84
cornu-arietis 84
corpulentus 5/
costatus (96)
crista g6
cristatus (96)
declivis 98
Planorbis deflectus 9^
dilatatus 92
disjectus 89
draparnaldi 94
draparnaudi 94
elevatus (95)
engonatus (87)
exacuous gi, 92, 93
exacutus (91)
fontanus 82, 86
glabratus 86
guadeloupensis 81
hirsutus pj, 94
hispidus 83
hornii 89, 90
imbricatus (96)
lacustris 97
lens 91
lentus (86), (88)
libanicus 82, 83
Umophilus 95
lineatus 97
loryi 81
macrostomus (88), 8g, 90
major 87
marginatus 82
megas gi
multivolvis 82, 85
nathorsti 96
nautileus (96)
nitidus 97
obliquus 94
occidentalis 89
olivaceus 84
opercularis 82, 86, g2
oregonensis 89, (92), 93
parallelus (52)
parvus 83, 86, pj", 96
planulatus ga, 93
rotundatus 82, 86
rndentis 90, 91
subcrenatus (88), 89, 90
traskii 88
trivolvis 81, 85, 87, 88, 89, 90
tumens 88, 89
turritus (106)
umbilicatellus g6
umbilicatus 82, 85, (96)
vermicularis pj
INDEX
167
Planorbis virens 94.
vortex 82, 85
vulgaris 82
wheatleyi 97, 98
yzabalensis 82, 86
Plan or bu la (97), 98
armigera 98
christyi 99
Plesiophysa lOl
Pleurocera tj6
canaliculata lib
PleuroHmnaea (60), 63, 64
tenuicostata 60
Poeyia (108)
gundlachioides 108
PoHta (39)
fulva (40)
Polygyra 24
albolabris 26
Columbiana 24, 34
devia 24
germana ^J, 26
labiosa (24)
megasoma 26
monodon 26
ptychophora 2^
santacruzensis 24
townsendiana 2^
Poljgyrus (83)
Polyrhytis (61), 63, 64
Pomatiopsis iig
lapidaria 119, (120)
Pompholjx 63
Primella raymondi (139)
Pristiloma 44
arctica 4s
idahoense 44
lansingi 44
pilsbryi 44
stearnsi (44), 45
stearnsii 44
taylori 44
Prophysaon 4b
andersoni 4b
coeruleum ^7
dubium (47)
fasciatum (47)
flavum (46)
foliolatum ^7
Prophysaon hemphilli (46), 47
humile 47
marmoratum (46)
obscurum (47)
pacificum (46)
pallidum (46)
suffusum (46)
Proptera alatus (127)
Protancylus 109
Pseudohyalina minuscula (43)
pugetensis (43)
Pterosygna 131
Pulmobranchia loi
Punctum 5j
asteriscus 53
clappi 51, Ji
conspectum 10, JJ
minutissimum (53)
pugetensis (43)
pygmaeum S3
randolphi §3
Pupa alticola (54)
arctica (32)
arm if era (27)
badia (28)
bigfranata (28)
blandi (28)
columella (54)
contracta (27)
corpulenta (29)
costulata (21)
decora (29)
edentula (54)
exigua (116)
gouldii (30)
gredleri (54)
holzingeri (28)
hoppii (29)
lundstromi (28)
milium (32)
modesta (29)
pentodon (28)
pygmsea (33)
signata (28)
simplex (54)
steenbuchi (29)
superioris (33)
Pupidae 27
Pupilla 28
i68
INDEX
Pupilla badia (28), (29)
blandi 28
muscorum 28, (29)
Pyramidula 49
alternata 4g
aster iscus ji
cronkhitei ^o, 51
limitaris 4g
randolphi (53)
ruderata 50, 51
solitaria 4Q
striatella jo
Quadrula 133
heros 133
hippopaea 133
lachrjmosa 133
plicata ijj
rubiginosa 134.
undulata 133
Radix (60), 62, 63, 64, 65, 67, 68, 71, 72
binneyi 69
columella 70
mighelsi 68
randolphi 71
Rivicola (99)
Sandria 65
Saraphia (115)
tridentata 115
Segmentaria (97)
Segmentina 97, 98
armigera g8
christyi 99
Selenites 33
vancouverensis (34)
Semilimax (35), (36)
Siphonaria iii
sipho III
thersites ///
Siphonariidse iii
Sphaeriidse 134, 145
Spliaerium 134
aureum 135
cooperianum (139)
corneum 135
dentatum 136, 13J
emarginatum 138
Sphaerium fabale 137
fabalis (136)
flavum 138
jajanum i3g
lenticula 140
medium 140
nobile 137
occidentale 136, 137
partumeium /jp
patella 138
primeanum 141
raymondi 138
rhomboideum 136, 141
simile 134
solidulum 136
spokani 138
stagnicola 140
stamineum 136
striatinum 13J
sulcatum (134)
tenue J3g, 140
transversum i3g
truncatum 140
tumidum 138
walkeri 135
Sphyradium j^
edentulum j^
Spiralina (81)
Spirodiscus corneus (81)
Spirorbis (82)
Stagnicola (60), 62, 64, 68, 71, 72, 74
adelinae 78
•nticostiana 79
bulimoides 79
caperata 79
catascopium 77
communis (76)
emarginata 68
palustris 76
perpolita 78
reflexa 77
Stenotrema germanum (25)
Strepomatidae 116
Striatura milium (43)
Strobila labjrinthica 2f
Strophitus 127
edentulus (127)
rugosus 127
Succinea (55), 55, 71, 105
INDEX
169
Sncdnea aUskaiu 58
annexa (59)
aurelia (59)
avara 55, 56, 57
campestris (58)
chrjsis 10, 59
decampi (56)
dunkeri 55
elegans 55
greeri (58)
gronlandica ^J
grosvenori //
hawkinsi J7
haydeni (56)
lineata (59)
minor (56)
nuttalliana /5
obliqua s8
oblonga 55
oregonensis j'd
ovalis55, (56), (58), 59
pfeifferi 55
putris 55
retusa (56), 57, 58
rusticana j5
silHmani 57
totteniana 55
vermeta (57)
verrilli 57
wardiana (57)
Succineidae 55
Succinia (55)
Sjmphjnota 131
complanata 131
costata /J/
katherinae 131
Tanousia (61), 62, 65
Tapada (55)
Taphius (81), 85
Teba (39)
Tellina henslowana (145)
virginica (141)
Torquis 83, 86
arcticus 96
nathorsti 96
parvus 95
umbilicatellus 96
vermicularis 95
Trimusculus (iii)
Trochilus terrestris mortoni 40
Trochlea (83)
Trochovitrina (36)
Trochula 40
Trochulus (40)
trochiformis (41)
Trochus (39)
terrestris (40)
Trophidiscus (82)
Tropidina (120), 1 21
Tropidiscus (81), 82, 85
Tropidocyclas henslowana 145
Truella (55)
elongata 55
Turbo (104), (115)
muscorum (28)
nautileus (96)
stagnalis (106)
Unio II, 133
alatus (126)
asperrimus (133)
borealis (126)
complanatus (132), /jj
costatus (133)
crassus (126), (133)
dahuricus (132)
ellipsiformis (126)
elongatus (132)
falcatus (132)
flavus (134)
gracilis (127)
heros (133)
hippopaeus (133)
katherinje (131)
lachrymosus (133)
ligamentinus (126)
luteolus (125)
mongolicus (132)
multiplicatus (133)
pictorum 13
pUcatus (133)
quadrulus (133)
radiatus (126)
rectus (126)
rubiginosus (134)
sinuatus (132)
I70
INDEX
Unio spatulatus (126)
trigonus (134)
undulatus (133)
ventricosus (125)
Vallonia 22
albula 2^
asiatica 23
costata 23
gracilicosta 23
minuta {22")
pulchella 22, 23
rosalia (23)
Valvata85, (120)
carinata (121)
confusa (121)
cristata 120, 122, 124
helicoidea 123
humeralis 121
jelskii 120, 121
lewisi 123
mergella 124
minuta 120
nylanderi 122
piscinalis 120, 121, 124
sibirica 124
simplex (121), 122, 123
sincera 122, (123)
striata (123)
tricarinata 120, I2i, I22
unicarinata (l2r)
virens 124.
Valvatidae 120
Valvearius (120)
Velifera 36
Velletia (108), 109
Velutinopsis (61), 62, 65
Vertigo 3, 2g
approximans (31)
arctica 32
arthuri (31)
binnej'ana J/
bollesiana (30)
borealis 30
callosa (33)
castanea (29)
Columbiana JO
elatior (31)
gouldii 30
Vertigo hoppii 2g
krauseana 32
lagganensis (31)
milium 32, 33
modesta 2g
ovata 31, J2
parietalis (29)
pentodon (28)
pygmaeajj
simplex (54)
ventricosa 31
Vertilla milium (32), 33
Vesica (59)
Vitrea 38, (40)
binneyana 3g
fulva (41)
indentata jp
nitidula jp
radiatula j5
Vitrinajj, (36), 37
Alaskana 37, 38
americana (37)
angelicae j<5, 37
berjilina 37
bicolor 36
conoidea 36
diaphana 36
exilisj/, (38)
lederi 36
limpida J7
major 36
pauluccise 36
pellucida 36, (37)
pfeifferi (37)
Vitrinozonites 36
Vitrinus {35)
Vivipara 11
Viviparidae J24
Vortex 81
Vorticifex 63
Zagrabica (61), 65
brusiniana 65
naticoides 61
Zonites (39)
conspectus (53)
fulvus (40)
lansingi 44
nitidulus (39)
INDEX 171
Zonites stearnsii (44) Zonitoides pugetensis 43
viridulus (38), 39 randolphi 43
Zonitidae 35 Zoogenites 21
Zonitoides 42 harpa 12, 21, 22, 122
arboreus 42 Zua lubrica {33)
milium (43) lubricoidea (33)
minusculus 43 Zurama (22)
nitidus 4a
HYDROIDS OF THE EXPEDITION
The following paper on the Hydroids of the Expedition, by Pro-
fessor C. C. Nutting, of the University of Iowa, was originally pub-
lished in the Proceedings of the Washington Academy of Sciences,
vol. Ill, pp. 157-216, May 11, 190 1, It is here reprinted from the
same electrotype plates, so that it may be quoted exactly as if it werfe. the
original. The original pagination has been preserved and transferred
to the inner or hinge side of the page, where it is enclosed in brackets,
thus [159]; while the consecutive pagination of the present volume
has been added in the usual place. In the plates the original number
and running headline, slightly abbreviated, have been preserved [in
brackets], while the volume designation and serial plate number have
been added in the usual place. The original text references to the
plates are unchanged. The present headpiece and title have been sub-
stituted for the running heading of the Academy's Proceedings and
the original title, which was : Papers from the Harriman Alaska
Expedition. XXL The Hydroids. No other alterations have
been made. Editor.
(174)
HYDROIDS OF THE EXPEDITION
BY C. C. RUTTIBQ
CONTENTS
Introduction 175
Geographic distribution 176
Systematic discussion 181
INTRODUCTION.
The collection of Hydroida secured by the Harriman Ex-
pedition is of exceptional interest, and proves to be one of the
most important and most extensive collections of these beautiful
forms of marine life thus far made in Alaskan waters. Our pre-
vious knowledge of the Hydroid fauna of this region rested almost
exclusively on the collection made by Dr. W. H. Dall and his
associates during the years 1871-1874 and reported on by Dr. S.
F. Clark. ^ The number of species listed in Clark's report is 41,
in which was included Coppinia arcta^ now known to be merely
the gonosome of Lafoea. Of these 40 species, 15 are well known
British forms, and only one was then known from the Atlantic
coast of the United States. The remaining 24 species were new.
^ Report on the Hydroids collected on the coast of Alaska and the Aleutian
Islands by W. H. Dall, U. S. Coast Survey, and party, from 1871 to 1874,
inclusive. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, 1876.
[157] (»75)
176 NUTTING [158]
In 1878 C. Mereschkowsky ^ added a single species to the
Alaskan fauna, bringing the total up to 41.
No other additions were made until 1899, when I added eight,
of which three were well known British species and five were
new.^ That made a total of 49 species reported prior to the
Harriman Expedition.
The collection here treated of comprises 53 species, 24 of
which had been previously reported. Of the remainder, 9 were
previously recorded from other localities, and 20 are new.
Thus the Harriman Expedition has added about 60 percent to
the number of species hitherto known from Alaskan waters.
More than half of the species secured are new to Alaska and
nearly 40 percent are new to science.
The whole number of species of hydroids now known from
Alaska is 78. Considering the small amount of collecting that
has been done in that region, compared with the extensive ex-
plorations of the coasts of Europe and the Atlantic coast of the
United States, one may confidently expect that the waters of
the far Northwest will prove to be very rich in hydroid life. .
GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION.
A table is here given to indicate, first, the localities at which
each species was collected by the Harriman Expedition, and
second, the extent to which Hydroids have been distributed south-
ward along meridional lines from what appears to have been
a polar center of distribution. No attempt has been made to
represent the complete distribution of the species.
A glance at the part of the table showing the distribution as
represented in the collection secured by the expedition, shows
an apparent poverty of the Hydroid fauna of the western, as
compared with the eastern, portion of the territory explored.
For convenience in such comparison the stations are arranged
consecutively from east to west. The largest series were ob-
tained at Berg Inlet in Glacier Bay ; Yakutat Bay ; and at Orca
in Prince William Sound. These localities are all in deep bays,
sheltered from storms and surrounded by rocky shores. On
* New Hydroida from Ochotsk, Kamtschatka, and other parts of the North
Pacific Ocean. Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., Dec, 1878.
«Hydroida from Alaska and Puget Sound. Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum, Vol.
XXI. (No. 1171.)
GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF THE HYDROIDS COLLECTED BY
THE HARRIMAN EXPEDITION.
Name.»
Distribution of Specimens in the Ham-
man Collection.
General Distribution.
i
3
1— 1
i
"5
1
s
3
><
a
O
•i
1
•6
1
1
a
1
X
•g
3
0
V
a
o
a
B
O
•&
<
o
1
d<
o o
|i
a. en
1
1
<
Syncoryne eximia.
*Coryne brachiata.
*Garveia annulata.
+
+
-h
+
+
+
+
Garveia nutans.
+
+
Eudendrium vaginatum.
*Tubularia harrimani.
+
+
+
+
+
+
♦Campanularia ritteri.
Campanularia denticulata.
Campanularia verticillata.
Campanularia lineata.
Campanularia speciosa.
Campanularia urceolata.
^Campanularia reduplicata.
♦Campanularia regia.
Clytia caliculata.
Clytia compressa.
Obelia plicata.
Obelia dichotoma.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
4-
-f
+
+
+
+
+
+
4-
+
+
+
+
+*
+
+
*Obelia borealis.
+
*Obelia dubia.
.....
+
"
Hebella pocillum.
*Gonothynea inornata.
♦Campanulina rugosa.
Calycella syringa.
Lafoea dumosa.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
4-
+
+
+
+
+
+
,
+
Lafoea gracillima.
Lafoea fruticosa.
+
+
+
-f
+
*Lafoea adherens.
+
*Grammaria immersa.
+
Filellum serpens.
Halecium halecinum.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Halecium muricatum.
+
Halecium scutum.
+
+
*Halecium reversum.
-h
+
*Halecium robustum.
+
+
+
*Halecium ornatum.
♦Halecium speciosum.
Sertularella tricuspidata.
Sertularella polyzonias.
*Sertularella saccata.
4-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
t
+
+
+
+
+
+
Thuiaria argentea.
Thuiaria similis.
+
+
+
+
+
Thuiaria variabilis.
+
Thuiaria cupressoides.
♦Thuiaria coei.
+
+
+
Thuiaria fabricii.
+
+"
+
+
+
Thuiaria turgida.
+
+
Thuiaria gigantea.
Thuiaria thuiarioides.
"+'"
+
♦Thuiaria elegans.
♦Thuiaria costata.
+
+
+
Plumularia lagenifera.
+
+
+
+
20
Plumularia palmeri.
Totals.
lO
4
12
IS
13 8
3
I
4
19
I'g 14
25
' Species marked by a ♦ are new.
178 NUTTING [l^l
account of the presence of perpetual ice in the form of glacier
fronts and bergs, the water must be very cold the year around.
Such a combination of conditions is particularly favorable to
Hydroid life and accounts for the remarkably rich collections
made at these places and also for the presence of so many arc-
tic species. In this connection it is interesting to note the fol-
lowing paragraph written about twenty five years ago by Dr.
Dall : "The material derived from the northwestern coasts of
America, from Cook's Inlet south and east, indicates a series of
Arctic colonies in favored localities, the future exploration of
which offers a labor of the highest interest. These colonies are
situated where the depth of water, the drippings of glaciers, and
the high and adjacent shores of the Great Archipelago combine
to reduce the temperature of the water below its apparently
normal isotherm. Cook's Inlet affords one of them, one exists
in the Gulf of Georgia, and others only await further explora-
tion."^ It should be noted, however, that nearly all of the
Arctic species are well known forms belonging to the ' Holarctic
Province ' of authors, and that these species are of practically
continuous distribution on all coasts in northern regions so far
as explored.
In the same paper, Dr. Dall divides the coasts of America
from Monterey, California, north and west, into three faunal
areas, as follows : (a) the Oreg'onian, extending from Monterey
to the Shumagin Islands ; (3) the Aleutian^ extending from the
Shumagin Islands to the end of the Aleutian chain, and north-
ward to the winter line of floating ice in Bering Sea ; {c) the
Arctic^ limited on the shore line to the winter line of floating
ice and passing southward indefinitely in deep water.
This paper deals chiefly with what Dr. Dall would call the
Oregonian Fauna, only seven species having been secured to
the westward of the Shumagin Islands. Of these seven species
five are also found in his Oregonian Fauna, and the other two
are new and known, thus far, from only one locality.
Dr. Clark, in reporting on the collection made by Dr. Dall,
enumerates 25 species that occur west and north of the Shu-
magin Islands. Of these 25 species we now know that sixteen
'Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, p. 206, 1876.
[l6l] THE HYDROIDS l79
also occur to the eastward of the Islands, while five have not
been reported from any locality other than the ones where they
were originally discovered. Our present knowledge therefore
does not support the validity of Dr. Dall's division of faunae at
the Shumagin Islands. It rather indicates a continuity of fauna
from southern Alaska to the end of the Aleutian chain. Hydroid
life appears to decrease as we go westward, but this may be only
apparent and due to the more extensive exploration of the shores
east of the Aleutian Islands.
Dr. Dall extends his Oregonian fauna down to Monterey,
California. Reasoning again merely from the known distribu-
tion of hydroids, it would seem that Puget Sound is a natural
region of demarcation between faunae, although the region from
Puget Sound to San Francisco has been very little explored.
In 1876 Dr. Clark published a paper on ' The Hydroids of the
Pacific Coast of the United States south of Vancouver Island,' *
in which he gives a list of twenty-four species ; of these only
two, Lafosa duniosa and Sertularia argentea, have as yet been
reported north of Puget Sound. The same author, in reporting
on Dr. Dall's collections from Alaska, notes as one of the main
points of interest, the " small number of species that are com-
mon to the Alaskan coast and the western shores of the United
States from Vancouver Island southward.^ In 1899 the present
writer published a paper on ' Hydroida from Alaska and Puget
Sound ' ' in which it appears that out of twenty-two species from
Puget Sound, only four have been reported farther south, while
fifteen are now known to occur in Alaska. In the same year
Mr. G. N. Calkins published a paper entitled ' Some Hydroids
from Puget Sound,' ^ in which some thirty species are noted,
only two of which are known to occur south of Puget Sound.
From this study of the distribution of the Hydroids of the
northwest coast of America, therefore, I am strongly persuaded
that the region south of Puget Sound constitutes one distinct
faunal area, and that the region from Puget Sound north and
west to the end of the Aleutian chain constitutes another un-
1 Trans. Conn. Acad. Sci., Vol. iii, pp. 250-251, 1876.
*Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, p. 212, 1876.
8Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum, Vol. xxi, No. 1171, 1899.
*Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. xxviii, No. 13, 1899.
l8o NUTTING [162]
broken faunal area that might properly be designated as Alaskan.
From the number of arctic species included in this area it is not
improbable that it extends northward along the shores of Bering
Sea.
Dr. Clark agrees with Dr. Dall that there is a distinct faunal
difference between the region east of the Shumagin Islands and
that west of them. The material added since the publication of
his paper, however, seems to prove that this difference is only
apparent and due solely to lack of exploration.
The most important thing to be noted in that part of the table
devoted to general distribution is the Holarctic distribution of a
number of species. Of the eighteen species known to occur in
the Arctic region, no less than fifteen also occur on the European
coast, fourteen on the Atlantic coast of the United States, and
thirteen on the Pacific coast as far south as Puget Sound. An
examination of the table shows further, that the Hydroid fauna
of Alaska, as represented by the Harriman collection, includes
fifty-three species in all, of which eighteen are Arctic in fact,
having been secured in Arctic waters ; four others are in all
probability Arctic, being found both in European and American
waters ; four are, so far as is known, confined to the Alaskan
and Pacific coast south to Puget Sound ; twenty-five are thus far
known from Alaska only, and two are Californian. If we rec-
ognize the Alaskan faunal region as extending to Puget Sound,
and include those species actually known to be Arctic, together
with those in all probability Arctic, in a group which may justly be
called Arctic, the following significant analysis of the faunal rela-
tions of the collection may be made : Alaskan species, twenty-
nine ; Arctic species, twenty-two ; Californian species, two. This
shows that fifty-five percent of the hydroid fauna as a whole is
peculiar to Alaska, but that there has been a strong invasion from
the Arctic regions of the Holarctic species constituting about
forty-one percent of the collection, and that only two species,
or less than four percent, are Californian. If all the species
known to occur in Alaska were included in the computation the
result would be a larger percentage of Alaskan species, a cor-
responding decrease of the Arctic species, and the addition of
one or two Californian species.
[163] THE HYDROIDS 181
SYSTEMATIC DISCUSSION.
The writer deems it unnecessary to attempt a complete syn-
onymy of the well known European species contained in the
Harriman collection and considers it sufficient to give,_;fr5/, and
in all cases, the original reference to the species ; second^ all
obtainable references to the occurrence of the species on the
Pacific Coast of America, and, thirds a reference to verify the
* General Distribution ' as given in the table just discussed. In
this latter case only one reference will be given to verify the
occurrence of a given species in each of the regions included
in the right hand portion of the table.
As to the classification employed in this report, it seems best,
on the whole, to pursue a conservative course, following pretty
closely the lines laid down by the able British naturalists,
Hincks and Allman. While it is true that the classification is
in an unsatisfactory state, the writer does not feel that a thor-
ough revision of the entire group of Hydroida should be at-
tempted here, and frankly confesses his conviction that recent
attempts in that direction have not been successful, though each
contains valuable suggestions. Levinsen, for example, has
made a notable contribution to our knowledge of the Campanu-
linidae in his able and careful exposition of the differences in
the opercula of various species, but his genera founded solely on
these structures appear to be artificial, as usually happens when
a single character is made the basis of classification.^ In his
terse characterization of the genera of Sertularidae this author
has been most fortunate, as well as in his masterly clearing up
of the mystery concerning the gonosome of Lafoea.
Schneider,^ also, has attempted to rearrange the Hydroida on
a logical basis. Instead of multiplying groups, as has been the
tendency of late, he has, in my opinion, gone far to the other
extreme, uniting families that almost any other student acquainted
with the group would regard as surely distinct. It seems un-
likely that he will be followed in uniting such groups as the
Tubularidae and Pennaridae in a single family, although one
'Meduser, Ctenopherer og Hjdroider fra Gronlands Vestkyst, Copenhagen,
1893.
* Hydropolypen von Rovigno, nebst iibersicht iiber das system der hydro-
polypen in allgemeinen. Zool. Jahrb., Syst. Abth., Vol. x, 1897.
l82 NUTTING [164]
writer, Calkins/ has followed his classification quite closely, and
includes representatives of what would ordinarily be regarded as
at least eleven families in five families as defined by Schneider.
It is not likely that classifications will ever represent anything
but individual opinion, and it is probable that there will always
be two sets of extremists who on the one hand will be too ready
to multiply groups, and on the other will be too conservative to
recognize real progress. The Hydroida offer unusual difficul-
ties and consequently students of that group find agreement,
even along the most general lines, practically impossible. The
objective point of systematic discussion has been the attainment
of a system of classification by which genera could be distin-
guished by means of the trophosome alone. This end, although
in theory greatly to be desired, appears to be unattainable. The
writer has chased this will-o-the-wisp for years, and is ready to
abandon its pursuit as unprofitable. Abler men have had the
same experience, and it appears to be pretty well established
that in practice we must base generic distinctions on the gono-
some alone, although the judgment of students will inevitably
differ as to the extent to which this can be profitably done.
Botanists have encountered the same difficulty in their study of
the lower plants, such as the fungi, and have come to the same
conclusion. In neither case has nature been working for the
convenience of naturalists, and the fact should be accepted
without a bootless chase after the unattainable.
G TMNOBLASTEA.
Hydroida in which well differentiated hydrothecae and gonangia are
not present. What might be called ' pseudo-hydrothecae ' are found in
some species as in Eudendrium vaginatum (see description of that
species on pages 167-168).
Family CORTNID^E.
Trophosome. — Hydranth with a terete body and proboscis and scat-
tered capitate tentacles only.
Gonosome. — Fixed sporosacs, or free medusze with a very long manu-
brium, four marginal tentacles and four sense-bulbs with eye-spots.
^Some Hydroids from Puget Sound, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol.
XXVIII, No. 13, 1899.
[165] THE HYDROIDS 183
CORYNE.
Trophosome. — Characters of the family.
Gonosome. — Reproductive elements produced in fixed sporosacs
growing on the hydranth body.
CORYNE BRACHIATA sp. nov.
(Plate XIV, figs. 1,2.)
Trophosome. — Colony forming a dense tuft of irregularly branching
stems, sometimes attaining a height of about ^ inch. Stems and
branches profusely and regularly annulated throughout, fairly stout ex-
cept at the proximal ends w^here they taper gradually to their point of
origin ; distal ends of many of the branches bear a more or less regular
whorl, or radiating cluster, of annulated branchlets just below the
hydranth body, reminding one of the whorls of cirri around the stems
of the stalked crinoids. Hydranths large, with long, slender body and
proboscis and numerous (20-35) capitate tentacles arranged in a
scattered or sub-verticillate manner over nearly the whole surface.
Gonosome. — Gonophores very numerous, borne among the tentacles
on the hydranth bodies, globular in outline and showing no traces
of radial canals or other medusoid structures. The specimens
secured were females and the gonophores were packed full of develop-
ing ova.
Distribution. — All the specimens were secured in Yakutat Bay,
Alaska, by Dr. W. R. Coe of the Harriman Expedition.
This interesting species seems to be nearest to C. pusilla Gaertner, if
Allman has properly identified that species. It differs from other
members of the genus in the curious whorl of short branchlets which
bear neither hydranths nor gonophores and are situated a short distance
below the terminal hydranth of the stem or branch to which they are
attached. Another character not shown in the figures of this genus
published by Hincks and Allman, is the narrowing at the proximal
ends of the stems and branches. The specimens were found immersed
in sponge so far that only the hydranths extended above the surface of
the sponge.
SYNCORYNE.
Trophosome. — Characters the same as those given for the family.
Gonosome. — Reproductive elements produced in free medusas with
a long manubrium and four marginal tentacles, each having a sense
bulb with an eye-spot at its base.
184 NUTTING [166]
SYNCORYNE EXIMIA Allman.
(Plate XIV, figs. 3, 4.)
Coryne eximia Allman, Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d Series, Vol. iv, p.
141. Aug., 1859.
Syncoryne eximia Allman, Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d Series, Vol. xiil,
p. 357. May, 1864.
This appears to be the first record of the occurrence of this species
in American waters. There are many specimens in the collection, but
all are from the same locality.
Distribution. — Juneau, Alaska (Harriman Expedition) ; Great
Britain (Allman and Hincks) ; Lofoten Islands, Norway (Sars).
Family BIMERID^^.
Trophosome. — Hydranths with a conical or dome-shaped proboscis,
around the base of which is a whorl of filiform tentacles.
Gonosome. — Sexual products developed in fixed sporosacs.
GARVEIA.
Trophosome. — Colony branched ; perisarc conspicuous.
Gonosome. — Gonophores borne on distinct branchlets which have a
chitinous investment ending in a cup-like expansion just below the
gonophore.
GARVEIA NUTANS Wright.
Garveia nutans Wright, Edinburgh New Phil. Jour., p. 109. July, 1859.
Eudendriutn bacciferum Allman, -Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d Series,
Vol. IV, p. 52, July, 1859.
This is another species that has not before been reported from
American waters. The specimens were fragmentary, making the
identification somewhat uncertain, although I have little doubt of its
correctness.
Distribution. — Berg Inlet, Glacier Bay, Alaska. (Harriman Ex-
pedition.) Originally described from the British Coast.
GARVEIA ANNULATA sp. nov.
(Plate XV, figs. I, 2.)
Trophosome. — Colony attaining a height oi 1}^ inches, consisting of
a number of closely aggregated and sparingly and irregularly branched
stems. Stems strongly and evenly annulated throughout, the perisarc
expanding distally into thin chitinous pseudo-hydrothecse which cover
the hydranth body nearly to the level of the tentacles. Hydranths with
[i67]
THE HYDROIDS
a conical, or rather conoid, proboscis and about sixteen tentacles all of
which appear to be held more or less erect.
Gonosome. — Gonophores borne either on the stem or hydrorhiza,
more frequently the latter, oval in shape, borne on pedicels enveloped
in a chitinous perisarc which ends in a slightly expanded collar a little
below the gonophore. The specimens collected were female and the
gonophores were packed with apparently mature ova.
Color. — The label accompanying the specimens bore the following
statement: "Bright orange throughout, heads, stems and all."
Distribution. — ^Yakutat and Sitka, Alaska. Collected by the Har-
riman Expedition in considerable quantities.
This species can be sharply distinguished from its British relative
by the very distinct and beautiful annulation which covers the entire
stem and branches. It is much less extensively branched than the British
species, and the gonophores are more generally borne on the roots.
The structure that I have designated above as a ' pseudo-hydrotheca '
is of considerable morphological interest, for it may throw light on the
origin of the hydrotheca. The extension of the chitinous perisarc of
the stem over the body of the hydranth appears to be attached to the
latter. A true hydrotheca would be formed if the perisarc around the
hydranth body should become thicker and detached.
Family EUDENDRID.^.
Tropkosome. — Colony branching. Hydranths with a single whorl
of filiform tentacles and a trumpet-shaped or hemispherical proboscis
which is expanded distally and contracted proximally, thus being
sharply distinguished from the hydranth body.
Gonosome. — Reproductive elements developed in fixed sporosacs at-
tached to a usually more or less degenerated hydranth body below the
tentacles.
This family contains but one genus, Eudendrium^ which needs no
further definition.
EUDENDRIUM VAGINATUM Allman.
(Plate *v, figs. 3-6.)
Eudendrium vaginatum Allman, Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., Third Se-
ries, Vol. XI, p. 10, Jan., 1863.
As the gonosome of this species has not heretofore been described,
the following is inserted here :
Gonosome. — Gonophores (female) in dense clusters around the
bodies of hydranths that are usually devoid of tentacles. Each go no-
l86 NUTTING [l68]
phore is borne on a pedicel which resembles those of Garveia^ having
a distinct expanded collar a short distance below the hydranth.
Distribution. — Sitka Harbor and Yakutat, Alaska, abundant (Harri-
man Expedition) ; Shetland Island, Scotland (Allman).
This beautiful species bears considerable resemblance to Euden-
drium annulatum Allman, especially in its gonosome which Allman
describes as follows : ' ' The gonophores are grouped in clusters, con-
sisting of from eight to twenty egg-shaped bodies attached around the
axis of gonoblastidea, which are of moderate length."^
Were it not for a peculiar character of the trophosome, i. e., the ex-
panded pseudo-hydrotheca investing the body below the tentacles much
as in Garveia, there might be some suspicion that JS. vaginatum and
E. annulatum are synonyms, particularly in view of the fact that both
were described from the Shetland Islands.
It also seems not improbable that Eudendrium Pygmceum Clark *
may be another synonym of E. vaginatum., as Clark's description of
the gonosome agrees well with the gonosome described above. If
this be true, it is also likely that the dried stems described by Clark
from Santa Cruz, California, will be found to belong to this same
species.
Family TUBULARID^E,
Trophosome. — Hydranths large, with a basal whorl of filiform ten-
tacles and a distal set of closely crowded shorter filiform tentacles.
Gonosome. — Reproductive elements developed in sessile medusae
borne in clusters just above the basal tentacles and producing actinules
instead of planulae.
TUBULARIA.
The only genus included in the family in the sense here used.
TUBULARIA HARRIMANI sp. nov.
( Plate JSH.)
Trophosome. — Stem usually unbranched, attaining a height of i ^
inches, irregularly and sparingly annulated and increasing in size from
the proximal to the distal end, but more rapidly on the basal portion ;
a marked constriction some distance below the hydranth body ; stem
canaliculated between the constriction and the hydranth. Hydranth
with forty to fifty basal tentacles and about twenty in the distal set.
Gonosome. — Gonophores borne in about twelve very long and
densely crowded racemes, which are supported by long, tentacle-like
'Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d Series, Vol. xiii, p. 83, Jan.. 1864.
*Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, p. 232, 1876.
[169] THE HYDROIDS 187
pedicels arising above the proximal row of tentacles. Gonophores (fe-
male) with three to five long tentacular processes which are sometimes
half the length of the gonophore. The actinule at birth is without a
distal row of tentacles, and the gonophore has no indication of radial
canals.
Distribution. — Orca, Prince William Sound, Alaska (W. E. Ritter).
Exclusive of this species there have now been described four species
of Tubularia from the Pacific Coast of North America; Parypha
microcephala (A. Agassiz),^ which differs from the present species in
having flattened, instead of round, tentacular processes to the gono-
phores ; Tubularia elegans Clark,* which has mere tubercles instead
of the filiform processes to the gonophores ; Tubularia borealis
Clark,' which differs in having laterally compressed processes to the
gonophores; and Tubularia larynx Ellis and Solander* (reported by
Gary S. Calkins), which differs from T. harrimani in the number of
both proximal and distal sets of tentacles, as well as in several other
characters.
The species seems to be abundant at Orca, as numerous specimens
were found.
CAL TPTBR OB LAS TEA.
Hydroida in which hydrothecae are developed for the protection of
the hydranths and gonangia for the protection of the gonophores.
Family CAMPANULARID^^.
Trofhosome. — Hydrothecae well developed, non-operculate, never
adnate nor immersed in the stem and always with a septum partially
dividing the hydrothecal cavity from the stem cavity. Hydranths
usually with conical proboscis and a single whorl of filiform tentacles.
Gonosome. — Gonophores producing planulae or free medusae.
It would be hard to find two authorities who would agree as to the
genera of this exceedingly perplexing family. The arrangement here
adopted is substantially the same as that used by the writer in another
work now in press." It is not offered as a final solution of the diffi-
culty, but as a convenience in discussing the group in the present
connection.
' North American Acalephae, p. 195.
^Transactions Conn. Acad. Sci., Vol. in, p. 253, 1876.
'Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, p. 231, 1876.
<Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. xxviii. No. 13, p. 335.
* Handbook of the Hydroids of the Woods Hole Region. To be published by
the U. S. Fish Commission.
1 88 NUTTING [^70]
CLYTIA.
Trophosome. — Stem not regularly branched. Hydrothecae with
toothed margins, or with excessively thick walls and with long
pedicels.
Gonosome. — Reproduction by means of free medusae.
CLYTIA CALICULATA (Hincks).
(Plate-aewH, figs, i, 2.)
Campanularia caliculata Hincks, Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., 2nd ser., Vol.
XI, p. 178, March, 1853. — Verrill, Preliminary check-list of Marine
Invertebrates of Atlantic Coast, etc., p. 16, 1879. — Marktanner-Turn-
ERETSCHER, Hydroiden von Ost-Spitzbergen, Zool. Jahrb., Vol. viii, p.
406. 1895. — Calkins, Some Hydroids from Puget Sound, Proc. Boston
Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. xxviii, No. 13, p. 351, 1899.
Some authors, as Levinsen, regard this species as identical with
C Integra Macgillivray. The mode of reproduction is so different,
however, that the two would go into different genera in the classifica-
tion here adopted.
Distribution. — ^Yakutat, Alaska (HarrimanExped.) ; British Coast
(Hincks) ; Spitzbergen (Marktanner-Turneretscher) ; New England
Coast (Verrill) ; Puget Sound (Calkins) .
CLYTIA COMPRESSA (Clark).
(Plate-aesHH, figs. 3, 4.)
Campanularia compressa Clark, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia,
p. 214, 1876.
Eticopella campanularia (VON Lendenfeld)? Uber Coelenteraten der Sudsee,
IV, Mitth. Zeitsch, Wiss. Zool., xxxviii, p. 497, 1883.
Distribution. — Orca, Alaska (Harriman Exped.) ; Shumagin
Islands (Clark) . The figures given of this species well illustrate the
great variation in thickness of the hydrothecal walls. All the speci-
mens thus far discovered were found attached to Laminaria, over
which they creep in great profusion.
Von Lendenfeld makes his Eucopella campanularia the subject of
one of his masterly monographic papers and it appears to agree in
every particular with the species under discussion. If I am correct in
supposing the two species identical, the name Eucopella companularia
will become a synonym and a very exceptional distribution will be re-
corded for Clytia compressa. It is interesting to note that von
Lendenfeld's species was also found growing on Laminaria.
The present writer does not agree with Calkins in his suggestion
that C. compressa is a synonym of C. caliculata.
[171] THE HYDROIDS 189
CAMPANULARIA.
Trofhosome. — Colony unbranched or regularly branched ; stem
simple or fascicled ; hydrothecae campanulate, never completely ses-
sile nor with operculum.
Gonosome. — Gonophores producing planulae without the interven-
tion of medusae.
CAMPANULARIA VERTICILLATA (Linn.)
Sertularia verticillata Linn., Syst. Nat., loth ed., p. 811, 1758.
Campanularia verticillata Sars, Bidrag til Kundskaben om Norges Hydroider,
p. 46, 1873. — ^Verrill, Preliminary check -list of Marine Invertebrates
of Atlantic Coast, p. 16, 1879.
Distribution. — Kadiak, Alaska (Harriman Exped.) ; North Cape,
Norway (Sars) ; New England Coast (Verrill).
CAMPANULARIA DENTICULATA Clark.
Campanularia denticulata Clark, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia,
p. 213, 1876.
Distribution. — Orca, Alaska (Harriman Exped.); Port Etches,
Alaska (Clark).
CAMPANULARIA LINEATA Nutting.
Campanularia lineata Nutting, Hydroida from Alaska and Puget Sound,
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. xxi, p. 744, 1899.
Distribution. — Berg Inlet, Glacier Bay, Alaska (Harriman Ex-
ped.) ; Puget Sound (Nutting).
CAMPANULARIA RITTERI sp. nov.
(PlatJ^^, fig.5.)
Tropkosome. — Colony usually consisting of unbranched pedicels
growing directly from a creeping rootstock. Pedicels long and
slender, usually with a single distinct annulation at the distal end just
below the hydrotheca and about three less distinct ones at the proximal
end, the middle portion not being annulated. Hydrothecae cylindrical,
large, delicate in structure and with a perfectly even rim.
Gonosome. — Unknown.
Distribution. — Juneau, Alaska, 20 fathoms. Collected by Prof.
\Vm. E. Ritter to whose efforts the fine series of Hydroids here dis-
cussed is so largely due, and for whom this species is named.
CAMPAI^LARIA SPECIOSA Clark.
(PIate«aB», fig. 3, Plate sax, fig. 3.)
Campanularia speciosa Clark, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, p.
214, 1876. — Levinsen, Meduser, Ctenophorer eg Hydroider fra Gron-
lands Vestkyst, p. 25, 1893.
IpO NUTTING [172]
Campanularia crenata Allman, Diagnoses of new Genera and Species of
Hydroida, Linnaean Society Journal, Zoology, Vol. xi, p. 258, 1876.
Distribution. — Orca, Alaska (Harriman Exped.) ; Yukon Harbor,
Big Koniuji, Shumagin Islands, Alaska (Clark) ; Japan Coast (All-
man) ; Greenland (Levinsen) .
CAMPANULARIAURCEOLATA Clark.
(Plate 4b», fig. 2.)
Campanularia urceolata Clark, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia,
p. 215, 1876.
Distribution. — Yakutat Bay, Alaska (Harriman Exped.) ; Lituya
Bay, Alaska (Clark) .
The specimens collected by the Harriman Expedition were growing
profusely over the stems and branches of Thuiaria costata in com-
pany with another parasitic species.
CAMPANULARIA ^DUPLICATA sp. nov.
( Plate -rtHf; fig. 1.)
Tropkosome. — Colony consisting of unbranched stems or pedicels
springing from a creeping rootstock. Pedicels one to three times as
long as the hydrothecae, and strongly annulated throughout. Hydro-
thecae deeply campanulate, thick-walled ; margins armed with twelve
to fourteen rather pointed teeth, and reduplicated once or twice, giving
a striking and unusually ornate appearance.
Gonosome. — Gonangia roughly ovate, irregular in outline, with a
short neck, small terminal aperture and a very short pedicel. They
were empty in the specimens examined, so that it was impossible to
ascertain whether they produced planulae or medusae.
Distribution. — Yakutat, Alaska (Harriman Exped.). All the
specimens were found growing in a parasitic manner over colonies of
Thuiaria costata., in company with Campanularia urceolata. The
two species were often so intimately interwoven as they crept over the
stems and branches of the sertularian that I, at first, thought them
dimorphic forms of one species. However, in all cases careful dissection
showed that they were entirely separate colonies. The reduplication
of the hydrothecal margins seems to be a constant feature and adds
peculiar beauty to this striking little campanularian.
CAMPANULimA REGIA sp. nov.
(Plate «»i figs. I, 2.)
Tropkosome. — Colony consisting of a creeping rootstock without
annulations, giving forth strong pedicels that are sometimes longer
[173] THE HYDROIDS I9I
than the hydrothecae and sometimes considerably shorter, without a
definite swelling below the hydrothecag. Hydrothecae immense, in
one case nearly ^ of an inch in height, long, tubular-urceolate, ex-
panded distally, with slightly everted and broadly sinuous margin.
The margin is reduplicated in one specimen. Hydranth with about
twenty tentacles.
Gonosome. — Not known.
Distribution. — Orca, Prince William Sound, Alaska (W. R. Coe,
Harriman Exped.) .
This species is closely allied to C. grandis Allman,^ and may be
identical with it although it differs from AUman's description in the
character of the pedicels which he describes as having distinct node-
like enlargements immediately below the hydrothecae. The hydro-
thecae are larger than those of any other campanularian known to me.
But one small colony was found and it was creeping over another
hydroid.
OBELIA.
Trophosome. — Colony regularly branching ; stem simple or com-
pound. Hydrothecae campanulate, thin, never with greatly thickened
walls.
Gonosome. — Reproduction by means of medusae which are disk-
shaped, with four radial canals, more than eight marginal tentacles,
eight interradial lithocysts and a short manubrium without mouth ten-
tacles.
OBELIA DICHOTOMA (Linn.).
Sertularia dichototna Linn., Systema Naturae, Ed. x, p. 812. 1758.
Obelia dichotoma Schulze, Nordsee Expedition, Hydroida, p. 129, 1872. —
Verrill, Preliminary check-list Marine Invertebrates of Atlantic coast,
p. 16, 1879. — Calkins, Some Hydroids from Puget Sound, Proc. Boston
Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. xxviii. No. 13, p. 256, 1899.
Distribution. — Sitka, Berg Inlet, and Orca, Alaska (Harriman
Exped.) ; British Coast (Hincks) ; Helgoland (Schulze) ; Puget
Sound (Calkins).
OBELIA PLICATA Hincks.
Obelia plicata HiNCKS, British Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 159, 1868. — Nutting,
Hydroida from Alaska and Puget Sound, Proc. U. S, Nat. Mus., Vol.
xxi, No. 13, p. 741, 1899.
Distribution. — Orca, Alaska (Harriman Exped.) ; Puget Sound
(Nutting) ; British Coasts (Hincks) .
' Diagnoses of new Genera and Species of Hydroida ; Linnsean Soc. Jour.
Zoology, Vol. XI, p. 259.
192 NUTTING [174]
OBELIA BOREALIS sp. nov.
:srn
(Plate 3ffis^ figs. 4, 6.)
Trophosome. — Colony sometimes attaining a height of eighteen
inches, but usually much shorter ; stem not truly fascicled, although
several stems may be interwoven, exceedingly long and slender, sinu-
ous, giving off lateral branches in pairs on proximal portion and more
often singly on distal portion ; branches w^ith a strong tendency to ver-
ticillate arrangement, forming oblique angles vv^ith the stem and
divided into numerous branchlets in a flabellate manner. Pedicels
short and completely annulated, or long and annulated only at ends,
set on broad shoulders of the stem. Hydrothecse funnel-shaped, the
sides usually straight, aperture writh an even rim. Hydranths not well
preserved in specimens examined.
Gonosome. — Gonangia borne in axils of branches and branchlets,
oblong-ovate, truncated above, having a collar in mature specimens ;
aperture apparently very large, pedicels strongly annulated. The
gonangia of the specimens examined were filled with developing
medusae of the regular Obelia type.
Distribution. — Yakutat, Alaska (Harriman Exped.).
This fine species is related to O. Jlabellata, but the hydrothecae are
much deeper than in O.Jlabellata, in which they are sub-triangular in
outline. It also bears some resemblance to O. commissuralis, which,
however, is a much more delicate species, with smaller and more
campanulate hydrothecae.
OBELIA DUBIA sp. nov.
(Plate seat, fig. i.)
Trophosome. — Colony attaining a height of about % inch; stem
sparingly branched, the main stem and larger branches sinuous or
slightly geniculate, giving forth pedicels singly or in opposite pairs at
the bends. Pedicels rather long and annulated throughout, the stem
also more extensively annulated than in most species of the genus.
Hydrothecae very large, deep, tubular, with very shallow undulations
around the margin, from between which lines run down for a short
distance on the surface of the hydrothecae.
Gonosome. — Unknown.
Distribution. — Orca, Alaska (Harriman Exped.).
This species bears some resemblance to O. bidentata Clark, found
on the New England Coast, but differs in the nature of the hydrothe-
cal teeth which are mere sinuosities, instead of being mucronate with
two denticles each as in the latter species.
[l75] THE HYDROIDS I93
HEBELLA.
Tropkosome. — Pedicels arising from a creeping rootstock, very
short. Hydrothecae tubular, with entire margins, without opercula,
and having their cavities separated from those of the stems by a partial
septum. Hydranths with a conical proboscis.
This genus was originally instituted by Allman.^ As here defined
it includes several species heretofore included in the genus Lafcea.
HEBELLA POCILLUM (Hincks).
Lafcea pocillum Hincks, British Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 204, 1868. — Clark,
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, p. 215, 1876. — Verrill, Pre-
liminary check-list Marine Vertebrates of Atlantic coast, p. 17, 1879. —
Bergh, Goplepolyper (Hydroider) fra Kara-Havet, p. 333, 1887.
Distribution. — Kadiak, Alaska (Harriman Exped.) ; Nunivak
Island, Alaska (Clark) ; Kara Sea (Bergh) ; British Coasts (Hincks) ;
New England Coast (Verrill).
GONOTHYRffiA.
Trofhosome. — Much as in Obelia.
Gonosome. — Planulae produced in sessile medusaform gonophores
which remain attached to the top of the gonangia until the spermatozoa
or planulae are discharged.
GONOTHYIL^A INORNATA sp. nov.
(Plate IBC, figs. 2-4.)
Trophosome. — Colony attaining a height of about two inches and
consisting of a main stem which almost immediately breaks up into a
number of very slender, erect, almost straight branches which are
ornamented with about three annulations immediately above the origins
of the pedicels. Pedicels alternate, erect, much broader below than
above and with seven to ten annulations. Hydrothecae funnel-shaped,
with entire margins.
Gonosome. — Gonangia borne in the axils of the pedicels, slender,
obconic, with a tendency to annulation. Each gonangium contains a
single sporosac which when mature rests upon the summit of the go-
nangium and has little indication of radial canals or tentacles.
Distribution. — Yakutat Bay, Alaska (Harriman Exped.).
This species differs from others of the genus in having but one
sporosac to each gonangium and in the obliteration of most of the
medusoid characters of the sporosac. The entire margin of the hydro-
theca is also an exceptional character.
^Allman, Challenger Report, Hydroida, Second Part, p. 29, 1888.
'94 NUTTING [176]
Family CAMPANULINlDyE.
Trophosome. — Colonies branched or unbranched. Hydrothecae
borne on pedicels, tubular, ending in an operculum composed of
several converging segments or triangular flaps. Hydranth with a
conical proboscis.
Gonosome. — Gonangia producing free medusae or. planulae.
CAMPANULINA.
Trophosome. — Hydrothecae thin-walled, the upper portion cleft so
as to produce very long and slender teeth which form an operculum by
the convergence of their free ends.
Gonosome. — Gonangia producing bell-shaped medusae, with four
radial canals, two or four marginal tentacles, and eight lithocysts.
CAMPANULINA RUGOSA sp. nov.
(Plate XXII, figs. 1,2.)
Trophosome. — Colony attaining a height of about J^ inch. Stem
irregularly branched ; branches tending to an alternate arrangement,
straggling, geniculate ; stem and branches strongly and regularly annu-
lated throughout. Pedicels very short, with three to six annulations.
Hydrothecae ovoid-oblong, the distal third being composed of the oper-
culum consisting of ten or twelve segments. The hydranths have about
sixteen tentacles.
Gonosome. — Gonangia in axils of the pedicels and branches, some-
times aggregated on certain branches to the exclusion of hydrothecae.
They are oblong-ovoid in shape and somewhat flattened on their distal
ends. Each gonangium contains a single medusa when mature.
Distribution. — Juneau, Alaska (Harriman Exped.). The speci-
mens were found growing on Ohelia.
CALYCELLA.
Trophosome. — Stem a creeping rootstock sending forth short an-
nulated pedicels. Hydrothecae tubular, thick-walled, with opercula
that are distinct from the hydrothecal teeth, and composed of several tri-
angular segments.
Gonosome. — Gonangia borne on the rootstock, and, when mature,
bearing acrocysts.
CALYCELLA SYRINGA (Linn.).
Sertularia syringa Linn., Systema Naturae, Ed. xii, Tom. i, Pars 11, p,
131X, 1767.
[l77] THE HYDROIDS 195
Calycella syringa Clark, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, p. 210,
1876. — Verrill, Preliminary Check-list Marine Invertebrata Atlantic
Coast, p. 17, 1879. — Bergh, Goplepolyper (Hydroider) fra Kara-Havet,
p. 335, 1887. — Nutting, Hydroida from Alaska and Puget Sound, Proc.
U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. xxi, p. 741, 1899.
Distribution. — Berg Inlet and Kadiak, Alaska (Harriman Exped.) ;
Coal Harbor, Shumagin Islands, Alaska (Clark) ; Kara Sea (Bergh) ;
British Coasts (Hincks) ; New England Coast (Verrill) ; Puget
Sound (Nutting).
Family LAFCEIDyE.
Trophosome. — Hydrothecae tubular, margins without teeth or oper-
cula, the hydrothecal cavity not divided from the stem cavity by a par-
tial septum. "^
Gonosome. — Gonangia forming a ' Coppinia ' mass.
LAFCEA.
Trophosome. — Colony with a fascicled stem, and with hydrothecae
either free or partially immersed in the stem, the distal portion not be-
ing abruptly turned upward.
Gonosome. — A ' Coppinia ' mass.
LAFCEA DUMOSA (Fleming).
Sertularia dumosa Fleming, Edinburgh Phil, Jour., 11, p. 83, 1828.
Lafoea dumosa Sars, Bidrag til Kundskaben om Norges Hydroider, p. 45,
1873. — Clark, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, p. 210, 1876. —
Verrill, Preliminary Check-list Marine Invertebrates of Atlantic Coast,
p. 17, 1879. — Nutting, Hydroida from Alaska and Puget Sound, Proc.
U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. xxi, p. 741, 1899.
Distribution. — Dutch Harbor, Unalaska (Harriman Exped.) ; Port
Etches, Alaska (Clark) ; North Cape, Norway (Sars) ; British Coast
(Hincks) ; New England Coast (Verrill) ; Puget Sound (Nutting) ;
California Coast (Clark).
LAFCEA GRACILLIMA (Alder).
Campanularia gracillima Alder, Catalogue Zoophytes of Northumberland
and Durham, Trans. Tyneside Naturalists' Field Club, p. 39, 1857.
Lafcea gracillima Clark, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, p. 216,
1876. — Verrill, Preliminary Check-list Marine Invertebrates of Atlantic
Coast, p. 17, 1879. — Marktanner-Turneretscher, Hydroiden von
Ost-Spitzbergen, Zoolog. Jahrbuch., Vol. viii, p. 4x0, 1895. — Nutting,
Hydroida from Alaska and Puget Sound, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. xxi,
p. 741. 1899.
Distribution. — Juneau, Berg Inlet and Orca, Alaska (Harriman
Exped.) ; Shumagin Islands, Alaska (Clark) ; British Coast (Alder) ;
196 NUTTING [178]
Spitzbergen (Marktanner-Turneretscher) ; New England Coast (Ver-
rill) ; Puget Sound (Nutting).
LAFCEA FRUTICOSA M. Sars.
Lafoea fruHcosa M. Sars, Bemaerkninger over 4 norske Hydroider Vid. Selsk.
Forh,, 1862. — G. O. Sars, Bidragtil Kundskaben om Norges Hydroider,
p. 26, 1873. — Clark, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Phila., p. 216, 1876.
Distribution. — Juneau, Berg Inlet and Kadiak, Alaska (Harriman
Exped.) ; KIska Harbor, Shumagin Islands, Alaska (Clark) ; British
Coasts (Hincks) ; Lofoten, Norway (G. O. Sars) ; New England
Coast (Verrill) ; Puget Sound (Nutting, MSS.).
LAFCEA ADHERENS sp. nov.
(Plate x»i figs. 3, 4.)
Trophosotne. — Colony forming an encrusting mass of adherent root-
stocks disposed both longitudinally and transversely over colonies of
other Hydroids, the tubes of the rootstock interwoven much like the
threads of a fabric. Hydrothecas sessile, tubular, often more or less
curved, aperture facing upward, entire ; margin slightly expanded.
The hydrothecae are very irregularly disposed, being much more
crowded in some places than in others.
Gonosome. — The ' Coppinia ' mass is much like that of Lafoea du-
mosa^ being composed of closely packed gonangia interspersed with
long, tubular, variously curved modified hydrothecae. The gonangia
are flask-shaped, with a tubular neck and small aperture. Each
gonanglum apparently contains a single ovum.
Distribution. — Kadiak Harbor, Alaska. Growing over stems of
Thuiaria turgida (Harriman Exped.).
This interesting species is so different in appearance from the others of
the genus that I was at first inclined to make it the type of a new genus.
GRAMMARIA.
Trophosome. — Stem fascicled, composed of an axial tube from
which the hydrothecae spring and to which they are partly adnate,
completely enclosed by a definite number of peripheral nonhydro-
thecate tubes.
Gonosome. — A ' Coppinia * mass.
GRAMMARIA IMMERSA sp. nov.
(Plate XXI, figs. 5, 6.)
Trophosome. — Stem rigid, erect, giving forth scattered, stitf and
straight, alternate branches forming nearly a right angle with the stem.
[179] THE HYDROIDS I97
Height of a fragmentary specimen about ^ inch. Stem and branches
sharply constricted proximally, composed of an axial tube which gives
off the eight or nine series of hydrothecae, and a number of peripheral
tiibes enclosing the axial tube completely, thus burying all the hydro-
thecae nearly to their distal ends. Hydrothecae arranged in about eight
or nine longitudinal series, forming spirals. The distal ends of the
hydrothecas are abruptly bent outward, so that the round, even aper-
ture is vertical. When the peripheral tubes are removed the hydro-
thecae are seen to be long, tubular, doubly curved, narrowing prox-
imally, but without true pedicels, and all springing from the axial tube.
Gonosome. — Unknown .
Distribution. — St. Paul harbor, Kadiak (Harriman Exped.).
FILELLUM.
Trophosome. — Stem a creeping, slender rootstock, parasitic on
' other hydroids, often forming a reticulate structure. Hydrothecae
curved, decumbent, and partly adherent; margin entire, without
operculum.
Gonosome. — A 'Coppinia' mass.
FILELLUM SERPENS (Hassell).
Campanularia serpens Hassell, Zoologist, No. 69, p. 2223.
Filellum serpens Sars, Bidrag til Kundskaben om Norges Hydroider, p. 29,
1873. — Verrill, Preliminary Check -list Marine Invertebrates of Atlantic
Coast, p. 17, 1879.
Distribution. — Juneau, Alaska (Harriman Exped.) ; British Coast
(Hassell) ; Lofoten, Norway (Sars).
Family HALECJD^^.
Trophosome. — Hydrothecae reduced to the form of saucer-shaped or
collar-like hydrophores, usually borne on broad tubular pedicels ;
margins even, often reduplicated. Hydranths large, incapable of re-
tracting within the hydrophores, and with a conical or dome-shaped
proboscis.
Gonosome. — Gonangia producing planulae, and usually differing in
the two sexes.
HALECIUM.
Trophosome. — No specialized defensive 'persons* developed.
Gonosome. — Female gonangia often surmounted by a pair of
hydranths.
HALECIUM HALECINUM (Linn.).
Sertularia halecina Linn., Systema Naturae, Ed. x, p. 809, 1758.
198 NUTTING [180]
Halecium halecinunt Verrill, Preliminary Catalogue Marine Invertebrates
Atlantic Coast, p. 17, 1879. — Marktanner-Turneretscher, Hydroiden
von Ost-Spitzbergen, p. 428, 1895. — Nutting, Hydroida from Alaska
and Puget Sound, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. xxi, p. 741, 1899.
Distribution. — Kadiak, Alaska (Harriman Exped.) ; British Coast
(Hincks) ; Greenland (Marktanner-Turneretscher) ; New England
Coast (Verrill) ; Puget Sound (Nutting).
HALECIUM MURICATUM (Ellis and Solander).
Sertularia muricata Ellis and Solander, Nat. Hist. Zoophytes, p. 59, 1786.
Halecium muricatum Verrill, Preliminary Check-list Marine Invertebrates
Atlantic Coast, etc., p. 17, 1879. — Levinsen, Meduser, Ctenophorer og
Hydroider fra Gronlands Vestkyst, p. 61, 1893. — Clark, Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, p. 217, 1876.
Distribution. — Orca, Alaska (Harriman Expd.) ; British Coasts
(Ellis and Solander) ; Greenland (Levinsen) ; New England Coast
(Verrill).
HALECIUM SCUTUM Clark.
Halecium scutum Clark, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, p. 218, 1876.
— BoNNEViE, Norwegian N. Atlan. Exped., p. 57, 1899.
Distribution. — Berg Inlet and Yakutat, Alaska (Harriman Exped.) ;
Unalaska (beach) and Shumagin Islands, Alaska (Clark) ; North
Cape, Norway (Bonnevie).
HALECIUM REVERSUM sp. nov.
(Plate xxiii, figs. 1,2.)
Trophosome. — Colony attaining a height of about one inch. Main
stem fascicled, branches simple and alternate, making a flabellate
colony. Nonfascicled part of the stem and branches divided into inter-
nodes, each of which bears one or two pedicels springing from its
proximal portion. Pedicels long, of even diameter throughout, often
rugose on proximal portion. Hydrophores with large everted margins
and a distinct row of dots. Reduplication of margins distant, when
present. Hydranth small for this genus, with about twenty tentacles.
Gonosome. — Not present in type specimen.
Distribution. — Juneau, Alaska (Harriman Exped.).
This species possesses the very exceptional. If not unique, character
of having the pedicels spring from the proximal part of the Internode
instead of the distal portion, as in all other species of Halecium with
which I am acquainted. This character appears to be constant. The
specimen was dredged from a depth of twenty fathoms.
[l8l] THB HYDROIDS 1 99
HALECIUM ORNATUM sp. nov.
(Plate XXII, figs. 3,4.)
Trofhosome, — Colony parasitic, branching irregularly. Stems not
fascicled, the stem and branches sparsely and irregularly annulated.
Pedicels long, of equal diameter throughout. Hydrophores with broad,
everted margins, occasionally reduplicated. Hydranth large, with
twenty-four to thirty tentacles.
Gonosome. — A single apparently young gonangium was borne on a
pedicel just below the hydrophore. It was in form a truncated and
deeply annulated cone. Probably the mature gonangium would
resemble that found in the next species.
Distribution. — Berg Inlet, Glacier Bay, Alaska. Growing on
Lafcea gracillima (Harriman Exped.).
HALECIUM SPECIOSUM sp. nov.
(Plate xxii, figs. 1,2.)
Trofhosome. — Colony small, attaining a height of about Yz inch.
Stem not fascicled, the main stem and branches apparently formed of
series of stout pedicels, each giving origin to another pedicel just below
the hydrophore. The pedicels thus take the place of stem joints,
bending alternately to the right and left, giving a geniculate appearance
to the series. Pedicels broad, corrugated proximally and smooth
distally. Hydrophores large, with broadly expanded but not everted
margins, and a well marked row of dots. There appears to be no re-
duplication of the margins. Hydranths very large with twenty-four to
thirty short tentacles, a broad oral disk occupied by the low dome-
shaped proboscis.
Gonosome. — Gonangia borne on rather long annulated pedicels be-
low the hydrophores, particularly on the upper part of the colony ;
regularly ovoid in outline, and evenly and beautifully annulated
throughout.
Distribution. — Yakutat Bay, Alaska (Harriman Exped.).
This is the most strikingly ornamented species of Ualecium known
to the writer. Its manner of growiih is exceptional, although not un-
known among its allies, and the hydranth is more like the polyp of
some actinozoon than of a hydroid. The gonangia are beautiful struc-
tures. They seemed to be filled with a granular, ovoid mass, probably
a single large sporosac.
200 NUTTING [182]
HALECIUM ROBUSTUM sp. nov.
(Plate XXIII, figs. 3,4,5.)
Trophosome. — Stem very thick and fascicled, consisting of an im-
mense number of wavy tubes. In the single specimen collected, the
main stem divides near its base into three heavy fascicled branches,
which themselves branch and subdivide extensively, the fasciculation
continuing nearly to the tips of the branches. The entire height of
the colony is about three inches. The branching is so profuse that the
arrangement of the internodes is obscure. The ultimate branches give
off short pedicels and sessile hydrophores in what appear to be clusters
or whorls. Pedicels short, tubular, ending in an exceedingly shallow
hydrophore. Hydrophores reduced to a mere narrow rim, marked by
the internal diaphragm and circlet of dots, the only distinction between
pedicel and hydrophore, as the margin of the latter is not appreciably
everted. Most of the hydrophores are sessile, being set on mere
shoulders of the branch from which they grow. The circlet of dots
can only be made out with great difficulty and the use of high magnifi-
cation. Hydranths exceedingly numerous and large, covering the
branches so as to almost entirely conceal them from view. Tentacles
about twenty, surrounding a low conoid proboscis.
Gonosome. — Unknown.
Distribution, — Berg Inlet, Glacier Bay, Alaska (Harriman Ex-
ped.).
This species bears some relation to Halecium densum Calkins, * but
differs from that species in the hydrophores, which are not reduplicated
and have straight, not everted, margins. The hydranths are so crowded
that a branch resembles an expanded colony of Alcyonaria, and appears
to be made up entirely of hydranths.
Family SERTULARID^^.
Trophosome. — Hydrothecae sessile, more or less adnate by their side
to the stem and branches upon which they grow; always in more
than one longitudinal row on each branch, the arrangement usually
biserial. Hydranth with a conical proboscis.
Gonosome. — Reproduction always by means of planulae, which are
developed within the gonangia. No medusae.
SERTULARELLA.
Trophosome. — Stem and branches divided into regular internodes,
each bearing one or two hydrothecae ; nodes oblique. Hydrothecae
*Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. 28, no. 13, p. 343, 1899.
[183] THE HYDROIDS 20I
alternate, borne on opposite sides of the stem and branches. Margin
usually more or less toothed, aperture usually provided with an oper-
culum consisting of more than one segment.
SERTULARELLA TRICUSPIDATA (Alder).
Sertularia tricuspidata Alder, Catalogue of the Zoophytes of Northumber-
land and Durham, Trans. Tyneside Naturalists' Field Club, p. 21, 1857.
CotuUna tricuspidata A. Agassiz, North American Acalephae, p. 146, 1864.
Sertularella tricuspidata Clark, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences Phila., p. 224,
1876. — Marktanner-Turneretscher, Hydroiden von Ost-Spitzbergen,
p. 425, 1895. — NxjTTiNG, Hydroida from Alaska and Puget Sound, Proc.
U. S. Nat. Mas., Vol. xxi, p. 741, 1899.
Distribution. — ^Juneau, Berg Inlet, and Yakutat, Alaska (Harri-
man Exped.) ; Shumagin Islands, Semidi Islands, Unalaska, Port
Etches, and Kiska Harbor, Alaska (Clark) ; British Coast (Alder) ;
New England Coast (A. Agassiz) ; Greenland (Marktanner-Turner-
etscher) ; Puget Sound (Nutting) .
SERTULARELLA POLYZONIAS (Linn.).
Sertularia poly zonias Linn., Systema Naturae, Ed. x, p. 813, 1758.
Sertularella polyzonias Gray, List of the Specimens of British Animals in the
British Museum, part i, Radiata, London, 1847. — Sars, Bidrag til Kunds-
kaben om Norges Hydroider, p. 44, 1873. — Clark, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., p. 224, 1876.
CotuUna polyzonias Agassiz, Contributions to the Natural History of the United
States, Vol. iv, p. 356, 1864.
Sertularella conica Calkins, Some Hydroids from Puget Sound, Proc. Boston
Soc. Nat. Hist., VoL xxviii, p. 359, 1899.
Distribution. — Orca, Alaska (Harriman Exped.) ; Port Etches and
Nunivak Island, Alaska (Clark) ; British Coasts (Gray) ; North
Cape, Norway (Sars) ; New England Coast (Agassiz) ; Puget Sound
(Calkins) .
Calkins, in the reference cited above, identifies a small specimen
otherwise identical with S. polyzonias., as the species S. conica All-
man, and says : "The only character, and that a small one, by which
to distinguish it from the very wide-spread S. polyzonias is the well-
marked wrinkling on the adcauline side of the hydrotheca." Speci-
mens from Alaska in the Harriman Collection, agreeing with Calkins's
description and figures, have the characteristic gonosome of vS". poly-
zonias., and I therefore consider that I am justified in regarding his
specimen as belonging to that species.
SERTULARELLA SACCATA sp. nov.
(Plate XXIV, figs. 1-3.)
Sertularella rugosa Clark, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 224, 1876.
202 NUTTING [184]
Sertulareila geniculata Marktanner-Turneretscher, Die Hydroiden Des
k. k. naturhistorischen Hofmuseums, p. 222, 1890.
Trophosome. — Colony consisting of a sparingly branched, non-
fascicled stem attaining a height of about one inch. Stem annulated
and nonhydrothecate proximally, otherwise bearing alternate hydro-
thecae, one to each internode ; stems and branches erect. Hydrothecae
roughly ovate in general outline, with a laterally inclined, broad,
smooth, round neck or collar surmounted by a four-toothed aperture
and a four-flapped operculum ; below the neck the body of the hydro-
theca has three or four broad annular corrugations. Hydranths with
about sixteen tentacles.
Gonosome. — Gonangia large, oblong-ovate in general outline, with
several, seven to nine, broad annular corrugations. The mature ova
are enclosed in an ovoid acrocyst resting on the top of the gonangium.
Distribution. — Popof Island, Alaska (Harriman Exped.) ; Un-
alaska, Shumagin Islands, St. Paul Island and Nunivak Island, Alaska
(Clark) ; Jan Mayen (Marktanner-Turneretscher).
The specimens of this species secured by the Harriman Expedition
agree well with the figure given by Clark of specimens that he identi-
fied as S. rugosa. The very conspicuous neck, however, would seem
to be sufficient to distinguish S. saccata from S. rugosa., and the same
difference exists between the gonangia of the two forms. The figure
given by Marktanner-Turneretscher for vS". geniculata Hincks differs
greatly from Hincks's original description and figure, and agrees well
with the present species, except that the hydrothecae are more closely
approximated in the latter.
THUIARIA.
Trophosome. — Colony branched, the branches divided into unequal
internodes, each bearing several pairs of opposite or subopposite hy-
drothecae. Hydrothecae usually deeply immersed in the stem or branch
to which they are attached. The branches are alternate, and each
springs from an unpaired hydrotheca.
Gonosome. — ^Much as in Sertularia.
THUIARIA ARGENTEA (Ellis and Solander).
Sertularia argentea Ellis and Solander, The Natural History of many curious
and uncommon Zoophytes, etc., p. 38, 1786. — Clark, Hydroids of the
Pacific Coast of the United States south of Vancouver Island, Trans.
Conn. Acad., Vol, iii, p. 251, 1876.— Verrill, Preliminary Check-list
Marine Invertebrates Atlantic Coast, etc., p, 18, 1879. — Bergh, Gople-
polyper (Hydroider) fra Kara-Havet, p. 335, 1887. — Nutting. Hydroida
from Alaska and Puget Sound, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. xxi, p. 741,
1899.
[l8s] THE HYDROIDS 203
Distribution. — Yakutat, Alaska (Harriman Exped.) ; British Coast
(Ellis and Solander) ; Kara Sea (Bergh) ; New England Coast (Ver-
rill) ; Puget Sound (Nutting) ; California (Clark).
THUIARIA SIMILIS (Clark).
Sertularia similis Clark, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 219, 1876.
Distribution. — Berg Inlet, Glacier Bay, Alaska (Harriman Exped.) ;
Hagmeister Island, Alaska (Clark) ; Puget Sound (Nutting, MSS.).
THUIARIA VARIABILIS (Clark).
Sertularia variabilis Clark, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 221, 1876.
Distribution. — Orca, Alaska (Harriman Exped.) ; numerous sta-
tions in Alaska (Clark) ; San Miguel Island, California (Clark) ; Puget
Sound (Nutting, MSS.).
THUIARIA CUPRESSOIDES (Clark).
Sertularia cupressoides Clark, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 220, 1876.
Distribution. — Yakutat, Alaska (Harriman Exped.) ; Shumagin
Islands and Port MoUer, Alaska (Clark).
THUIARIA COEI sp. nov.
(Plate XXVI, figs. 1-3.)
Trophosome. — Colony consisting of a single flexuous stem giving
forth regularly alternate branches. Stem three inches high, and divided
into irregular internodes each bearing a branch and two hydrothecae on
one side and one hydrotheca on the other. Branches divided into
irregular internodes, each usually bearing several pairs of hydrothecae.
Hydrothecae subopposite, turgid basally, narrowing distally to a hori-
zontal aperture which is pointed on its outer side. An upward pro-
jecting point of chitine at the bottom of each hydrotheca.
Gonosome. — Gonangia top-shaped, or obconical, with a pronounced
round collar and rather broad aperture. Proximal portion broadly cor-
rugated, and narrowing basally to a short curved pedicel.
Distribution. — Dutch Harbor, Alaska (W. R. Coe, Harriman
Exped.).
This is a very distinct species, and the top-shaped gonangia are
quite different from any others of the genus that I have seen.
THUIARIA FABRICII (Levinsen).
(Plate XXIV, figs. 4, 5.)
Sertularia fabricit Levinsen, Meduser, Ctenophorer eg Hydroider fra Gron-
lands Vestkyst, p. 48, 1893. — Calkins, Some Hydroida from Alaska and
Puget Sound, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. xxviii, p. 361, 1899.
204 NUTTING [^86]
Distribution, — Dutch Harbor, Alaska (HarrimanExped.) ; Green-
land (Levinsen) ; Puget Sound (Calkins) .
A specimen in the Harriman collection agrees perfectly with the
descriptions and figures of both Levinsen and Calkins. I have directly
compared it with specimens of Sertularia argentea from England,
and find that the two species are evidently distinct, T. fabricii differ-
ing from S. argentea in the following particulars. The colony is much
more bushy in appearance, and more compactly branched. The hydro-
thecae are more nearly in pairs, and much more closely approximated,
are more densely corneous and have a more delicate and less clearly
defined aperture. The gonangia are considerably larger and of thinner
texture, and are only occasionally armed with lateral spines.
It should be explained that Levinsen regards his Sertularia fabricii
as identical with the Sertularia argentea of authors, and gives it the
name S. fabricii. My opinion is that the species is distinct, and I
recognize the name given by him because he has correctly described
and figured the species, although not classing it as distinct. It should,
however, be placed in the genus Thuiaria^ for it comes well within
that genus as here defined.
THUIARIA TURGIDA Clark.
(Plate xjv, figs. 4-6.)
Thuiaria turgida Clark, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila,, p. 229, 1876. — Nut-
ting, Hydroida from Alaska and Puget Sound, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
Vol. XXI, p. 741, 1899.
Distribution. — Sitka, Orca, Popof Island, and Dutch Harbor,
Alaska (Harriman Exped.) ; Port Etches, Shumagin Islands, Semidi
Islands, and many other points in Alaska (Clark) .
THUIARIA GIGANTEA Clark.
Thuiaria gigantea Clark, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 230, 1876 — Nut-
ting, Hydroida from Alaska and Puget Sound, Proc. U. S. Nat, Mus.,
Vol. xxi, p. 741, 1899.
Distribution. — Kadiak and Popof Island, Alaska (Harriman
Exped.) ; St. Paul Island, Hagmeister Island, Unalaska and Kiska
Harbor, Alaska (Clark) ; St. Paul Island (Nutting) .
THUIARIA THUIARIOIDES (Clark).
Sertularia thuiarioides Clark, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila,, p. 223, 1876.
Distribution. — ^Yakutat, Alaska (Harriman Exped.) ; Nunivak
Island and Chignik Bay, Alaska (Clark).
[187] THE HYDROIDS 20$
THUIARIA ELEGANS sp. nov.
(Plate XXV, figs. 1-3.)
Trofhosome. — Colony consisting of a central nonfascicled stem
branching in a plumose manner and attaining a height of about six
inches. Stem bearing hydrothecae throughout its length, divided by
oblique nodes into long and irregular internodes, each of which usually
bears three or four branches ; branches alternate, pinnately arranged,
unbranched proximally, and distally dividing into a number of branch-
lets; internodes of stem irregular, but each bearing normally more
than one pair of hydrothecae. Hydrothecae subalternate, short, pitcher-
shaped, with a double curve in front and an even aperture much like
the top of a pitcher ; operculum composed of a single flap.
Gonosome. — Gonophores borne on the upper sides of the distal ends
of the branches in a closely set double row. The individual gonangium
is slender, oblong-oval, with a truncated top, an internal distal plug
which appears as a dark collar, and an internal mass of developing sex
elements.
Distribution. — Berg Inlet, Glacier Bay, 20 fathoms ; Dutch Har-
bor, Alaska (Harriman Exped.).
THUIARIA COSTATA sp. nov.
(Plate xxvi, figs. 4-9.)
Trofhosome. — Colony usually a single stem giving forth alternate
branches, the whole having a plumose appearance, stem simple,
straight, the lower part composed of regular internodes, each bearing a
pair of subopposite hydrothecae, the upper part divided into regular
internodes, each bearing a branch and three hydrothecae ; nodes
oblique. Branches alternate and themselves branching dichotomously,
divided into unequal internodes, each bearing more than two suboppo-
site hydrothecae. Hydrothecae turgid below and narrowing above into
a short neck which ends in a round aperture facing upward. A chiti-
nous spine projects downward from the lower inner side of each hy-
drotheca.
Gonosome. — Gonangia borne profusely on both faces of the stem
and often on the proximal ends of the branches ; oblong-ovate, with a
short, small neck and round terminal aperture, the gonangia are orna-
mented with about five compressed longitudinal ridges, the crests of
which are colored black. General color of the gonangia orange brown.
Distribution. — Yakutat, Alaska. Abundant (Harriman Exped.).
This species resembles Sertularia inconstans Clark, but differs
considerably, particularly in its gonosome, which is very strongly
marked.
2o6 NUTTING [l88]
Family PLUMULARID^^.
Trophosome. — Hydrothecag cup-shaped, usually more or less adnate
to the stem or branches, and always arranged on one side only of the
hydrocladia, or branches, on which they grow. Nematophores present.
Gonosome. — Reproduction by means of planulae. No medusae.
PLUMULARIA.
Trophosome. — Hydrocladia unbranched alternate, nematophores on
slender pedicels ; hydrothecae without marginal teeth. Stem not canal-
iculated.
Gonosome. — Gonangia oval, without corbulae or protective struc-
tures of any kind.
PLUMULARIA LAGENIFERA Allman.
Plumularia lagenifera AiAMXN, Jour. Linn. See. Zool., xix, p. 157, 1885. —
Nutting, American Hydroida, Part i, The Plumularidse, p. 65, 1900.
Plumularia californica Marktanner Turneretscher, Annalen des k. k.
Naturhist. Hofmuseums, v, No. 2, p. 255, 1890. — Nutting, Hydroida
from Alaska and Puget Sound, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. xxi, p. 741,
1899.
Distribution. — Berg Inlet,Popof Island, Alaska (Harriman Exped. ) ;
Puget Sound (Nutting) ; Coast of California (Nutting).
PLUMULARIA PALMERI Nutting.
Plumularia palmeri Nutting, American Hydroida, Part i, The Plumularidae,
p. 65, 1900.
Distribution. — Victoria, B. C. (Harriman Exped.) ; San Diego.
California (Nutting) .
This is the only species in the collection that was not from Alaska.
It seemed best to include it in the list, particularly as a new locality is
thereby noted.
[189] THE HYDROIDS 207
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
The following list includes all the publications referred to in this Report on
Hydroida. It does not include papers that were consulted and found to contain
nothing pertinent to the immediate subject of the report.
Agassiz, Alexander.
1865. North American Acalephae. Illustrated Catalogue, Museum Compara-
tive Zoology, No. II.
Agassiz, Louis.
1862. Contributions to the Natural History of the United States, IV.
Alder, Joshua.
1857. A Catalogue of the Zoophytes of Northumberland and Durham. Trans.
Tyneside Naturalists' Field Club.
Allman, 6. J.
1859. Notes on the Hydroid Zoophytes. Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., Third
Series, Vol. IV, pp. 52 and 141.
1864. On the Constuction and Limitation of Genera among the Hydroida.
Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., Third Series, Vol. XIII, No. 77.
1870-1872. Monograph of the Gymnoblastic or Tubularian Hydroids, Ray
Society.
1888. Report on the Hydroids dredged by H. M. S. Challenger, Part 2.
1885. Description of Australian, Cape and other Hydroids, mostly new, from
the collection of Miss H. Gatty. Journ. Linnsean Society, Vol. XIX.
Bergh, R. S.
X887. Goplepolyper (Hydroider) fra Kara-Havet.
Bonnevie, Kristine.
1898 Zur Systematik der Hydroiden. Zeitschr. Wissen. Zoologie, Jahrb. 63.
1899. Hydroida of the Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition.
Calkins, 6. M.
1899. Some Hydroids from Puget Sound. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol.
XXVIII, No. 13.
Clark, S. F.
1876. Report on the Hydroids collected on the Coast of Alaska and the Aleu-
tian Islands, by W, H. Dall. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia.
1876. Description of New and Rare Species of Hydroids from the New Eng-
land Coast. Trans. Conn. Acad. Sci., III.
1876. The Hydroids of the Pacific Coast of the United States, South of Van-
couver Island. Trans. Conn. Acad. Sci., III.
Ellis and Solander.
1786. The Natural History of many Curious and Uncommon Zoophytes.
Fleming, J.
1828. A History of British Animals. Edinburgh Philos. Journ., XIII.
Hartlaub, Clemens.
Die Hydromedusen Helgolands. Wissench. Meeresuntersuchungen. II
Band.
2o8 NUTTING [^9°]
Hincks, Rev. Thomas.
1868 British Hydroid Zoophytes
1880 On New Hydroida and Polyzoa from Berent's Sea. Annals and Mag.
Nat. Hist,, Fifth Series, VI.
Kirchenpauer, 6. H.
1884. Nordische Gattungen und Arten von Sertulariden. Abhand. a. d. Geb.
d. Naturwiss., herausgegeb. vom Naturwiss., Verein, VIII, Pt, 3.
Lamarck, J. B. P. A. de.
1836. Histoire Naturelle des Animaux sans Vertebres, 2d Edition.
Lendenfeld, R. von.
1883 Cber Coelenteraten der Sudsee, V. Mittheilung. Zeitschrift fur Wis-
sensch. Zoologie, XXXVIII.
Levinsen, 6. M. R.
1886 Annulata, Hydroida, Anthozoa, Porifera, in : Vid. Udbytte af Kanon-
baaden, Haucks Togter i.
1892 Om Fornyelsen af Ernaeringsindividerne hos Hydroiderne. Ssertryk af
Vidensk. Meddel. fra den naturhist. Fornening i Kbhvn.
1893 Meduser, Ctenophorer, og Hydroider fra Gronlands Vestkyst, Copen-
hagen.
Linnaeus, C.
1758 Systema Naturae, loth Edition.
1767 Systema Naturae, 12th Edition, Pt. II.
Marktanner-Turaeretscher, Gottlieb.
1890 Die Hydroiden des k. k. Naturhist. Hofmuseums, V.
1895 Hydroiden von Ost-Spitzbergen. Zool. Jahrb., VIII. Abth.
Mereschkowsky, C.
1878 New Hydroida from Ochotsk, Kamtschatka, and other parts of the
North Pacific Ocean. Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., Dec.
Nutting, C. C.
1899 Hydroida from Alaska and Puget Sound. Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum,
Vol. XXI, No. 1 171.
1900 American Hydroids, Part I., The Plumularidae. U. S. Nat. Museum,
Special Bulletin No. 4.
Sars, M. (?)
1862 Bemaerkninger over fire norske Hydroider; Vid. Selsk. Forh.
1873 Bidrag til Kundskaben om norges Hydroider.
Schultz, Franz Eilhard.
1872 Nordsee Expedition, III, Ccelenteraten.
Schneider, K. C.
1897 Hydropolypen von Rovigno, nebst iibersicht iiber das system der Hy-
dropolypen in allgemeinen. Zool. Jahrb., Syst. abth. bd., 10.
Segerstedt, M.
1899 Bidrag til Kannedomen om Hydroid-Faunen ved Sveriges Vestkust,
Stockholm.
Verrill, A. £.
1873 Brief Contributions to Zoology from the Museum of Yale College, No.
XXIII, American Journal of Science.
[ipl] THE HYDROIDS 2O9
Venill, A. E.
1874 Invertebrate Animals of Vineyard Sound.
1879 Preliminary Check List of the Marine Invertebrates of the Atlantic
Coast, from Cape Cod to the Sulf of St. Lawrence.
Winther, Georg.
1879 Fortegnelse over de i Danmark og dets Nordlige Bilande fundne Hy-
droide Zoophyter.
Wright, J. StrethiU.
1859 Observations on British Zoophytes. Edinburgh New Philos. Journ.,
New series, Vol. VII.
BR
or the'
VNfVERsiTY
"SlL/^ORMAL
PLATE III.
[Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., Vol. Ill, PI. XIV.]
Fig. I. Coryne brachiata Nutting. Part of colony.
2. Single gonophore (enlarged).
3. Syncoryne eximia Allman. Part of colony.
4. Single hydranth with budding medusa.
[192] (210)
IpR. wash. a. S.. Ill, PL. xiv]
H. A. E. VOL. XIII, PLATE III
ALASKA HYDROIDS
■ or THE
UNIVERSITY
PLATE IV.
[Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., Vol. Ill, PI. XV.]
Fig. I. Garveia annulata Nutting. Part of colony, showing hydranths and
gonophores.
2. Single hydranth, showing pseudo-hydrotheca (enlarged).
3. Eiidendriutn vaginatum Allman. Part of colony, showing hydranths
and gonophores.
4. Single hydranth, showing pseudo-hydrotheca (enlarged).
5. Cluster of female gonophores.
6. Single gonophore, with expanded chitinous collar (enlarged).
[19+] (212)
[PR. WASH. A. S , III, PL. Xv]
H. A. E. VOL. XIM, PLATE IV
ALASKA HYDROIDS
BRAR
OF THE
UNIVERSITY
^■LIF0R2ii>
PLATE V.
[Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., Vol. Ill, PI. XVI.]
Fig. I. Tubulan'a ^arrt'mani Nutting. Single hydranth with gonophores.
2. Three gonophores, showing apical tentacles and developing actinule
(enlarged).
[196] (214)
(PR. WASH. A. S , III, PL. XVlJ
H. A. E. VOL. XIII, PLATE V
ALASKA HYDROIDS
■ or THE
UNIVERSITY
or .
PLATE VI.
[Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., Vol. Ill, PI. XVII.]
Tig. I. Clytia calicnlata (Hincks). Single hydrotheca (enlarged).
2. Another hjdrotheca (enlarged).
3. Clytia compressa (Clark). Hydrothecse (enlarged) showing different
degrees of thickening of the hjdrothecal walls.
4. Single gonangium (enlarged).
5. Campanularia ritteril^vXWvi^^. Part of colony (enlarged).
[198] (216)
(PR. WASH. A. S , 111. PL XVIl)
H. A. E. VOL. Xlll, PLATE VI
ALASKA HYDROIDS
^ or TMt
UNIVERSITY
PLATE VII.
[Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., Vol. Ill, PL XVIII.]
Fig. I. Camfanularia reduflicata Nutting. Part of colony, showing hjdro-
thecae and gonangium (enlarged).
2. Campanularia urceolata Clark. Part of colony, showing hydrothecae
and gonangia (enlarged).
3. Camfanularia speciosa Clark. Single hydrotheca (enlarged).
[200] (2l8)
(PR. WASH. A. S , Ml. PL. XVnil
H. A. E. VOL. Xlll, PLATE VII
ALASKA HYDROIDS
PLATE VIII.
[Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., Vol. Ill, PI. XIX.]
Fig. I. Campanularia regia Nutting. Single hydrotheca, showing hydranth
(much less enlarged than the other figures).
2. Another hydrotheca, showing reduplication of margin.
3. Hydrotheca of C. speciosa Clark (drawn to the same scale as fig. i, to
show comparative size).
4. Obelia borealis Nutting. Part of colony, showing hydrotheca and
gonangium (enlarged).
5 and 6. Gonangia (greatly enlarged).
[202] (aao)
[PR. WASH. A. S., Ill, PL. Xixl
H. A. E. VOL. XIII. PLATE VIII
ELI2ABETH B. DtllROW, DEL.
AFTER C. C. N.
ALASKA HYDROIDS
PLATE IX.
[Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., Vol. Ill, PI. XX.]
Fig. I. Obelia dudia 'Suiting. Part of colony (enlarged).
2. Gonotkyrcea inornata Nutting. Part of colony, showing hydrothecae
and gonangium (enlarged).
3 and 4. Gonangia (enlarged).
[204] (222)
[PR. WASH. A. S , in. PL. Xxl
H. A. E. VOL. XIII, PLATE IX
a &CO BAIXIHOBH.
ALASKA HYDROIDS
or THt
VHIVERSITY
PLATE X.
[Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., Vol. Ill, PI. XXI.]
Fig. I. Campanulma rugosa'Hiutting. Part of colony, showing hydrotheca and
gonangia (enlarged).
2. Gonangium, showing developing medusa (enlarged).
3. Lafcea adhcerens Nutting. Part of trophosome (enlarged).
4. Part of transverse section of gonosome (enlarged).
5. Grammaria immersa Nutting. Part of main stem (enlarged).
6. Portion of branch with the peripheral tubes removed to show connection
of hjdrothecae with axial tube (more enlarged than fig. 5).
[206] (224)
IpR. wash. a. S., Ill, PL. XXl]
H. A. E. VOL. XIII, PLATE X
I BA1.TIKORI:
ALASKA HYDROIDS
PLATE XI.
[Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., Vol. Ill, PI. XXII.]
Fig. I. Halecium speciosum Nutting. Part of colony, showing hydrophores
and gonangia (enlarged).
2. Single hjdranth (greatly enlarged).
3. Halecium ornatum Nutting. Part of colony, showing hydrophores
(enlarged).
4. Single immature gonangium (enlarged).
[208] (236)
[PR. WASH. A. S , 111, PL. XXIl]
H. A. E. VOL. XIII, PLATE XI
ALASKA HYDROIDS
PLATE XII.
[Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., Vol. Ill, PI. XXIII.]
Fig. I. Haleciutn reversum Nutting. Part of colony, showing internodes and
hjdrophores (enlarged).
2. Single hjdranth with hjdrophore (enlarged).
3. Haleciutn robustum Nutting. Tip of branch, showing expanded hy-
dranths (enlarged).
4. Part of branch with soft parts removed to show the hydrophores (en-
larged).
5. Single hydranth with its hydrophore (greatly enlarged).
[210] (228)
[PR. WASH. A. S , III. PL, XXIIll
H. A. E. VOL. Xlll. PLATE XII
ALASKA HYDROIDS
PLATE XIII.
[Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., Vol. Ill, PI. XXIV.]
Fig. I. Sertularella saccata Nutting. Part of colony, showing hydrothecae and
gonangia with acrocysts (enlarged).
2. Three hydrothecae (still more enlarged).
3. Single hydrotheca, showing operculum (drawn to same scale as fig. 2).
4. Thuiaria fabricii (Levinsen). Part of branch showing hydrothecae and
gonangia (enlarged).
5. Front view of part of branch (enlarged).
[212] (230)
|PR. WASH. A. S , 111. PL. XXIvi
H. A. E. VOL. Xlll, PLATE XIII
ALASKA HYDROIDS
PLATE XIV.
[Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., Vol. Ill, PI. XXV.]
Fig. I. TAuiarta eleg-ans "Nutting.
2. Front view of branch (much enlarged).
3. Gonangium (much enlarged).
4. Thuiaria turgida Clark.
5. Two pairs of hjdrothecse (much enlarged).
6. Front view of branch (enlarged).
[214] (332)
[PR. WASH. A. S . III. PL. XXV)
H. A. E. VOL. XIII, PLATE XIV
OEM a CO aALTIM
ALASKA HYDROIDS
PLATE XV.
[Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., Vol. Ill, PI. XXVI.]
Fig. I. Thuiaria coei Nutting. Part of branch, showing hjdrothecae and
gonangia (enlarged).
2. Lateral view of hydrotheca (enlarged).
3. Single gonangium (enlarged).
4. Thuiaria costata Nutting. Part of main stem, showing origin of
branches (enlarged).
5. Front view of terminal branches (enlarged).
6. Two pairs of hydrothecae (greatly enlarged).
7. 8, 9. Gonangia (enlarged).
[316] (234)
[pR. WASH. A. S , III, PL. XXVll
H. A. E. VOL. XIM, PLATE XV
ALASKA HYDROIDS
raTt
^'or THt
INIVER8ITY
INDEX
New genera and species and the pages on which they are described are in
black-face type ; synonyms in parenthesis ; pages where synonymy of known
species or genera is given in italics; subspecies are treated as species for the
purposes of the Index.
Acanthinula 21
aculeata 21
harpa (22)
Acella (60), 64, 72
kirtlandiana ^2
Achatinidae 33
Acmsea 113
Acroloxus 108, 109
Acroxus (108)
Adelina (60)
elegans 60
Adula (82)
Agriolimax ^5
agrestis ^5
berendti ^6
campestris 46
hyperboreus ^j"
Alasmidonta costata (131)
Alasmodon falcata (132)
rhombica (127)
yubaensis (132)
Alasmodonta arcuata (132)
complanata (131)
dahurica (132)
rugosa (131)
Amalia 46
gagates 46
hewstoni 46
Ameria loi
Amnicola 7/7
cincinnatiensis 118
emarginata 118
granum (118)
hindsii (119)
lapidaria (119)
limosa 7/7
pallida 777
Amnicola porata (117)
Amnicolidae 777
Amphibina^j
avara 55
pfeifferi 55
Amphibulima (55)
cuculata 55
patula 55
Amphibulimus (55)
Amphibulina (55)
Amphipeplea 78
Amplexa (104)
Amplexis (22)
Amplexus (22), (104)
Ancaeus (82)
Ancylastrum 108, 109
cumingianus 108
Ancyllus (108)
Ancylus 11, 707, (108), 109
caurinus (iio)
cumingianus 108, 109
fluviatilis 107, 108, 109
fragilis iio
fuscus 109
kootaniensis 770
lacustris 107, 108, 109
newberryi 109
parallelus no
patelloides 109
radiatus 108
rivularis 709, (no)
Anguispira alternata (49)
bruneri (52)
Angustula milium (32)
Anisopsis (81), 85
Anisus 81, (82;, 84
Anodon areolatus (127)
(235)
236
INDEX
Anodon biangulata (130)
exilis (129)
feminalis (130)
rostratus (128)
rugosus (127)
triangularis (128)
Anodonta J3y
angulata (130)
argentea (131)
arkansasensis (127)
beringiana 10, I2J
biangulata (130)
buchanensis (131)
cellensis (127)
cognata (128)
dallasiana (130)
denigrata (131)
edentula (127)
feminalis (130)
ferruginea (131)
ferussaciana (130)
flava (i29)_
footiana (129), 129
fragilis (129)
gigantea (129)
glandulosa (129)
grandis I2g
housatonica (129)
impHcata i2g
irisans (129)
kennerleyi 128
kennicotti 130
lacustris (129)
laosensis (128)
lewisii (129)
marginata 128
marrjattiana (129)
modesta (131)
newtonensis (129)
nuttalliana 128
oblita (131)
oregonensis 128
ovata (129)
pallida (129)
pavonia (127)
pepiniana 130
plicata (131)
randalli (130)
rotundata (128)
Anodonta rotundovata (128)
salmonea (127), (129)
shaefferiana (127)
showalteri (127)
simpsoniana (130)
subcarinata (129)
subcylindracea (131)
tetragon a (127)
triangularis (128)
undulata (127)
wahlamatensis 128
•wardiana (127)
youconensis (127)
youkanensis (127)
Anodontoides 130
ferussacianus 130
Ansulus (108)
Ansylus (108)
Aplecta (104), 106
Aplexa 100, 102, 70^, 105, 107
hordacea 103
hypnorum 12, 104, 105, /0<J, I07
Aplexus (104)
hypnorum 107
Arctonchis 112
borealis 112
Arianta arbustorum 21
Ariolimax 34, 35, 47
columbianus 4Jy 48
maculatus 48
steindachneri ^5
stramineus 48
Arion andersoni (46)
foliolatus (47)
Arionidae 46
Arionta ptychophora (25)
Armiger <Sj, 86
crista 96
Arnouldia (40)
fulva (41)
Aulaca (21)
Auricella (115)
Auricula (115)
Auricularia (60)
Auriculidse 115
Auriculina (115)
Bathyomphalus 83, 86
Bifidaria 27
INDEX
237
Bifidaria armifera 2j
contracta 27
holzingeri 28
pentodon 28
Bornia 141
Brachyspira (55) __,
Brondelia 109 "^ '"'^
drouetiana 109
Buccinum palustre 62, (76)
truncatulum 62, (72)
Buliminus obscurus 41
Bulimnea (60), 63
megasoma 67, 70
Bulimulus pilula 79
Bulimus (104), 105, (115)
harpa (21)
hjpnorum (106)
lubricoides (33)
BuHnus (100), (loi), (1C4), 105, 107
hordaceus (104)
hjpnorum 107
per la 105
pictus 107
senegalensis 105
turritus 105
Bulla (104)
fontinalis 99, loO
hypnorum 104, 105, (106)
turrita (106)
BuUinus (100), (104)
fontinalis icx)
turritus (106)
Bythinella obtusa 118
Bythinia 105
Caillaudia (81)
angulata 81
Calycella 194
syringa 177, 194-^95
Campanularia 189
caliculata ( 188)
compressa (188)
crenata (190)
denticulata 177, 189
gracillima (195)
grandis 191
lineata 177, 189
reduplicata 177, 190, 218
regia 177, xgo, 220
Campanularia ritteri 177, z8g, 216
serpens (197)
speciosa 177, 189-190, 218, 220
urceolata 177, 190, 218
verticillata 177, 189
CampanuHna 194
rugosa 177, 194, 224
Campeloma 124
decisum 124, 125
Carinifex 63
Carychium //j, 1 16
exiguum 115, n6
exile 1/6
minimum 115
Cepaea hortensis (20)
Chilostoma (22)
Chlamydea 36
Choanomphalus 62
Cincinna (120)
Cincinnatia cincinnatiensis 118
Cionella lubrica (33)
Circinaria (22), 33
chocolata 34
hemphilli 35
hybrida jj
sportella 34, 33
vancouverensis 25, 34, (35)
voyana 35
Circinariidae 33
Clytia 188
caliculata 177, 188, 216
compressa 177, 188, 216
Integra 188
Cobresia (35), 121
Cochlicopa 33
lubrica 33
Cochlohydra (55)
Complanaria gigas (131)
Concinna (120)
Conulus (39)
alaskensis 41
arcticus (45)
chersinus (41)
fulvus (40), (41)
trochiformis (41)
Coppinia arcta 175
Coretus (80), (81), 83
Corneocyclas 3, 134, 141
abdita 142, 143, 145
238
INDEX
Corneocyclas abyssorum 143
aequilateralis 141
arctica 144
borealis 144
compressa 142
glacialis 144
henslowana 14S
idahoensis 141
nivalis 144
occidentalis 143
pulchella 144
randolphi 144
rotundata 143
scutellata 141
sibirica 144
steenbuchii 143
ultramontana 144
variabilis 142
ventricosa 143
virginica 141
Cornu (81)
Coryne 183
brachiata 177, 183, 210
eximia (184)
Costatella (100), jox
Costella (100)
Cotulina polyzonias (201)
tricuspidata (201)
Cumingia (108)
Cyclas appendiculata (145)
aurea (135)
bulbosa 136
calyculata 140
dentata (137)
dubia (141)
elegans (136)
cmarginata (138)
fabalis (137)
flava (138)
fuscata 136
jayensis (139)
lenticula 140
media (140)
nobilis (137)
ovalis (137)
partumeia (139)
patella (138)
pulchella (144)
rhomboida (136)
Cyclas saratogea (135)
similis (134)
solidula (136)
stagnicola (140)
staminea (136)
steenbuchii (143)
striatina (135)
sulcata (134)
tenuis 139
transversa (139)
truncata (140)
Cyclocalyx 143
Cyclolimnaea 64
Cyclostoma lapidaria (119)
tricarinata (121)
Cymatocyclas compressa 142
Dall, W. H., land and fresh water
mollusks 1-171
Dentati 97
Dentatus (97)
Diastropha (99)
contorta 100
Diplodiscus (82), 85, 86
Discoidina (83)
Discus (97)
Drepanotrema 82, 86
Endodontidse 49
Enydra (99)
Epiphragmophora 21
fidelis 21
Erinna (61), 62, 65
newcombi 61, 65
Euconulus J9, 40, 45
fabricii 41, 42
f ulva 42
fulvus 39, (40), (41)
trochiformis 40, 41, 42
Eucopella campanularia (188)
Eudendrium annulatum 186
bacciferum (184)
pygmaeum 186
vaginatum 177, 182, 185, 212
Euhadra fiscina II
Eulimneus (61)
Eulota fiscina 11
flexibilis 11
weyrichi 11
INDEX
239
Ferrissia 109
parallelus no
rivularis no
Ferussacia subc^lindrica (33)
Filellum 197
serpens 177, 797
Fluminicola/zp "^
nuttalliana iig
virens iig
Fossaria (61)
Galba (60), 62, 64
desidiosa 73
galbana 73
holboUi 74
humilis 73
truncatula 72
vahlii 74
Gallandia (36)
Garveia i8|
annalata 177, 184, 213
nutans 177, 184.
Gastrodonta 43
gularis 43
Giraulus (83)
Glaphyra (22)
Glyptophjsa loi
Gonidea 130
angulata 130
Goniobasis 116, 117
pHcifera 116, 117
silicula 1161 117
Gonothyraea 193
inornata 177, 193, 223
Gonyodiscus jo
stxiatella (50)
Grammaria 196
immersa 177, ig6, 224
Gulnaria (60)
Gundlachia /o5, 109
ancyliformis 108
Gyraulus <Sj, 86
deflectus 94
hirsutus 93
Gyrorbis (82), 85, (120)
Gyrulus (83)
Haldemania (108)
Haldemanina 97, 98
Halecium 197
halecinum 177, igy-igS
muricatum 177, ig8
ornatom 177, 199, 226
reversum 177, 198, 228
robastum 177, 200, 228
scutum 177, 198
speciosam 177, 199, 226
Harriman, E. H., species named for
186
Hebella 193
pocillum 177, ig3
Helicidae 3, 19, 20
Helicodiscus 52
lineatus 52
Helicogona subpersonata 1 1
HelicoHmax (35), (36)
Helisiga (55)
sanctaehelenae 55
Helisigna (55)
Helisoma 81, 84, 85
bicarinatus 87
Helix 20, (39), (59), (115)
albolabris (26)
alternata (49)
amarula 59
amurensis (21)
arborea (42)
arboreus (42)
arbustorum (21)
asiatica (23)
asteriscus (51)
attenuata 54
auricularia (60)
baskervillei (24)
belcheri 54
bidentata 41
brewer i (42)
chersina (41), 42
Columbiana (24)
conspecta (53)
cooperi 52
cornea 80, 81
corneus 80
costata (23)
crenella (23)
cronkhitei (50)
devia (24)
dubia (49)
240
INDEX
Helix egena (41), 42
electrina (38)
engonata (87)
fabricii (41)
fidelis (21)
floccata 51
fulva (40)
germana (25)
gularis (43), 44
hammonis (38), 42
harpa (21)
haydeni (52)
hortensis 20
indentata (39)
labiosa (24)
labyrinthica (27)
limitaris (49)
Hneata (52)
lubrica (33)
lucida (42)
mandralisci (40)
milium (43)
minuscula (43)
minuta (22)
minutissima (53)
monodon (26)
morsei (39)
mortoni (40)
nitida 41, (42)
nitidula (39), (40)
nuttalliana (21)
paludosa (22)
pellucida 35, (36)
planorbis (80), 81
ptychophora (25)
pulchella (22), (23)
putris 55
pjgmaea (53)
radiatula (38)
rudis 54
solitaria (49)
spirorbis 83
sportella (35)
stagnalis 59, (60), (62), (65)
striatella (50)
strigosa (51)
subglobosa (20)
townsendiana (25)
trochiformis (40)
Helix trochilus (40)
trochulus (40), 41
vancouverensis (34)
vellicata (34)
virgata 52
Hemithalamus (97)
nitidus 97
Hemphillia 48
camelus 48
glandulosa 48
Heterodiscus (82), 83
Hippeutes (82)
Hippeutis 82, 86, (97)
Hjalina (35), (39)
arborea (42)
arctica (45)
binnejana (39)
binneyi (39)
fulva (40), (41)
indentata (39)
nitida (42)
pellucida (38)
viridula (38)
Hyalinia (39)
fulva (40)
trochiformis (41)
Hydroids 173-234
bibliography 207-209
genera and species, systematic dis-
cussion 181-206
geographic distribution 176-180
plates and plate descriptions 210-
234
lelskia (120)
Isidora loo, loi, 105
wahlbergi loi
Isthmia ventricosa (31)
pygmsea 33
Jelskia (120), 121
Laevapex 109
fragilis 110
kootaniensis lio
Lafoea 175, 181, 193, 195
adhsrens 177, ig6, 224
dumosa 177, 179, igj
fruticosa 177, 196
INDEX
241
Lafoea gracillima 177, igj
pocillum (193)
Lampsilis 12^
alatus 126, 127
borealis 126
ellipsiformis 126
gracilis 127
ligamentinus 126
luteolus 12^
radiatus 126
rectus 126
superiorensis 125
ventricosus 12^
Lantzia. See Erinna.
Lanx 109
Lasmigona 131
Leach ia (60)
stagnalis 60
Legrandia (108)
Le Liri iii
Leptolimnaea glaber 64
Leptolimnea (60), 62, 64
elongata 60
glaber 60
Leptolimneus (61)
glaber 61
Limacidse 45
Limacina (35)
Limax agrestis (45)
berendti 46
columbianus (47)
hemphilli 46
hewstoni (46)
hjperborea (45)
Limnaea (60), (61), 62, (105)
ampla (68), (69)
angulata (68)
arctica (75)
binneyi (69)
bulimoides (79)
canadensis (69)
decisa (125)
decollata (68)
elodes (76)
elongata (75)
emarginata (69)
exilis (72), 77
ferruginea (72)
glabra 61
imnaea gronlandica (75)
hajdeni (76)
holbolli (74)
king! 61
kirtlandiana (72)
lanceata (72)
leucostoma (75)
megalosoma (67)
megastoma (67)
mighelsi (68)
minor (75)
molleri (75)
nuttalHana (76)
philadelphica (74)
plebeia (76)
proxima (76)
scalaris (69)
senegalensis (75)
6tagnalis (65)
traski (74)
umbilicata (79)
vahlii (74)
velutina 61, 65
Limnaeus decollatus (68)
elodes (76)
elongatus (77)
Limnea (60)
adelinae (78)
caperata (79)
catascopium (68)
cochlea (59)
columella (70)
desidiosa (73)
expansa (76)
fragilis (76)
galbana (74)
gracilis 60
humilis (73)
megasoma 60, (67)
serrata (69)
Limneus (60)
desidiosus (73)
emarginatus (68)
minutus (72)
ontariensis (68)
palustris (76)
stagnalis (60)
umbrosus (77)
Limnophjsa (60), 62
242
INDEX
Limnophysa holboUi (74)
palustris 60
senegalensis 75
vahlii (74)
Limnus (61)
Liria (iii)
Liriola ///
thersites III
Lucena (22), 55
oblonga 55
pulchella 55
Lucina lenticula 140
Lymnaea jp, 60, 61, 62, 63, 66, 68, 72,
100, 102
acuta 80
adelinae yS
ampla 71, 72
anticostiana 79
appressa (65)
arenaria 63
atkaensis 66
auricularia 60, 61, 62, 64
binneji 6p, 70
bulimoides 78, jg
canadensis 68
caperata yg
catascopium 77, 78, 79
columella 70
desidiosa 7J, 75, 80
emarginata 68, 69
expansa 77
ferruginea 73
fossaria 80
galbana 73
glaber 60, 62
glabra 60
gracilis 64
haydeni 77
holbolli 74
humilis 7J
involuta 64
jugularis (65)
kingi 64
kirtlandiana 72
lagorii 61, 63
lanceata 72
lepida 67
malleata 75
megasoma 63, 67, 70
Lymnsea mighelsi 68, 72
nitida 75
nuttalliana 77
obrussa 73
opacina 80
palustris 62, 64, 68, 75, 76, 78
pereger 60
perpolita 78
petersi 66
petitii 80
pingelii (75)
preblei 70
proxima 74, 77
randolphi 66, 7/
reflexa 60, 62, 72, 77
rowelli 76
solida 78
solidula 75
stagnalis 61, 63, 6^, 66
sumassi 66, 69, 71, 72, (77), 78
techella 78, 79
tenuicostata 64
traskii 74
truncatula 60, 61, 62, 64, 72, 73
trjoni 74
trjoniana 74
vahlii 74., 75
wormskioldi (75)
zrmanjse 61, 65
L.ymnaeidae5p
Lymnaeus (60)
columellus (70)
emarginatus (68)
Ljmnea (60)
cornea (77)
Ljmneus (60)
caperatus (79)
desidiosus (73)
emarginatus (68)
galbanus (73)
humilis (73)
megasomus (67)
minutus (72)
reflexus (77)
Lymnophysa (61)
Lymnula (60)
Lymnus (60)
Lyogyrus 118
granum I18, II9
INDBX
243
Lyogjrus lehnerti (117)
MacrocjcHs 33
vancouverensis (34)
Macrophysa (100), loi
Margarita oregonensis ( 128)
Margaritana 131 ^_^ — =-
falcata 132
margaritifera 11, 132
Melania 117
canaliculata (116)
conica (116)
plicifera (116)
silicula (116)
Melantho decisa (125)
Menetus (81), 5^,86
exacuous 91
opercularis 92
Merriam, C. Hart, preface v
Microphysa 99
lansingi 44
pygmsea (53)
stearnsii (44)
Mollusks 1-17 1
bibliography 147-153
fresh water shells, distribution 1-6.
9-15
genera and species, systematic dis-
cussion 19-145
land shells, distribution 7-15
plates and plate descriptions 154,
156
Mouretia (iii)
Muretia (iii)
Musculium jayanum 139
lenticula 140
partumeium 139
raymondi 138
tenue 139
transversum 139
truncatum 140
My a complanata (133)
margaritifera (132)
radiata (126)
Myxas (104)
Naiades 12^
Nauta (104)
hypnorum (106), (107)
Nauta polaris (107)
Nautilina (83)
Nautilus crista (96)
lacustris 97
Neritostoma jj, (61)
Nutting, C. C, hydroids 173-234
Obelia 191
borealis 177, 192, 220
dichotoma 177, igi
dubia 177, 192, 222
plicata 177, 191
Odostomia (115)
Oligolimax (36)
Omphalia (61)
Omphalolimnus (61), 63
Omphiscola 60, (61), 62
Onchidella iiz
borealis 112, 113, 114
carpenteri 113
celtica 112, 113, 114
floridana 114
Onchidiidse 112
Onchidium II2, 114, 115
boreale (112)
celticum 113
nigricans 112
Schramm! 114
typhae 112
Orbis (81)
Oreohelix 5/
cooperi 52
stantoni 52
strigosa 5/, 52
Oxyloma 55
hungarica 55
Pagana (36)
Paludina cincinnatiensis I18
decisa (125)
emarginata (118)
grana (118)
hyalina (91)
limosa (117)
lustrica 120
nuclea (119)
obtusa ( 1 18)
porata (117)
seminalis (119)
244
INDEX
Palundina virens ( 1 19)
Paraspira 8a, 86
Parmacellina (36)
vitrinaeformis 36
Parjpha microcephala 187
Patella (107)
lacustris 107, 108
Patula 49
asteriscus (51)
cronkhitei (50)
occidentalis 4g
pauper 50, 51
solitaria (49)
striatella 50
Patulastra pugetensis (43)
Periophthalmus 115
Petasia (39)
fabricii (41)
fulva 40
trochiformis (40)
Phenacarion foliolatus (47)
hemphilli (47)
Phenacolimax (36)
Phymesoda dubia (141)
idahoensis (141)
scutellata 141
virginica 141
Physa II, 63, (81), 84, gg, (100), lOl,
102, (104), 105, 107
albofilata (102)
ampul lacea 103
ancillaria 102
bullata (103)
columnaris 99, lOl
contorta 99
costata 100, loi
crassa (102)
elongata (106)
elongatina (107)
fontinalis II, 99, (102), 105
fragilis (loi)
glabra (106)
globosa 99
guildingii 99, 100
gyrina loi
heterostropha /o/, 103
hildrethiana 102
hordeacea 10 j, 107
hjpnorum (106)
Physa lata (loi)
lord! 102, 103
microstoma 99
obesa (102)
oleacea (102)
parkeri (102), 103
philippii (loi)
plicata (101)
polaris 107
primeana (loi)
propinqua 103
turrita (106)
vinosa 102
Physastra (61), 62, 64
vestita 61, 64
Physella (99), 100
Phjsidae gg, loi
Physodon (99), lOO
Physopsis 100, lOl
Phyza (99), (104)
Pierosoma 81, 85
binneyi 87
corpulentus 87, 88
trivolvis 88
Pisidium 3, 141
abditum (142), (143)
abyssomus (143)
abyssorum (143)
sequilaterale (141)
arcticum (144)
boreale (144)
compressum (142)
glaciale (144)
henslowianum (145)
idahoense (141)
nivale (144)
occidentale (143)
randolphi (145)
rotundatum (143)
scutellatum (141)
sibiricum (144)
steenbuchii (143)
ultramontanum (144)
variabile (142)
ventricosum (143)
virginicum (141)
Planaria (83)
Planella (120)
Planogyra 51
INDEX
24s
Planogyra asteriscus 5/, 122
Planorbarius (81)
Planorbe brun 80
Planorbella 81, 85
campanulatus 90
Planorbina 81, 83, 84
glabrata 86
Planorbis 63, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 102,
(104), 105
alabamensis 92
albus 83, 86, (93), 94
ammon 88
andecolus 81
arcticus g6
armatus 97
armiger 97, (98), 99
armigerus 97, (98)
bellus (90)
bicarinatus 81, 84, 8^
bilUngsi (95)
binneyi 87, 88, 89
boissyi 82
borealis (93), 94
brongniartiana 91
buchanensis 92
calculus 81
callioglyptus (92), 93
campanulatus 81, 85, go
carinatus 82
centervillensis (92), 93
complanatus 82, 85, 90
concavus (95)
contortus 83, 86
corneus 80, 81, 83, 84
cornu-arietis 84
corpulentus 87
costatus (96)
crista g6
cristatus (96)
decHvis 98
deflectus 9^
dilatatus 92
disjectus 89
draparnaldi 94
draparnaudi 94
elevatus (95)
engonatus (87)
exacuous 9/, 92, 93
exacutus (91)
Planorbis fontanus 82, 86
glabratus 86
guadeloupensis 81
hirsutus pj, 94
hispidus 83
hornii 89, 90
imbricatus (96)
lacustris 97
lens 91
lentus (86), (88)
libanicus 82, 83
limophilus 95
lineatus 97
lory! 81
macrostomus (88), 8g, 90
major 87
marginatus 82
megas gi
multivolvis 82, 85
nathorsti g6
nautileus (96)
nitidus 97
obliquus 94
occidentalis 89
olivaceus 84
opercularis 82, 86, g2
oregonensis 89, (92), 93
parallelus (52)
parvus 83, 86, pj", 96
planulatus g2, 93
rotundatus 82, 86
rudentis 90, 91
subcrenatus (88), 89, 90
traskii 88
trivolvis 81, 85, 87, 88, 89, 90
tumens 88, 89
turritus (106)
umbilicatellus g6
umbilicatus 82, 85, (96)
vermicularis pj
virens g<f
vortex 82, 85
vulgaris 82
wheatleyi 97, 98
yzabalensis 82, 86
Planorbula (97), 98
armigera 98
christyi 99
Plesiophysa loi
246
INDEX
Pleurocera iib
canaliculata Jib
Pleurolimnaea (60), 63, 64
tenuicostata 60
Plumularia 206
californica (206)
lagenifera 177, 20b
palmeri 177, 206
Poeyia (108)
gundlachioides 108
Polita (39)
fulva (40)
Polygyra 24
albolabris 2b
Columbiana 24, 34
devia 24
germana 2^y 26
labiosa (24)
megasoma 26
monodon 2b
ptjchophora 2^
santacruzensis 24
townsendiana 23
Poljgyrus (83)
Polyrhjtis (61), 63, 64
Pomatiopsis iig
lapidaria 119, (120)
Pompholjx 63
Primella rajmondi (139)
Pristiloma 44
arctica 4s
idahoense 44
lansingi 44
pilsbrji 44
stearnsi (44), 45
stearnsii 44
taylori 44
Prophysaon 4b
andersoni 4b
cceruleum 41
dubium (47)
fasciatum (47)
fiavum (46)
foHolatum 47
hemphilli (46), 47
humile 4f
marmoratum (46)
obscurum (47)
pacificum (46)
Prophysaon pallidum (46)
suffusum (46)
Proptera alatus (127)
Protancylus 109
Pseudohyalina minuscula (43)
pugetensis (43)
Pterosygna 131
Pulmobranchia loi
Punctum 5J
asteriscus 53
clappi5i,5j
conspectum 10, Jj
minutissimum (53)
pugetensis (43)
pygmaeum S3
randolphi §3
Pupa alticola (54)
arctica (32)
armifera (27)
badia (28)
bigranata (28)
blandi (28)
columella (54)
contracta (27)
corpulenta (29)
costulata (21)
decora (29)
edentula (54)
exigua (116)
gouldii (30)
gredleri (54)
holzingeri (28)
hoppii (29)
lundstromi (28)
milium (32)
modesta (29)
pentodon (28)
pygmaea (33)
signata (28)
simplex (54)
steenbuchi (29)
superioris (33)
Pupidae 27
Pupilla 2B
badia (28), (29)
blandi 28
muscorum 28 , (39)
Pyramidula 49
alternata 4g
INDEX
247
Pyramidula asteriscus $*
cronkhitei jo, 51
Hmitaris 4g
randolphi (53)
ruderata 50, 51
soHtaria ^9
striatella j'o
Quadrula 133
heros 133
hippopaea 133
lachrymosa 134
plicata 133
rubiginosa 134
undulata 133
Radix (60), 62, 63, 64, 65, 67, 68, 71, 72
binneyi 69
columella 70
mighelsi 68
randolphi 71
Rivicola (99)
Sandria 65
Saraphia (115)
tridentata 115
Segmentaria (97)
Segmentina gy, 98
armigera 9^
christyi 99
Selenites 33
vancouverensis (34)
Semilimax (35), (36)
Sertularella 200
conica (201)
geniculata (202)
polyzonias 177, 20t
rugosa (201)
saccata 177, 201-202, 230
tricuspidata 177, 20J
Sertularia argentea 179, (202), 204
cupressoides (203)
dichotoma (191)
dumosa (195)
fabricii (203), 204
halecina (197)
muricata ( 198)
polyzonias (201)
similis (203)
Sertularia syringa ( 194)
thuiarioides (204)
tricuspidata (201)
variabilis (203)
verticillata (189)
Siphonaria ///
eipho III
thersites iii
Siphonariidae ///
Sphaeriidae 134, 145
Sphaerium 134
aureum 135
cooperianum (139)
corneum 135
dentatum 136, 13^
emarginatum 138
fabale 137
fabalis (136)
flavum 138
jayanum i3g
lenticula 140
medium 140
nobile 137
occidentale 136, /j/
partumeium i3g
patella 138
primeanum 141
raymondi 138
rhomboideum 136, 141
simile 134
solidulum 136
spokani 138
stagnicola 140
stamineum 136
striatinum 13^
sulcatum (134)
tenue /j^, 140
transversum i3g
truncatum 140
tumidum 138
walker i 135
Sphy radium ^4
edentulum 34
Spiralina (81)
Spirodiscus corneus (81)
Spirorbis (82)
Stagnicola (60), 62, 64, 68, 71. 72, 74
adelinae 78
•nticostiana 79
248
INDEX
Stagnicola bulimoides 79
caperata 79
catascopium 77
communis (76)
emarginata 68
palustris 76
perpolita 78
reflexa 77
Stenotrema germanum (35)
Strepomatidae 116
Striatura milium (43)
Strobila labjrinthica 27
Strophitus 727
edentulus (127)
rugosus 127
Succinea (55). 55. 7i.iOS
alaskana 58
annexa (59)
aurelia (59)
avara 55, 56, 57
campestris (58)
chrjsis 10, 5p
decampi (56)
dunkeri 55
elegans 55
greeri (58)
gronlandica 57
grosvenori 57
hawkinsi57
haydeni (56)
lineata (59)
minor (56)
nuttalliana jS
obliqua j8
oblonga 55
oregonensis j<5
ovalis55, (56), (58), 59
pfeifferi 55
putris 55
retusa (56), 57, 58
rusticana j8
sillimani 57
totteniana 55
vermeta (57)
verrilli 57
wardiana (57)
Succineidae 55
Succinia (55)
Symphynota 131
Symphynota complanata 131
costata iji
katherinse 131
Syncoryne 183
eximia 177, 184, 210
Tanousia (61), 62, 65
Tapada (55)
Taphius (81), 85
Teba (39)
Tellina henslowana (145)
virginica (141)
Thuiaria 202
argentea 177, 202-203
coei 177, 203, 234
costata 177, 205, 234
cupressoides 177, 203
elegans 177, 205, 232
fabricii 177, 203-204, 230
gigantea 177, 204
similis 177, 203
thuiarioides 177, 204
turgida 177, 204, 232
variabilis 177, 203
Torquis 83, 86
arcticus 96
nathorsti 96
parvus 95
umbilicatellus 96
vermicularis 95
Trimusculus (iii)
Trochilus mortoni 40
Trochlea (83)
Trochovitrina (36)
Trochula 40
Trochulus (40)
trochiformis (41)
Trochus (39)
terrestris (40)
Trophidiscus (82)
Tropidina (120), 121
Tropidiscus (81), 82, 85
Tropidocyclas henslowana 145
Truella (55)
elongata 55
Tubular ia 186
borealis 187
elegans 187
harrimani 177, 186, 214
INDEX
249
Tubularia larynx 187
Turbo (104), (115)
muscorum (28)
nautileus (96)
stagnalis (106)
Unio II, 133
alatus (126)
asperrimus (134)
borealis (126)
complanatus (132), /jj
costatus (133)
crassus (126), (133)
dahuricus (132)
ellipsiformis (126)
elongatus (132)
falcatus (132)
flavus (134)
gracilis (127)
heros (133)
hippopaeus (133)
katherinae (131)
lachrjmosus (134)
ligamentinus (126)
luteolus (125)
mongolicus (132)
multiplicatus (133)
pictorum 13
plicatus (133)
quadrulus (134)
radiatus (126)
rectus (126)
rubiginosus (134)
sinuatus (132)
spatulatus (126)
trigonus (134)
undulatus (133)
ventricosus (125)
Vallonia 22
albula 2j
asiatica 23
costata 23
gracilicosta 23
minuta (22)
pulchella 22, 23
rosalia (23)
Valvata 85, (120)
carinata (121)
Valvata confusa (121)
cristata 120, 122, 124
helicoidea 123
humeralis 121
jelskii 120, 121
lewis i 123
mergella 124
minuta 120
nylanderi 122
piscinalis 120, 121, 124
sibirica 124
simplex (121), 122, 123
sincera 122, (123)
striata (123)
tricarinata 120, 121, 122
unicarinata (i2t)
virens 124
Valvatidae 120
Valvearius (i2o)
Velifera 36
Velletia (108), 109
Velutinopsis (61), 62, 65
Vertigo 3, 2g
approximans (31)
arctica 32
arthuri (31)
binneyana 31
bollesiana (30)
borealis 30
callosa (33)
castanea (29)
Columbiana 30
elatior (31)
gouldii 30
hoppii 29,
krauseana 32
lagganensis (31)
milium 32, 33
modesta 2g
ovata ^i, 32
parietalis (29)
pentodon (28)
pygmaeajj
simplex (54)
ventricosa 31
Vertilla milium (32), 33
Vesica (59)
Vitrea 38, (40)
binneyana 3g
250
INDEX
Vitrea fulva (41)
indentata jp
nitidula 3g
radiatula 38
Vitrinajj, (36), 37
alaskana 37, 38
americana (37)
angelicse 36, 37
beryllina 37
bicolor 36
conoidea 36
diaphana 36
exilis (37). j5
lederi 36
limpida J7
major 36
paulucciae 36
pellucida 36, (37)
pfeifferi (37)
Vitrinozonites 36
Vitrinus (35)
Vivipara 11
Viviparidae 124
Vortex 81
Vorticifex 63
Zagrabica (61), 65
brusiniana 65
naticoides 61
Zonites (39)
conspectus (53)
fulvus (40)
lansingi 44
nitidulus (39)
stearnsii (44)
viridulus (38), 39
Zonitidae 35
Zonitoides 42
arboreus 42
milium (43)
minusculus 43
nitidus 42
pugetensis 43
randolphi 43
Zottgenites 21
harpa 12, 21, 22, I2»
Zua lubrica (33)
lubricoidea (33)
Zurama (22)
'of THt
V'i3
UNIVERSTT" '^^F^.IFOT^^^T^
>! i
:■ n:| !
''•il'l. Iliiil I:
'::i!;i!ill|
'iii
■■ii:i
'lit!' Ill
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11